Tensor Network Theory: A formalization blueprint

19 Finite-Group MPU Representations and Scalar Gauge Data

19.1 Finite-group unitary averages

Definition 19.1.1 Finite-group unitary average
✓

Let \(G\) be a finite group and let \(\rho \colon G\to \mathrm U(n)\) be a unitary representation. Define

\begin{align} P_\rho & = \frac{1}{|G|}\sum _{g\in G}\rho (g). \end{align}

For a fixed lattice site \(j\), the specialization \(\rho (g)=\mathcal G_g^j\) gives the local Gauss-law average \(P_j\) in [ 197 , lines 459–461 ] .

For every finite-dimensional unitary representation \(\rho \) of a finite group,

\begin{align} P_\rho ^\dagger & =P_\rho , \\ P_\rho ^2 & =P_\rho . \end{align}

Hence \(P_\rho \) is an orthogonal projection.

Proof ▶

Regard each matrix \(\rho (g)\) as the corresponding linear map and let \(e_G=|G|^{-1}\sum _{g\in G}g\) be the normalized group-algebra average. The finite-group representation-averaging theorem used here is the projection identity whose concrete group-algebra calculation is

\begin{align} h e_G & =e_G \quad (h\in G), & e_G^2 & =\frac{1}{|G|}\sum _{h\in G}h e_G=e_G. \end{align}

Applying the linear representation and transporting back to matrices gives \(P_\rho ^2=P_\rho \). Unitarity gives \(\rho (g)^\dagger =\rho (g^{-1})\). Since inversion permutes \(G\),

\begin{align} P_\rho ^\dagger & = \frac{1}{|G|}\sum _{g\in G}\rho (g)^\dagger = \frac{1}{|G|}\sum _{g\in G}\rho (g^{-1}) = P_\rho . \end{align}

19.2 Finite-group representations by matrix product unitaries

Let \(G\) be a group, let \(d\in \mathbb {N}\), and let \(D\colon G\to \mathbb {N}_{{\gt}0}\) assign a virtual bond dimension to each group element. For every \(g\in G\), let \(\mathcal U_g\) be an MPO tensor with physical input and output dimension \(d\) and virtual bond dimension \(D_g\). Write \(U_g^{(N)}\) for the periodic operator obtained by closing a chain of \(N\) copies of \(\mathcal U_g\). Throughout this section the chain length is positive: \(N\geq 1\).

Definition 19.2.1 Matrix product unitarity on nonempty chains
✓
#

An MPO tensor \(\mathcal U\) is a matrix product unitary on nonempty chains when \(U^{(N)}\) is unitary for every \(N\geq 1\). This is the system-size convention in [ 197 , line 207 ] .

Theorem 19.2.2 Comparison with the \(N{\gt}1\) MPU convention
✓

Every matrix product unitary on nonempty chains is a matrix product unitary in the sense of Definition 18.1.2.

Proof ▶

The nonempty-chain condition applies in particular to every \(N{\gt}1\).

Theorem 19.2.3 Physical blocking preserves nonempty-chain unitarity
✓

If \(\mathcal U\) is a matrix product unitary on nonempty chains and \(L{\gt}0\), then \(\mathcal U^{[L]}\) is also a matrix product unitary on nonempty chains.

Proof ▶

At chain length \(N\geq 1\), the canonical reindexing of configurations gives

\begin{align} O_N(\mathcal U^{[L]}) & \cong U^{(NL)}. \end{align}

Since \(N,L{\gt}0\), the length \(NL\) is positive. Thus \(U^{(NL)}\) is unitary, and simultaneous reindexing preserves unitarity.

Definition 19.2.4 Group representation by simple injective MPUs
✓

A group representation by simple injective MPUs consists of the dependent-bond family \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) above such that every \(\mathcal U_g\) is injective and simple, every \(\mathcal U_g\) is a matrix product unitary on nonempty chains, and

\begin{align} U_e^{(N)} & =\mathbb {1}, \label{eq:mpug_rep_identity} \\ U_g^{(N)}U_h^{(N)} & =U_{gh}^{(N)} \label{eq:mpug_rep_multiplication} \end{align}

for all \(g,h\in G\) and all \(N\geq 1\). The multiplicative law is the representation-level input in  [ 197 , Subsection “MPU group representations” ] . The identity law is its standard consequence and is recorded explicitly for positive lengths. It is also compatible with the later, stronger convention that \(\mathcal U_e=\mathbb {1}\) has bond dimension one in  [ 197 , Subsection “Assumptions for the rest of the paper” ] . The dimensions \(D_gD_h\) and \(D_{gh}\) need not agree, so (8) is an identity of periodic operators, not an equality of local tensors.

\begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op}, cols=4, boundary=periodic]
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$i_1$, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$i_2$, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$i_N$, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g} \\
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical:$j_1$}]{\mathcal U_h} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical:$j_2$}]{\mathcal U_h} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical:$j_N$}]{\mathcal U_h}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={op}, cols=4, boundary=periodic]
        \tn[skin=mpo, size=l, ports={90:physical:$i_1$, 270:physical:$j_1$}]{\mathcal U_{gh}} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, size=l, ports={90:physical:$i_2$, 270:physical:$j_2$}]{\mathcal U_{gh}} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, size=l, ports={90:physical:$i_N$, 270:physical:$j_N$}]{\mathcal U_{gh}}
    \end{tenkz}
Definition 19.2.5 The operator representation on one chain
✓

Let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be a dependent-bond family in which every \(\mathcal U_g\) is a matrix product unitary on nonempty chains, and which satisfies (7) and (8) for all \(N\geq 1\). For a fixed \(N\geq 1\), the map \(g\mapsto U_g^{(N)}\) is then a unitary representation of \(G\) on \((\mathbb {C}^d)^{\otimes N}\). Injectivity and simplicity of the tensors are not required.

Let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be an injective family of MPUs with positive bond dimensions, satisfying (7) and (8) at every positive chain length. Simplicity is not required. Then \(d{\gt}0\) and

\begin{align} \operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_e) & =0, \\ \operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_{gh}) & =\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)+\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_h). \end{align}

These are the index properties used in the finite-order argument of [ 197 , line 1547 ] .

Proof ▶

Injectivity on a positive-dimensional bond space excludes an empty physical alphabet, so \(d{\gt}0\). The identity law identifies the periodic operators of \(\mathcal U_e\) with those of the identity tensor, whose index is zero. The multiplication law identifies those of \(\mathcal U_{gh}\) with the composition of \(\mathcal U_g\) and \(\mathcal U_h\). Invariance under equality of periodic operators and additivity under composition give the two conclusions.

Theorem 19.2.7 Vanishing of the index for a finite-group representation
✓

Under the hypotheses of Theorem 19.2.6, suppose that \(G\) is finite. Then \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)=0\) for every \(g\in G\). This is the finite-order conclusion in [ 197 , line 1547 ] .

Proof ▶

Induction gives \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_{g^n})=n\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)\). For \(n=\operatorname {ord}(g){\gt}0\), the identity \(g^n=e\) gives \(0=n\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)\); hence \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)=0\).

Let \(G\) be finite and let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be an exact representation by simple injective MPU tensors of physical dimension \(d\). For every \(g\in G\), the two source-leg dimensions are

\begin{align} d_r(g) & =d, \\ d_l(g) & =d. \end{align}

This is the conclusion of [ 197 , line 1547 ] .

Proof ▶

Put \(r=d_r(g)\) and \(\ell =d_l(g)\). Simplicity and injectivity give \(r\ell =d^2\) and \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)=\frac12(\log _2 r-\log _2\ell )\). The physical dimension is positive, so both ranks are positive. Finite order gives \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U_g)=0\). Using \(r\ell =d^2\), the index can also be written as \(\log _2(r/d)\). Thus \(r/d=1\) and \(r=d\); substitution into \(r\ell =d^2\) gives \(\ell =d\).

Let \(G\) be a finite group and \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) matrix product operator tensors whose periodic operators satisfy \(U_g^{(N)}U_h^{(N)}=U_{gh}^{(N)}\) for all \(g,h\in G\) and \(N\geq 1\). Then \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} \) is a fusion algebra with structure constants

\begin{align} N_{gh}^k & =\delta _{k,gh}, \label{eq:mpug_group_fusion_rules} \end{align}

and every label \(g\) is invertible with respect to the unit \(e\), with inverse \(g^{-1}\) [ 199 , Section 4 ] . In particular this holds for a representation as in Definition 19.2.4; only the multiplicative law (8) is used.

Proof ▶

By the multiplicative law, \(U_g^{(N)}U_h^{(N)}=U_{gh}^{(N)}=\sum _k\delta _{k,gh}U_k^{(N)}\). For the inverse, \(N_{g,g^{-1}}^k=\delta _{k,gg^{-1}}=\delta _{k,e}\) and likewise \(N_{g^{-1},g}^k=\delta _{k,e}\).

Theorem 19.2.10 Powers of represented operators
✓

For every \(g\in G\), every \(n\in \mathbb {N}\), and every \(N\geq 1\),

\begin{align} \bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^n & =U_{g^n}^{(N)}. \label{eq:mpug_operator_power} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Induct on \(n\). For \(n=0\), the identity law gives \(U_e^{(N)}=\mathbb {1}\). For the induction step, multiply the induction hypothesis by \(U_g^{(N)}\) and apply the representation multiplication law:

\begin{align} \bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^{n+1} & =U_{g^n}^{(N)}U_g^{(N)} =U_{g^{n+1}}^{(N)}. \end{align}

Suppose that \(G\) is finite. For every \(g\in G\) and every \(N\geq 1\), the represented operator has finite order dividing the order of \(g\):

\begin{align} \bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^{\operatorname {ord}(g)} & =\mathbb {1}. \end{align}

This is the finite-order assertion in [ 197 , line 1547 ] .

Proof ▶

Apply (14) with \(n=\operatorname {ord}(g)\). The finite-order identity \(g^{\operatorname {ord}(g)}=e\) and the representation identity law then give \(\bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^{\operatorname {ord}(g)}=U_e^{(N)}=\mathbb {1}\).

Let \(\mathcal U_g\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h\) denote the product MPO tensor, whose virtual bond dimension is \(D_gD_h\). For every \(N\geq 1\),

\begin{align} O_N(\mathcal U_g\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h) & =U_g^{(N)}U_h^{(N)} =U_{gh}^{(N)}. \label{eq:mpug_product_tensor_positive_chain} \end{align}

Thus the product tensor and the selected tensor \(\mathcal U_{gh}\) generate the same nonempty-chain periodic operators, although their virtual bond dimensions may differ.

Proof ▶

Multiplicativity of the periodic operator under product-tensor contraction gives \(O_N(\mathcal U_g\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h) = U_g^{(N)}U_h^{(N)}\), which equals \(U_{gh}^{(N)}\) by (8).

For every \(g\in G\) and every \(N\geq 1\), the physical adjoint of \(\mathcal U_g\) generates the operator representing \(g^{-1}\):

\begin{align} O_N(\mathcal U_g^\sharp ) & =U_{g^{-1}}^{(N)}. \label{eq:mpug_physical_adjoint_inverse} \end{align}

This is the first assertion in [ 197 , line 1552 ] . It requires no finiteness assumption on \(G\).

Proof ▶

The representation law and unitarity give

\begin{align} U_{g^{-1}}^{(N)}U_g^{(N)} & =U_e^{(N)}=\mathbb {1}, \\ U_g^{(N)}\bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^\dagger & =\mathbb {1}. \end{align}

Hence

\begin{align} U_{g^{-1}}^{(N)} & =U_{g^{-1}}^{(N)} \bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^\dagger \bigr) =\bigl(U_{g^{-1}}^{(N)}U_g^{(N)}\bigr) \bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^\dagger =\bigl(U_g^{(N)}\bigr)^\dagger . \end{align}

Closing the physical-adjoint tensor gives the conjugate transpose, which proves (18).

View \(\mathcal U_g^\sharp \) and \(\mathcal U_{g^{-1}}\) as MPS tensors by pairing their two physical indices. They generate the same matrix product vectors at every positive length:

\begin{align} \mathcal{V}^+\bigl((\mathcal U_g^\sharp )^{\mathrm{MPS}}\bigr) & =\mathcal{V}^+\bigl(\mathcal U_{g^{-1}}^{\mathrm{MPS}}\bigr). \label{eq:mpug_physical_adjoint_inverse_mpv} \end{align}
Proof ▶

For a doubled physical configuration \(\rho \), decode each site as a pair of ket and bra indices \((\sigma _n,\tau _n)\). The corresponding matrix product vector coefficient is the \((\sigma ,\tau )\) matrix entry of the periodic operator. Equality (18) therefore gives equality of every coefficient in (22).

Definition 19.2.15 Exchange of product bond factors
✓
#

For bond dimensions \(D_M\) and \(D_N\), identify a product bond index with its pair of factor indices. The exchange of product bond factors is the equivalence

\begin{align} \{ 0,\ldots ,D_M-1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,D_N-1\} & \longrightarrow \{ 0,\ldots ,D_N-1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,D_M-1\} , & (\alpha ,\gamma ) & \longmapsto (\gamma ,\alpha ). \label{eq:mpug_product_bond_swap} \end{align}

Let \(M\) and \(N\) be MPO tensors with bond dimensions \(D_M\) and \(D_N\). Write a left bond index of the product tensor as a pair \((\alpha ,\gamma )\), with \(\alpha \) in the bond space of \(M\) and \(\gamma \) in the bond space of \(N\), and a right bond index as \((\beta ,\delta )\) likewise. Then, for every pair of physical indices \(i,k\),

\begin{align} \bigl((M\mathbin {\cdot }N)^\sharp \bigr)^{ik} _{(\alpha ,\gamma ),(\beta ,\delta )} & =\bigl(N^\sharp \mathbin {\cdot }M^\sharp \bigr)^{ik} _{(\gamma ,\alpha ),(\delta ,\beta )}. \label{eq:mpug_physical_adjoint_product_reversal} \end{align}

The two bond spaces need not have the same dimension, so the exchange of the two factors of a product bond space is recorded here for unequal dimensions. This is the inverse-product step used in the proof of the inversion identities for \(\zeta \) and \(\omega \) in  [ 197 , lines 1662–1677 ] , for the dagger operation described there, which conjugates every entry and exchanges the two legs lying on the same side of a tensor.

Proof ▶

Expand both sides. The left side is the complex conjugate of the \(\bigl((\alpha ,\gamma ),(\beta ,\delta )\bigr)\) entry of \(\sum _j M^{kj}\otimes N^{ji}\), namely \(\sum _j\overline{M^{kj}_{\alpha \beta }}\, \overline{N^{ji}_{\gamma \delta }}\). The right side is the \(\bigl((\gamma ,\alpha ),(\delta ,\beta )\bigr)\) entry of \(\sum _j (N^\sharp )^{ij}\otimes (M^\sharp )^{jk}\), namely \(\sum _j\overline{N^{ji}_{\gamma \delta }}\, \overline{M^{kj}_{\alpha \beta }}\). The two sums agree term by term.

Suppose now that the normalized flattening of every \(\mathcal U_g\) is left-canonical. This is the canonical-form hypothesis used in [ 197 , lines 1552–1557 ] .

Let \(G\) be a group, and let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be a representation by simple injective MPU tensors whose normalized flattenings are left-canonical. Then

\begin{align} D_g & =D_{g^{-1}}. \label{eq:mpug_dagger_inverse_bond_dimension} \end{align}

After identifying these bond spaces, for every \(g\in G\) there is a unitary matrix \(T_g\in \operatorname {Mat}_{D_g}(\mathbb {C})\) such that

\begin{align} \mathcal U_g^\dagger & =T_g^\dagger \, \mathcal U_{g^{-1}}T_g. \label{eq:mpug_dagger_inverse_gauge} \end{align}

Here \(\mathcal U_g^\dagger \) is the physical-adjoint tensor. This is the dagger–inverse gauge relation in [ 197 , lines 1552–1557 ] .

\begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=1, west=open, east=open]
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$i$, 270:physical:$j$}]{\mathcal U_g^\dagger}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=3, west=open, east=open]
        \tn[skin=ring]{T_g^\dagger} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, size=l, label pos=45, ports={90:physical:$i$, 270:physical:$j$}]{\mathcal U_{g^{-1}}} &
        \tn[skin=ring]{T_g}
    \end{tenkz}
Proof ▶

Apply the equality-case reduction theorem first to \(\mathcal U_g^\dagger \) and \(\mathcal U_{g^{-1}}\), and then with \(g\) and \(g^{-1}\) exchanged. The two reductions give \(D_{g^{-1}}\leq D_g\) and \(D_g\leq D_{g^{-1}}\), proving (25). Their positive-length matrix product vectors agree; at length zero they agree because the bond dimensions have just been identified. The single-block Fundamental Theorem therefore gives an invertible gauge. The normalized flattenings of both tensors are left-canonical, while injectivity implies irreducibility, so the canonical-form unitary-gauge theorem replaces this gauge by a unitary one. Reversing its orientation gives (26).

For a complex matrix \(A\), write \(A^*=(\overline{A_{ij}})_{i,j}\) for its entrywise complex conjugate. This is not the Hermitian adjoint \(A^\dagger =(A^*)^{\mathsf T}\).

The gauges in Theorem 19.2.17 may be chosen together with scalars \(\sigma _g\in \mathbb {C}\) satisfying

\begin{align} T_gT_{g^{-1}}^* & =\sigma _g\mathbf1. \label{eq:mpug_dagger_inverse_scalar} \end{align}

Every such scalar lies in \(U(1)\), and

\begin{align} |\sigma _g| & =1, \\ \sigma _g\sigma _{g^{-1}} & =1. \end{align}

If \(g^{-1}=g\), the chosen gauge at \(g^{-1}\), transported to the bond coordinates at \(g\), equals \(T_g\). Thus the same chosen scalar satisfies \(T_gT_g^*=\sigma _g\mathbf1\), and \(\sigma _g\in \{ 1,-1\} \). These are the dagger–inverse scalar relation and its immediate consequences in [ 197 , lines 1557–1567 ] .

Proof ▶

Apply physical adjunction to (26) for \(g^{-1}\). Its involutivity and unitarity give a second gauge from \(\mathcal U_{g^{-1}}\) to \(\mathcal U_g^\dagger \), whose matrix is \(T_{g^{-1}}^*\). Injective gauge uniqueness says that \(T_{g^{-1}}^*\) is a nonzero scalar multiple of \(T_g^\dagger \). Multiplication on the left by \(T_g\) gives (27) with the displayed orientation. The unit-modulus and inverse-pair conclusions follow from Theorems 19.2.4.26 and 19.2.4.27. If \(g^{-1}=g\), transporting the chosen gauge along this equality gives \(T_g\) itself in the current bond coordinates. Substitution in (27) gives \(T_gT_g^*=\sigma _g\mathbf1\) with the same chosen scalar. Apply Theorem 19.2.4.28 to obtain \(\sigma _g\in \{ 1,-1\} \).

The first-cut factorization in [ 197 , lines 5390–5432 ] factors through the second-cut space with explicit one-sided inverses. This construction does not identify the two cut ranks, establish weighted normalizations, or construct the comparison matrix \(K\) and full compatibility properties of [ 197 , lines 5342–5350 ] .

Definition 19.2.19 Gauge matrices for the first cut
✓

For a unitary matrix \(T\) on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), define matrices on \(\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\) and \(\mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\), respectively, by

\begin{align} A & =I_d\otimes \overline T, \\ B & =T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d. \end{align}

These are the gauge matrices in the first construction of [ 197 , lines 5390–5432 ] . The order in \(B\) follows the virtual–physical column order of the first cut.

Definition 19.2.20 Candidate first-cut factors
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Let \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). For the chosen compact singular-value decomposition \(M_2(\mathcal U)=V_2^\dagger D_2U_2\), set

\begin{align} X_2 & =V_2^\dagger , \\ Y_2 & =D_2U_2, \\ Z_2 & =U_2^\dagger D_2^{-1}. \end{align}

With \(A,B\) from Definition 19.2.19, define

\begin{align} X & =AY_2^\dagger \colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D, \\ Y & =X_2^\dagger B\colon \mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^\ell . \end{align}

These are the candidate factors of [ 197 , line 5432 ] . Their intermediate coordinate space is \(\mathbb {C}^\ell \), indexed by \(\{ 0,\ldots ,\ell -1\} \). The second-cut factors require no choice of a positive weight.

Theorem 19.2.21 Reversing a unitary adjoint gauge
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\) and that, for every physical pair \(i,j\), \((\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\). Then, for every physical pair \(i,j\), \(\mathcal U^{ij}=T(\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}T^\dagger \). This reverses the gauge relation used in [ 197 , lines 5391–5410 ] .

Proof ▶

Unitarity gives \(T(\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}T^\dagger =(TT^\dagger )\mathcal U^{ij}(TT^\dagger )=\mathcal U^{ij}\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary and that, for every physical pair \(i,j\), \((\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\). With \(A=I_d\otimes \overline T\) and \(B=T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d\), the source cuts satisfy \(M_1(\mathcal U)=AM_2(\mathcal U)^\dagger B\). This is the cut identity underlying [ 197 , lines 5391–5431 ] .

Proof ▶

Physical adjunction gives \(M_2(\mathcal U)^\dagger =M_1(\mathcal U^\sharp )\). For physical indices \(i,j\) and virtual indices \(a,b\), expand the matrix product and apply Theorem 19.2.21:

\begin{align} (AM_1(\mathcal U^\sharp )B)_{(i,b),(a,j)} & =\sum _{x,y=0}^{D-1}\overline{T_{bx}} (\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}_{yx}T_{ay} \\ & =(T(\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}T^\dagger )_{ab} =\mathcal U^{ij}_{ab}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a tensor and \(T\) a unitary virtual matrix such that, for every physical pair \(i,j\), \((\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\). The candidates \(X,Y\) of Definition 19.2.20 satisfy \(M_1(\mathcal U)=XY\). This is the candidate decomposition of [ 197 , line 5432 ] .

Proof ▶

Substitute the second-cut factorization to obtain

\begin{align} M_1(\mathcal U) & =A(X_2Y_2)^\dagger B =(AY_2^\dagger )(X_2^\dagger B)=XY. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be any tensor and \(T\) any unitary virtual matrix. For the candidate \(X=AY_2^\dagger \) on the second-cut space \(\mathbb {C}^\ell \), the matrix \(Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger \) is a left inverse: \((Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger )X=I_\ell \). No adjoint gauge relation is required. This verifies the left-invertibility used in [ 197 , line 5432 ] .

Proof ▶

Unitarity of \(T\) gives \(A^\dagger A=I_d\otimes (T^{\mathsf T}\overline T)=I_{dD}\). Hence

\begin{align} (Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger )X & =Z_2^\dagger (A^\dagger A)Y_2^\dagger =(Y_2Z_2)^\dagger =I_\ell . \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be any tensor and \(T\) any unitary virtual matrix. For the candidate \(Y=X_2^\dagger B\) on the second-cut space \(\mathbb {C}^\ell \), the matrix \(B^\dagger X_2\) is a right inverse: \(Y(B^\dagger X_2)=I_\ell \). No adjoint gauge relation is required. This verifies the right-invertibility used in [ 197 , line 5432 ] .

Proof ▶

Unitarity of \(T\) gives \(BB^\dagger =(T^{\mathsf T}\overline T)\otimes I_d=I_{Dd}\). Hence \(Y(B^\dagger X_2)=X_2^\dagger (BB^\dagger )X_2 =X_2^\dagger X_2=I_\ell \).

Let \(G\) be a group and \(\{ \mathcal U_a\} _{a\in G}\) a representation by simple injective MPUs. Assume that the normalized flattening of \(\mathcal U_a\) is left-canonical for every \(a\in G\). If \(g^{-1}=g\), the chosen unitary gauge \(T_g\) of Theorem 19.2.17 satisfies, for every physical pair \(i,j\), \((\mathcal U_g^\sharp )^{ij}=T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_g^{ij}T_g\). This specializes the gauge relation of [ 197 , lines 1552–1557 ] to the involutive case discussed in [ 197 , lines 1933–1955 ] .

Proof ▶

The equality \(g^{-1}=g\) identifies both the tensors and their bond spaces. Thus the chosen gauge satisfies \((\mathcal U_g^\sharp )^{ij} =T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_{g^{-1}}^{ij}T_g =T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_g^{ij}T_g\).

Let \(G\) be a group and \(\{ \mathcal U_a\} _{a\in G}\) a representation by simple injective MPUs whose normalized flattenings are left-canonical for every \(a\in G\). Let \(g^{-1}=g\), and take the chosen gauge \(T_g\) of Theorem 19.2.17. For \(\mathcal U_g\), put \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U_g)\), \(A=I_d\otimes \overline{T_g}\), \(B=T_g^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d\), \(X=AY_2^\dagger \), and \(Y=X_2^\dagger B\), using its second-cut factors \(X_2,Y_2,Z_2\). Then

\begin{align} M_1(\mathcal U_g) & =XY, \\ (Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger )X & =I_\ell , \\ Y(B^\dagger X_2) & =I_\ell . \end{align}

This is the first algebraic construction of [ 197 , lines 5390–5432 ] , with the gauge chosen from the representation rather than supplied separately.

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.2.26 gives \((\mathcal U_g^\sharp )^{ij}=T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_g^{ij}T_g\). Theorem 19.2.23 therefore gives \(M_1(\mathcal U_g)=XY\). Theorems 19.2.24 and 19.2.25 give \((Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger )X=I_\ell \) and \(Y(B^\dagger X_2)=I_\ell \).

19.2.1 Rank equality and the invertible first-cut comparison

The invertible-comparison step of [ 197 , lines 5432–5443 ] relates the source factors via their one-sided inverses, with inverse comparison matrix \(J\). No unitarity of \(K\), equality \(J=K^\dagger \), or full inverse-compatible decomposition is asserted here.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\) and \((\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every \(0\leq i,j{\lt}d\). Then its source-cut ranks satisfy \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U) =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)=\ell \). No positivity, simplicity, or positive-dimension assumption is required.

Proof ▶

Put \(X=AY_2^\dagger \), \(Y=X_2^\dagger B\), \(L=Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger \), and \(R=B^\dagger X_2\), with the gauge matrices and second-cut factors of Definition 19.2.20. The factorization \(M_1=XY\) through \(\mathbb {C}^\ell \) gives \(r\leq \ell \). The identities \(LX=I_\ell \) and \(YR=I_\ell \) give \(LM_1R=I_\ell \). Hence \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}(LM_1R) \leq \operatorname {rank}M_1=r\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\) in canonical form II. Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\) and that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every \(0\leq i,j{\lt}d\). Then \(\ell =r=d\), and the resulting bijection of \(\{ 0,\ldots ,\ell -1\} \) with \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} \) carries the raw source-cut index to the physical index. Neither the phase relation \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\), nor simplicity of \(\mathcal U^\dagger \), nor a further virtual gauge enters. This is the self-inverse case of [ 197 , lines 1552–1563 ] , in which the general finite-group index argument of line 1547 is not needed.

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.2.1.1 gives \(r=\ell \) from the adjoint gauge relation alone. Simplicity of a canonical-form-II tensor is equivalent to \(r\ell =d^2\) by Theorem 18.9.12. Substituting \(r=\ell \) gives \(\ell ^2=d^2\), hence \(\ell =d\) and \(r=d\).

Definition 19.2.1.3 The weighted comparison matrix
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\), let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), and let \(\rho \) be a positive-definite matrix on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). Let \(\widetilde X,\widetilde Y,\widetilde Z\) be the first source factors constructed with weight \(\rho \), and let \(X=AY_2^\dagger \) be the candidate first factor. Define

\begin{align} \widetilde L & =\widetilde X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho ), \\ K & =\widetilde L X\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^r. \end{align}

Here \(\widetilde L\) is the weighted left inverse supplied by \(\widetilde X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )\widetilde X=I_r\). The definition retains the weight \(\rho \) and requires no adjoint gauge relation.

Definition 19.2.1.4 The reverse comparison matrix
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\), let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), and let \(\rho \) be positive definite on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Let \(\widetilde X\) be its first source factor with weight \(\rho \), and let \(Y_2,Z_2\) be its second-cut factors with \(Y_2Z_2=I_\ell \), where \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). For \(A=I_d\otimes \overline T\), define

\begin{align} L & =Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger , \\ J & =L\widetilde X\colon \mathbb {C}^r\longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^\ell . \end{align}

No adjoint gauge relation is needed to define \(J\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\), let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), and suppose that \((\mathcal U^\sharp )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every \(0\leq i,j{\lt}d\). Let \(\rho \) be positive definite on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Write \(\widetilde X,\widetilde Y,\widetilde Z\) for the first source factors with weight \(\rho \), and \(X_2,Y_2,Z_2\) for the second-cut factors. Set

\begin{align} A & =I_d\otimes \overline T, \\ B & =T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d, \\ X & =AY_2^\dagger , \\ Y & =X_2^\dagger B, \\ L & =Z_2^\dagger A^\dagger , \\ R & =B^\dagger X_2, \\ \widetilde L & =\widetilde X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho ), \\ K & =\widetilde L X, \\ J & =L\widetilde X. \end{align}

With \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\), the matrices \(K\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^r\) and \(J\colon \mathbb {C}^r\to \mathbb {C}^\ell \) satisfy

\begin{align} K & =\widetilde YR, \notag \\ X & =\widetilde XK, \notag \\ \widetilde Y & =KY, \notag \\ J & =Y\widetilde Z, \notag \\ \widetilde X & =XJ, \notag \\ Y & =J\widetilde Y, \notag \\ KJ & =I_r, \notag \\ JK & =I_\ell . \label{eq:mpug_inverse_cut_comparison} \end{align}

The two source-coordinate spaces are retained separately, without identifying their bases along the equality \(r=\ell \). These are inverse identities, not adjoint or unitarity identities.

Proof ▶

The two first-cut factorizations give \(XY=\widetilde X\widetilde Y\). Their actual one-sided inverses satisfy \(\widetilde L\widetilde X=I_r\), \(LX=I_\ell \), \(YR=I_\ell \), and \(\widetilde Y\widetilde Z=I_r\). Apply Theorem 19.5.9.4 first with \(\widetilde L,R\), then with the factorizations exchanged and inverses \(L,\widetilde Z\). This proves the factor relations in (57). Finally,

\begin{align} KJ & =KY\widetilde Z=\widetilde Y\widetilde Z=I_r, \\ JK & =J\widetilde YR=YR=I_\ell . \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), let \(\rho \) be positive definite on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), and let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Suppose that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\). Write \(\widetilde X_1,\widetilde Y_1\) for the first source factors with weight \(\rho \), and \(X_2,Y_2\) for the second source factors. Put \(A=I_d\otimes \overline T\) and take the weighted comparison \(K=\widetilde X_1^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )AY_2^\dagger \) of Definition 19.2.1.3. Then

\begin{align} Y_2 & =K^\dagger \widetilde X_1^\dagger A. \end{align}

This is the adjointed comparison used in [ 197 , lines 5440–5443 ] , in the maintained physical–virtual column order.

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.2.1.5 gives \(AY_2^\dagger =\widetilde X_1K\). Since \(A^\dagger A=I\),

\begin{align} K^\dagger \widetilde X_1^\dagger A & =(AY_2^\dagger )^\dagger A =Y_2A^\dagger A=Y_2. \end{align}

No identification of the reverse comparison with \(K^\dagger \) is used.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), let \(\rho \) be positive definite on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), and let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Suppose that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\), and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for a scalar \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Write \(\widetilde X_1,\widetilde Y_1\) for the first source factors constructed with this \(\rho \), and \(X_2,Y_2\) for the second source factors. Set \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\), \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\), and \(K=\widetilde X_1^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho ) (I_d\otimes \overline T)Y_2^\dagger \colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^r\). For the source gates \(u,v\) of Definition 18.4.59 formed from \(\widetilde X_1,\widetilde Y_1,X_2,Y_2\),

\begin{align} u & =\sigma (K^\dagger \otimes K)v^\dagger . \end{align}

The row orders of \(u\) and \(v^\dagger \) are respectively \((\ell ,r)\) and \((r,\ell )\); the Kronecker product maps between these orders without an additional swap or identification of the rank coordinates. This is the contraction in [ 197 , lines 5444–5487 ] , retaining the diagram’s \(\widetilde Y_1\) [ 137 ] . Neither canonical form, simplicity, gate unitarity, nor \(|\sigma |=1\) is a hypothesis. The conclusion is the algebraic identity, not unitarity of \(K\) or the gates.

Proof ▶

Conjugating the phase relation by \(T\) gives \(\overline T T=T^\dagger (T\overline T)T=\sigma I_D\). Theorem 19.2.1.6 and Theorem 19.2.1.5 give

\begin{align} Y_2 & =K^\dagger \widetilde X_1^\dagger (I_d\otimes \overline T), \\ \widetilde Y_1 & =KX_2^\dagger (T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d). \end{align}

Fix physical indices \(i,j\). Define slices \(C\in \operatorname {Mat}_{r\times D}(\mathbb {C})\) and \(E\in \operatorname {Mat}_{D\times \ell }(\mathbb {C})\) by \(C_{a\gamma }=\overline{(\widetilde X_1)_{(i,\gamma ),a}}\) and \(E_{\delta b}=\overline{(X_2)_{(\delta ,j),b}}\). For every virtual index \(\beta \) and source indices \(l,s\),

\begin{align} (Y_2)_{l,(i,\beta )} & =(K^\dagger C\overline T)_{l\beta }, \\ (\widetilde Y_1)_{s,(\beta ,j)} & =(TEK^{\mathsf T})_{\beta s}. \end{align}

Contract the virtual index in the defining expression for \(u\):

\begin{align} u_{(l,s),(i,j)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(i,\beta )} (\widetilde Y_1)_{s,(\beta ,j)} \\ & =(K^\dagger C\overline T T E K^{\mathsf T})_{ls} =\sigma (K^\dagger C E K^{\mathsf T})_{ls}. \end{align}

Finally expand the matrix products and regroup the finite sums:

\begin{align} (K^\dagger C E K^{\mathsf T})_{ls} & =\sum _{a=0}^{r-1}\sum _{b=0}^{\ell -1} (K^\dagger )_{la}K_{sb} \overline{\sum _{\gamma =0}^{D-1} (\widetilde X_1)_{(i,\gamma ),a}(X_2)_{(\gamma ,j),b}} \\ & =((K^\dagger \otimes K)v^\dagger )_{(l,s),(i,j)}. \end{align}

19.2.2 Unitarity of the first-cut comparison

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), with a canonical-form-II presentation and its recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\) and let \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Suppose that, for every physical pair \(i,j\), \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\), and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\). Construct the first source factor \(\widetilde X\) with this same \(\rho \) and the second source factor \(Y_2\). Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). The comparison

\begin{align} K & =\widetilde X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho ) (I_d\otimes \overline T)Y_2^\dagger \colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^r \end{align}

is unitary between these spaces: \(K^\dagger K=I_\ell \) and \(KK^\dagger =I_r\). This is the comparison-unitarity step of [ 197 , lines 5444–5487 ] . The comparison carries the weight of the chosen normalization [ 16 , lines 487–494 ] , which the printed definition of \(K\) at [ 197 , lines 5436–5439 ] omits; the omission and its repair are recorded in [ 137 ] .

Proof ▶

Canonical form gives \(d,D{\gt}0\), and Lemma 18.9.10 gives \(d^2\leq r\ell \), so both rank spaces are nonempty. By Theorem 19.2.4.26, \(\sigma \overline\sigma =1\). Theorem 18.9.12 gives unitary source gates \(u,v\), constructed with the recorded \(\rho \). Put \(H=K^\dagger \otimes K\colon \mathbb {C}^r\otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^r\). Theorem 19.2.1.7 gives \(u=\sigma Hv^\dagger \). Cancelling the unitary right factor makes \(\sigma H\) unitary. Its two Gram identities give

\begin{align} I_{r\ell } & =(\sigma H)^\dagger (\sigma H) =\overline\sigma \sigma H^\dagger H=H^\dagger H, \\ I_{\ell r} & =(\sigma H)(\sigma H)^\dagger =\sigma \overline\sigma HH^\dagger =HH^\dagger . \end{align}

Thus \(H\) is unitary. Theorem 19.5.2 implies that \(K\) is unitary without identifying the two rank bases.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\), with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\), and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for a scalar \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). Form the first source factors with this same \(\rho \), the candidate \(X=(I_d\otimes \overline T)Y_2^\dagger \), and the comparisons \(K\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^r\) and \(J\colon \mathbb {C}^r\to \mathbb {C}^\ell \) of Definitions 19.2.1.3 and 19.2.1.4. Then

\begin{align} J & =K^\dagger , \\ X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )X & =I_\ell . \end{align}

These give the adjoint identification and first weighted normalization in [ 197 , lines 5432–5487 ] , retaining the source normalization in [ 16 , lines 487–494 ] .

Proof ▶

Theorems 19.2.2.1 and 19.2.1.5 give \(K^\dagger K=I_\ell \) and \(KJ=I_r\). Hence \(J=(K^\dagger K)J=K^\dagger (KJ)=K^\dagger \). For the normalization, let \(\widetilde X\) be the first source factor constructed with \(\rho \). Substituting \(X=\widetilde XK\) gives

\begin{align} X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )X & =K^\dagger \bigl[\widetilde X^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )\widetilde X\bigr]K =K^\dagger K=I_\ell . \end{align}

Let \(G\) be a group and let \(\{ \mathcal U_a\} _{a\in G}\) be a representation by simple injective MPUs of physical dimension \(d\). Suppose that the normalized flattening of \(\mathcal U_a\) is left-canonical for every \(a\in G\). Fix \(g\in G\) with \(g^{-1}=g\), and give \(\mathcal U_g\) a canonical-form-II presentation with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho _g\). Take the chosen gauge \(T_g\) of Theorem 19.2.17. For \(\mathcal U_g\), set \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U_g)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U_g)\). Construct \(K_g,J_g\) with this \(T_g\) and this same \(\rho _g\), and put \(X_g=(I_d\otimes \overline{T_g})Y_2^\dagger \), using its second-cut factor \(Y_2\). Then

\begin{align} K_g^\dagger K_g & =I_\ell , \\ K_gK_g^\dagger & =I_r, \\ J_g & =K_g^\dagger , \\ X_g^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho _g)X_g & =I_\ell . \end{align}

Canonical form II is required only at \(g\); left-canonicity of the normalized flattenings is required throughout the family.

Proof ▶

The representation makes \(\mathcal U_g\) simple. Theorem 19.2.26 supplies \((\mathcal U_g^\dagger )^{ij}=T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_g^{ij}T_g\) for every physical pair. For the same chosen scalar \(\sigma _g\), Theorem 19.2.18 gives \(T_g\overline{T_g}=\sigma _g I_{D_g}\). Apply Theorems 19.2.2.1 and 19.2.2.2 with the recorded \(\rho _g\). No new gauge, scalar, or simplicity assumption is needed.

19.2.3 The compatible decomposition and its literal gates

The candidate decomposition in [ 197 , lines 5390–5487 ] yields source factors and unitary gates satisfying the factor and phase identities. This construction establishes the algebraic factor identities and the phase relation between the new gates, but does not establish the full collection of pleasant properties or the truncated-chain identity asserted in that passage.

Definition 19.2.3.1 The identification of the first-cut coordinates
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\) and let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Suppose that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\). Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). The equality \(\ell =r\) of Theorem 19.2.1.1 defines the order-preserving bijection \(e\colon \{ 0,\ldots ,\ell -1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,r-1\} \), with \(e(l)=l\). Write \(P_e\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^r\) for its permutation matrix. This explicitly identifies the intermediate coordinates in the comparison of [ 197 , lines 5432–5443 ] .

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\), and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for a scalar \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Take the chosen second-cut factors \(X_2,Y_2,Z_2\) and put \(X=(I_d\otimes \overline T)Y_2^\dagger \), \(Y=X_2^\dagger (T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d)\). With \(e,P_e\) as in Definition 19.2.3.1, define the source factors \(\widehat X_1,\widehat Y_1,\widehat Z_1, \widehat X_2,\widehat Y_2,\widehat Z_2\) by

\begin{align} \widehat X_1 & =XP_e^\dagger , \\ \widehat Y_1 & =P_eY, \\ \widehat Z_1 & =Y^\dagger P_e^\dagger , \\ \widehat X_2 & =X_2, \\ \widehat Y_2 & =Y_2, \\ \widehat Z_2 & =Z_2. \end{align}

Thus only the first intermediate coordinate is transported. For physical–virtual indices \(a\), virtual–physical indices \(b\), and \(0\leq l{\lt}\ell \), their coordinates are

\begin{align} (\widehat X_1)_{a,e(l)} & =X_{a,l}, \\ (\widehat Y_1)_{e(l),b} & =Y_{l,b}, \\ (\widehat Z_1)_{b,e(l)} & =\overline{Y_{l,b}}. \end{align}

These factors satisfy the two source-cut factorizations, the weighted first isometry, the ordinary second isometry, and the two right-inverse identities at the same weight \(\rho \). This is the candidate construction of [ 197 , lines 5390–5432 ] , with its normalization supplied by the comparison argument at lines 5444–5487.

Proof ▶

The second factors and their identities are unchanged. Put \(W=I_d\otimes \rho \). The candidate identities are \(XY=M_1(\mathcal U)\), \(X^\dagger WX=I_\ell \), and \(YY^\dagger =I_\ell \); the last follows because the right inverse \(B^\dagger X_2\) of \(Y\) is \(Y^\dagger \), where \(B=T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d\). Transporting along \(P_e\) gives

\begin{align} \widehat X_1\widehat Y_1 & =XP_e^\dagger P_eY=XY=M_1(\mathcal U), \\ \widehat X_1^\dagger W\widehat X_1 & =P_e(X^\dagger WX)P_e^\dagger =I_r, \\ \widehat Y_1\widehat Z_1 & =P_eYY^\dagger P_e^\dagger =I_r. \end{align}

Evaluating the transported matrices at \(e(l)\) gives the coordinate formulas, since \(e^{-1}(e(l))=l\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\), and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for a scalar \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Let \(\widetilde X_1,\widetilde Y_1\) be the chosen first source factors at this same weight, and let \(\widehat X_1,\widehat Y_1\) be the inverse-compatible first factors of Definition 19.2.3.2. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). Take the weighted comparison \(K\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^r\) of Definition 19.2.1.3 and the permutation matrix \(P_e\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^r\) of Definition 19.2.3.1. The square matrix \(C=KP_e^\dagger \) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^r\), and

\begin{align} \widehat X_1 & =\widetilde X_1C, \\ \widehat Y_1 & =C^\dagger \widetilde Y_1. \end{align}

Consequently, the Gram matrices on the external first-cut spaces are unchanged:

\begin{align} \widehat X_1\widehat X_1^\dagger & =\widetilde X_1\widetilde X_1^\dagger , \\ \widehat Y_1^\dagger \widehat Y_1 & =\widetilde Y_1^\dagger \widetilde Y_1. \end{align}

This is the transport of the comparison in [ 197 , lines 5432–5443 ] , after its unitarity is established at lines 5444–5487. It asserts no transport formula for the chosen first right inverse and no further pleasant properties.

Proof ▶

The comparison results give \(K^\dagger K=I_\ell \), \(KK^\dagger =I_r\), \(X=\widetilde X_1K\), and \(Y=K^\dagger \widetilde Y_1\) for the untransported candidates \(X,Y\). Reindexing the columns of \(K\) along \(e\) gives \(C=KP_e^\dagger \). Since \(P_e\) identifies the two coordinate bases,

\begin{align} C^\dagger C & =P_eK^\dagger KP_e^\dagger =I_r, \\ CC^\dagger & =KP_e^\dagger P_eK^\dagger =I_r. \end{align}

Reindexing the two candidate factors gives

\begin{align} \widehat X_1 & =XP_e^\dagger =\widetilde X_1KP_e^\dagger =\widetilde X_1C, \\ \widehat Y_1 & =P_eY =P_eK^\dagger \widetilde Y_1=C^\dagger \widetilde Y_1. \end{align}

Cancel \(CC^\dagger \) in the external Gram matrices:

\begin{align} \widehat X_1\widehat X_1^\dagger & =\widetilde X_1(CC^\dagger )\widetilde X_1^\dagger =\widetilde X_1\widetilde X_1^\dagger , \\ \widehat Y_1^\dagger \widehat Y_1 & =\widetilde Y_1^\dagger (CC^\dagger )\widetilde Y_1 =\widetilde Y_1^\dagger \widetilde Y_1. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Let \(\widehat Y_1,\widehat Y_2\) be the inverse-compatible source factors at this same weight. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). For physical indices \(p,q\), one has

\begin{align} \sum _{s=0}^{r-1}\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1} \overline{(\widehat Y_1)_{s,(\alpha ,p)}} (\widehat Y_1)_{s,(\alpha ,q)} & =\delta _{p,q}, \\ \sum _{t=0}^{\ell -1}\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} \overline{(\widehat Y_2)_{t,(p,\alpha )}} (\widehat Y_2)_{t,(q,\beta )}\rho _{\beta \alpha } & =\delta _{p,q}. \end{align}

These are the physical closures of [ 197 , lines 869–917 ] , transported as in lines 5486–5487. Simplicity of \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) is not required.

Proof ▶

Write \(\widetilde Y_1,Y_2\) for the original source factors at \(\rho \). The external Gram equality gives

\begin{align} \sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1} (\widehat Y_1^\dagger \widehat Y_1)_{(\alpha ,p),(\alpha ,q)} & =\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1} (\widetilde Y_1^\dagger \widetilde Y_1)_{(\alpha ,p),(\alpha ,q)} =\delta _{p,q}. \end{align}

Expanding each Gram entry gives the first closure. The second follows from \(\widehat Y_2=Y_2\) and Theorem 19.4.4.2, with the same weight entries \(\rho _{\beta \alpha }\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Assume that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Let \(\widehat Y_1,\widehat Y_2\) be its inverse-compatible source factors at \(\rho \), with cut ranks \(r,\ell \). Then

\begin{align} \widehat Y_1\widehat Y_1^\dagger & =\frac{d}{r}I_r, \\ \widehat Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )\widehat Y_2^\dagger & =\frac{d}{\ell }I_\ell . \end{align}

These are the rank normalizations of [ 197 , lines 1064–1119 ] , transported at lines 5486–5487. The adjoint-simplicity hypothesis is retained.

Proof ▶

Let \(\widetilde Y_1,Y_2\) be the original factors. Unitary transport gives \(\widehat Y_1=C^\dagger \widetilde Y_1\) with \(C^\dagger C=I_r\). Conjugating the original scalar Gram matrix yields

\begin{align} \widehat Y_1\widehat Y_1^\dagger & =C^\dagger (\widetilde Y_1\widetilde Y_1^\dagger )C =C^\dagger \left(\frac{d}{r}I_r\right)C =\frac{d}{r}I_r. \end{align}

The second normalization is unchanged because \(\widehat Y_2=Y_2\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Assume that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Let \(\widehat X_1,\widehat X_2\) be its inverse-compatible source factors at \(\rho \), with cut ranks \(r,\ell \). For physical indices \(i,j\),

\begin{align} \sum _{s=0}^{r-1}\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} (\widehat X_1)_{(i,\alpha ),s}\rho _{\beta \alpha } \overline{(\widehat X_1)_{(j,\beta ),s}} & =\frac{r}{d}\delta _{i,j}, \\ \sum _{t=0}^{\ell -1}\sum _{x=0}^{D-1} (\widehat X_2)_{(x,i),t}\overline{(\widehat X_2)_{(x,j),t}} & =\frac{\ell }{d}\delta _{i,j}. \end{align}

These are the physical left-factor closures of [ 197 , lines 1120–1162 ] , transported at lines 5486–5487. The canonical weight is not replaced by the identity.

Proof ▶

Write \(\widetilde X_1,X_2\) for the original factors. Multiply the \(((i,\alpha ),(j,\beta ))\) entries of the external Gram equality by \(\rho _{\beta \alpha }\) and sum over the virtual indices:

\begin{align} \sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} (\widehat X_1\widehat X_1^\dagger )_{(i,\alpha ),(j,\beta )} \rho _{\beta \alpha } & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} (\widetilde X_1\widetilde X_1^\dagger )_{(i,\alpha ),(j,\beta )} \rho _{\beta \alpha } \\ & =\frac{r}{d}\delta _{i,j}. \end{align}

Expanding each Gram entry and regrouping the finite sums gives the first closure. The second is the original physical closure because \(\widehat X_2=X_2\).

These six identities concern only the stated closures and normalizations. They do not assert movement identities, truncated-gate identities, transport of the chosen first right inverse, or the complete set of pleasant properties.

19.2.4 Movement gates of the inverse-compatible source factors

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Let \(T\) be unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\) and let \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\) satisfy \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\). Suppose that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\). Let \(S_0\) be the chosen source factors at this \(\rho \), and let \(S\) be the inverse-compatible source factors of Definition 19.2.3.2 for the same data. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). Let \(e\colon \{ 0,\ldots ,\ell -1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,r-1\} \) be the rank identification of Definition 19.2.3.1. Reindex the columns of the comparison \(K\) by \(e\) to obtain \(C\in \operatorname {Mat}_r(\mathbb {C})\), with \(C_{a,b}=K_{a,e^{-1}(b)}\). Then the crossed movement gates satisfy

\begin{align} w_L(S) & =w_L(S_0), \\ w_R(S) & =(I_d\otimes C^\dagger )w_R(S_0)(C\otimes I_d). \label{eq:mpug_inverse_movement_transport} \end{align}

The right gate has row order \((\text{physical},\text{first rank})\) and column order \((\text{first rank},\text{physical})\); no leg permutation occurs. These are the crossed contractions of [ 197 , lines 811–869 ] , transported by the unitary comparison as in [ 197 , lines 5486–5487 ] .

Proof ▶

The second factors are unchanged, giving the left-gate equality. For the first factors, Theorem 19.2.3.3 gives \(X_1(S)=X_1(S_0)C\) and \(Y_1(S)=C^\dagger Y_1(S_0)\). For physical indices \(i,j\) and first-rank indices \(t,t'\), substitute these into the crossed contraction:

\begin{align} (w_R(S))_{(i,t),(t',j)} & =\sum _{a,b=0}^{r-1}\overline{C_{b,t}} \left(\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1} (X_1(S_0))_{(i,\beta ),a}(Y_1(S_0))_{b,(\beta ,j)}\right)C_{a,t'} \\ & =\sum _{a,b=0}^{r-1}\overline{C_{b,t}} (w_R(S_0))_{(i,b),(a,j)}C_{a,t'}. \end{align}

Regrouping the finite sums gives the right-gate formula in (114).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary on \(\mathbb {C}^D\), that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\), and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for a scalar \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Let \(S\) be its inverse-compatible source factors constructed with this same \(\rho \). With source-cut ranks \(r,\ell \), both movement gates are unitary maps between their indicated spaces:

\begin{align} w_L(S) & \colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell \longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^d, \\ w_R(S) & \colon \mathbb {C}^r\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^r. \end{align}

No simplicity hypothesis on the physical adjoint is required.

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.2.3.3 makes \(C\) unitary, and Theorem 19.4.1.5 makes the chosen gates \(w_L(S_0),w_R(S_0)\) unitary. The transport theorem leaves the left gate unchanged. For the right gate, use (114). The two outer factors of \((I_d\otimes C^\dagger )w_R(S_0)(C\otimes I_d)\) are unitary by Theorem 19.4.2.5; the middle factor \(w_R(S_0)\) is already unitary. Their composition is the right gate. This is the movement-gate consequence of the comparison transport in [ 197 , lines 5486–5487 ] .

Definition 19.2.4.3 Literal gates on the common second-cut space
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be any MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\) and \(T\) any unitary virtual matrix. Put \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). From the candidates \(X=(I_d\otimes \overline T)Y_2^\dagger \) and \(Y=X_2^\dagger (T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d)\) and the second factors \(X_2,Y_2\), define \(u_{\mathrm{new}}\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell \) and \(v_{\mathrm{new}}\colon \mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell \to \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\). For physical indices \(i,j\) and second-cut indices \(l,s\), set

\begin{align} (u_{\mathrm{new}})_{(l,s),(i,j)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(i,\beta )}Y_{s,(\beta ,j)}, \\ (v_{\mathrm{new}})_{(i,j),(l,s)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}X_{(i,\beta ),l}(X_2)_{(\beta ,j),s}. \end{align}

These are the literal contractions of the candidate factors, before transporting a rank coordinate. They are the new gates in [ 197 , lines 5486–5487 ] .

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor, \(\rho \) a positive-definite virtual matrix, and \(T\) a unitary virtual matrix satisfying \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair. Let \(u\) be its source gate at weight \(\rho \) and \(J\) its reverse comparison at that weight. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). Then \(u_{\mathrm{new}}=(I_\ell \otimes J)u\). This is the comparison transport in [ 197 , lines 5432–5443 and 5486–5487 ] ; it does not require \(J=K^\dagger \) or gate unitarity.

Proof ▶

Write \(\widetilde Y_1\) for the old first factor. Substitute \(Y=J\widetilde Y_1\) and interchange the finite sums:

\begin{align} (u_{\mathrm{new}})_{(l,s),(i,j)} & =\sum _{a=0}^{r-1}J_{sa} \sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(i,\beta )} (\widetilde Y_1)_{a,(\beta ,j)} \\ & =((I_\ell \otimes J)u)_{(l,s),(i,j)}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor, \(\rho \) a positive-definite virtual matrix, and \(T\) a unitary virtual matrix satisfying \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair. Let \(v\) be its source gate at weight \(\rho \) and \(K\) its weighted comparison. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\). Then \(v_{\mathrm{new}}=v(K\otimes I_\ell )\). This is the comparison transport used in [ 197 , lines 5432–5443 and 5486–5487 ] .

Proof ▶

Write \(\widetilde X_1\) for the old first factor. Substitute \(X=\widetilde X_1K\) and interchange the finite sums:

\begin{align} (v_{\mathrm{new}})_{(i,j),(l,s)} & =\sum _{a=0}^{r-1}\left(\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1} (\widetilde X_1)_{(i,\beta ),a}(X_2)_{(\beta ,j),s}\right)K_{al} \\ & =(v(K\otimes I_\ell ))_{(i,j),(l,s)}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). The literal gates of Definition 19.2.4.3 are unitary between \(\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\) and \(\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell \), and satisfy \(u_{\mathrm{new}}=\sigma v_{\mathrm{new}}^\dagger \). This is the new-gate conclusion of [ 197 , lines 5440–5487 ] . The equality uses the common second-cut coordinate space, not the differently ordered rank spaces of the gates formed after transporting the first factors.

Proof ▶

Use the old source gates at the recorded weight \(\rho \). The comparison results give \(J=K^\dagger \) and \(K^\dagger K=I_\ell \). Thus

\begin{align} u_{\mathrm{new}} & =(I_\ell \otimes K^\dagger )u, \\ v_{\mathrm{new}} & =v(K\otimes I_\ell ). \end{align}

By Theorem 18.9.12, \(u,v\) are unitary. Theorem 19.4.2.5 makes both Kronecker factors unitary, so the two compositions are unitary. Substitute the old gate identity and cancel \(K^\dagger K\):

\begin{align} u_{\mathrm{new}} & =\sigma (I_\ell \otimes K^\dagger ) (K^\dagger \otimes K)v^\dagger \\ & =\sigma (K^\dagger \otimes I_\ell )v^\dagger =\sigma (v(K\otimes I_\ell ))^\dagger =\sigma v_{\mathrm{new}}^\dagger . \end{align}

Let \(G\) be a group and \(\{ \mathcal U_a\} _{a\in G}\) a representation by simple injective MPUs. Assume that the normalized flattening of \(\mathcal U_a\) is left-canonical for every \(a\in G\). Fix \(g\) with \(g^{-1}=g\) and give \(\mathcal U_g\) a canonical-form-II presentation. Use its chosen gauge \(T_g\) and scalar \(\sigma _g\) from Theorems 19.2.17 and 19.2.18. The literal new gates of \(\mathcal U_g,T_g\) are unitary and satisfy \(u_{\mathrm{new},g}=\sigma _g v_{\mathrm{new},g}^\dagger \) on the common second-cut rank-pair space. Canonical form II is needed only at \(g\); left-canonicity of normalized flattenings is required for the whole family. This specializes the construction of [ 197 , lines 5440–5487 ] using its dagger–inverse gauges at lines 1552–1562.

Proof ▶

The representation supplies simplicity at \(g\). Its chosen gauge and scalar satisfy

\begin{align} (\mathcal U_g^\dagger )^{ij} & =T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_g^{ij}T_g, \\ T_g\overline{T_g} & =\sigma _g I_{D_g}. \end{align}

Apply Theorem 19.2.4.6 with the canonical-form-II presentation at \(g\).

Let \(G\) be a group and \(\{ \mathcal U_a\} _{a\in G}\) a representation by simple injective MPUs whose normalized flattenings are all left-canonical. Fix \(g\) with \(g^{-1}=g\), give \(\mathcal U_g\) a canonical-form-II presentation with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \), and build the inverse-compatible source factors \(\widehat X_1,\widehat Y_1,\widehat X_2,\widehat Y_2\) from the chosen gauge \(T_g\) and scalar \(\sigma _g\) of Theorems 19.2.17 and 19.2.18. Write \(r,\ell \) for the two source-cut ranks of \(\mathcal U_g\) and \(D_g\) for its bond dimension. Then all three pairs of source properties hold: for physical indices \(p,q\),

\begin{align} \sum _{s=0}^{r-1}\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D_g-1} \overline{(\widehat Y_1)_{s,(\alpha ,p)}} (\widehat Y_1)_{s,(\alpha ,q)} & =\delta _{p,q}, \\ \sum _{t=0}^{\ell -1}\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D_g-1} \overline{(\widehat Y_2)_{t,(p,\alpha )}} (\widehat Y_2)_{t,(q,\beta )}\rho _{\beta \alpha } & =\delta _{p,q}; \end{align}

the two rank normalizations

\begin{align} \widehat Y_1\widehat Y_1^\dagger & =\frac{d}{r}I_r, \\ \widehat Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )\widehat Y_2^\dagger & =\frac{d}{\ell }I_\ell ; \end{align}

and, for physical indices \(i,j\),

\begin{align} \sum _{s=0}^{r-1}\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D_g-1} (\widehat X_1)_{(i,\alpha ),s}\rho _{\beta \alpha } \overline{(\widehat X_1)_{(j,\beta ),s}} & =\frac{r}{d}\delta _{i,j}, \\ \sum _{t=0}^{\ell -1}\sum _{x=0}^{D_g-1} (\widehat X_2)_{(x,i),t}\overline{(\widehat X_2)_{(x,j),t}} & =\frac{\ell }{d}\delta _{i,j}. \end{align}

Simplicity of \(\mathcal U_g^\dagger \), which [ 197 , line 5344 ] assumes, is here a consequence of the canonical-form-II presentation at \(g\), establishing the properties labelled eq:MPUnice2–eq:MPUnice4 in [ 197 , lines 1064–1162 ] , transported as at lines 5486–5487.

Proof ▶

The representation supplies simplicity of \(\mathcal U_g\), and its chosen gauge and scalar satisfy \((\mathcal U_g^\dagger )^{ij}=T_g^\dagger \mathcal U_g^{ij}T_g\) and \(T_g\overline{T_g}=\sigma _gI_{D_g}\) by Theorems 19.2.26 and 19.2.18. For the adjoint premise, Theorem 18.9.12 turns simplicity of the canonical-form-II tensor \(\mathcal U_g\) into \(r\ell =d^2\). The adjoint carries the canonical boundaries of Definition 19.5.5, and Theorem 18.4.25 exchanges the two source-cut ranks, so \(\mathcal U_g^\dagger \) has rank product \(\ell r=d^2\) and Theorem 18.9.12 makes it simple as well. The three pairs are then Theorems 19.2.3.4, 19.2.3.5, and 19.2.3.6 at \(\mathcal U_g,T_g\).

Theorem 19.2.4.9 The adjoint gauge along a word
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\) and \(T\) a unitary matrix on \(\mathbb {C}^D\). Suppose that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair \(i,j\). For equal-length physical words \(p,q\), including the empty words, their ordered matrix products satisfy

\begin{align} (\mathcal U^\dagger )[p,q] & =T^\dagger \mathcal U[p,q]T. \end{align}

This iterates the local gauge relation of [ 197 , lines 1552–1557 ] .

Proof ▶

Induct on the first word, using equality of lengths to split the second word at the same position. The empty case is \(I_D=T^\dagger I_DT\). For \(p=ip'\) and \(q=jq'\), cancellation gives

\begin{align} (\mathcal U^\dagger )[ip’,jq’] & =T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T T^\dagger \mathcal U[p’,q’]T =T^\dagger \mathcal U[ip’,jq’]T. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be any MPO tensor and \(T\) any unitary virtual matrix. For \(A=I_d\otimes \overline T\) and the candidate \(X=AY_2^\dagger \), one has \(Y_2=X^\dagger A\). This is the endpoint recovery from the candidate in [ 197 , line 5432 ] .

Proof ▶

Unitarity gives \(A^\dagger A=I\), so \(X^\dagger A=Y_2A^\dagger A=Y_2\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\) and \(T\) a unitary virtual matrix. Take the second source factors \(X_2,Y_2\) and the raw candidates \(X=(I_d\otimes \overline T)Y_2^\dagger \), \(Y=X_2^\dagger (T^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_d)\). Put \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\) and \(\Omega _N=\{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} ^{\{ 0,\ldots ,N-1\} }\) for \(N\geq 0\). Define

\begin{align} \mathcal H_N & =\mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d), \\ \mathcal R_N & =\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell ). \end{align}

The matrices \(A_N\colon \mathcal H_N\to \mathcal R_N\) and \(B_N\colon \mathcal R_N\to \mathcal H_N\) have the following entries for \(p,q\in \Omega _N\), physical indices \(a,b\), and source indices \(l,s\):

\begin{align} (A_N)_{(l,(p,s)),(a,(q,b))} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )} \mathcal U[p,q]_{\alpha \beta }Y_{s,(\beta ,b)}, \\ (B_N)_{(a,(p,b)),(l,(q,s))} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}X_{(a,\alpha ),l} \mathcal U[p,q]_{\alpha \beta }(X_2)_{(\beta ,b),s}. \end{align}

The words are read in their given order. These are the all-word endpoint contractions extending [ 197 , lines 5444–5487 ] . With \(\varnothing \) the unique empty configuration, the zero-length entries recover the literal new gates:

\begin{align} (A_0)_{(l,(\varnothing ,s)),(a,(\varnothing ,b))} & =(u_{\mathrm{new}})_{(l,s),(a,b)}, \\ (B_0)_{(a,(\varnothing ,b)),(l,(\varnothing ,s))} & =(v_{\mathrm{new}})_{(a,b),(l,s)}. \end{align}
Proof ▶

At length zero, \(\mathcal U[\varnothing ,\varnothing ]=I_D\). The entry \(\delta _{\alpha \beta }\) contracts the two sums, respectively, to

\begin{align} & \sum _\alpha (Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )}Y_{s,(\alpha ,b)}, \\ & \sum _\alpha X_{(a,\alpha ),l}(X_2)_{(\alpha ,b),s}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor and \(T\) a unitary virtual matrix. Suppose that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for a scalar \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). For every \(N\geq 0\), the endpoint matrices of Definition 19.2.4.11 satisfy \(A_N=\sigma B_N^\dagger \). The scalar occurs once, independently of \(N\). Adjointing exchanges the physical configurations without reversing either word or inserting an additional swap. No canonical form, simplicity, comparison matrix, or rank transport is required. This is an all-word local extension of [ 197 , lines 5444–5487 ] , not the final truncated-chain sewing identity.

Proof ▶

Fix \(p,q\in \Omega _N\) and physical indices \(a,b\). Put \(M=\mathcal U[p,q]\) and \(W=\overline{\mathcal U[q,p]}\), and define slices \(C_{t\gamma }=\overline{X_{(a,\gamma ),t}}\) and \(E_{\delta t}=\overline{(X_2)_{(\delta ,b),t}}\). Physical adjunction conjugates each letter and exchanges its two physical indices, so \(W=(\mathcal U^\dagger )[p,q]=T^\dagger MT\) by Theorem 19.2.4.9. The phase relation gives \(\overline T=\sigma T^\dagger \). Endpoint recovery and the definition of \(Y\) give, for virtual indices \(\alpha ,\beta \),

\begin{align} (Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )} & =(C\overline T)_{l\alpha }, \\ Y_{s,(\beta ,b)} & =(TE)_{\beta s}. \end{align}

The two virtual sums therefore contract as

\begin{align} (A_N)_{(l,(p,s)),(a,(q,b))} & =(C\overline T MTE)_{ls} =\sigma (C(T^\dagger MT)E)_{ls} =\sigma (CWE)_{ls}. \end{align}

Expanding the remaining product gives

\begin{align} (CWE)_{ls} & =\overline{\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} X_{(a,\alpha ),l}\mathcal U[q,p]_{\alpha \beta }(X_2)_{(\beta ,b),s}} \\ & =\overline{(B_N)_{(a,(q,b)),(l,(p,s))}}. \end{align}

This is precisely the entry of \(B_N^\dagger \) at the original row and column, with the spatial order unchanged.

Definition 19.2.4.13 Common positive physical blocking
✓

For a positive integer \(L\), the common length-\(L\) physical blocking is the family

\begin{align} \widetilde{\mathcal U}_g & =\mathcal U_g^{[L]}. \label{eq:mpug_common_blocked_family} \end{align}

Each blocked tensor has physical dimension \(d^L\) and the same virtual bond dimension \(D_g\) as \(\mathcal U_g\). The physical alphabet is replaced simultaneously for every group element by words of length \(L\).

Let \(L{\gt}0\). The commonly blocked family \(\{ \mathcal U_g^{[L]}\} _{g\in G}\) is again a group representation by simple injective MPUs. Under the canonical identification of blocked configurations with words of length \(NL\),

\begin{align} O_N(\mathcal U_g^{[L]}) & \cong U_g^{(NL)}, \label{eq:mpug_blocked_operator} \\ O_N(\mathcal U_e^{[L]}) & =\mathbb {1}, \label{eq:mpug_blocked_identity} \\ O_N(\mathcal U_g^{[L]})O_N(\mathcal U_h^{[L]}) & =O_N(\mathcal U_{gh}^{[L]}) \label{eq:mpug_blocked_multiplication} \end{align}

for every \(N\geq 1\). Physical blocking also commutes with tensor products:

\begin{align} (\mathcal U_g\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h)^{[L]} & =\mathcal U_g^{[L]}\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h^{[L]}. \label{eq:mpug_block_product_tensor} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Physical blocking preserves nonempty-chain unitarity, injectivity, and simplicity. By (153), the blocked periodic operator is the original operator at length \(NL\) up to the canonical simultaneous reindexing. Since \(N,L{\gt}0\), the length \(NL\) is positive, so (7) and (8) apply. Simultaneous reindexing preserves identities and products, which gives (154) and (155). Expanding one blocked letter gives (156).

Assume from now until the end of this section that \(G\) is finite and \(d{\gt}0\).

Definition 19.2.4.15 Raw MPU representation
✓

A raw MPU representation is a dependent-bond family \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) of injective matrix product unitaries on nonempty chains satisfying (7) and (8) for all \(g,h\in G\) and all \(N\geq 1\). No simplicity hypothesis is imposed.

Definition 19.2.4.16 Common simplicity length
✓

For a finite dependent-bond family, define

\begin{align} L_* & =\sum _{g\in G}D_g^4. \label{eq:mpug_common_simple_length} \end{align}

Let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be a raw MPU representation. Then \(L_*{\gt}0\), and every \(\mathcal U_g^{[L_*]}\) is simple. For every \(K{\gt}0\), each further block \((\mathcal U_g^{[L_*]})^{[K]}\) is simple. Consequently the blocked family at length \(L_*\) satisfies Definition 19.2.4, and every further common positive blocking does as well.

Proof ▶

Positivity of the bond dimensions gives \(L_*{\gt}0\). For each \(g\), the direct block of length \(D_g^4\) is simple, and \(D_g^4\leq L_*\) by (157). Simplicity holds at every later direct blocking, hence at the common length \(L_*\). Nonempty-chain unitarity and injectivity are preserved by physical blocking. Reindexing the closed chain at length \(NL_*\) carries the identity and multiplication laws of the raw representation to the blocked family. The length-\(L_*\) family is therefore a group representation by simple injective MPUs. Applying Theorem 19.2.4.14 to this established representation proves the assertion for every further positive blocking.

For \(g,h\in G\), write

\begin{align} B_{g,h} & =\mathcal U_g\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h, & A_{g,h} & =\mathcal U_{gh} \label{eq:mpug_pair_tensors} \end{align}

for the product tensor and the target tensor, both regarded as MPS tensors whose physical letters are the ket–bra pairs \((i,j)\), of bond dimensions \(D_gD_h\) and \(D_{gh}\). A family of selected reductions consists of matrices

\begin{align} V_{g,h} & \in \mathbb {C}^{D_{gh}\times D_gD_h}, & W_{g,h} & \in \mathbb {C}^{D_gD_h\times D_{gh}} \label{eq:mpug_pair_reduction_matrices} \end{align}

such that \((V_{g,h},W_{g,h})\) is a reduction from \(B_{g,h}\) to \(A_{g,h}\) for every pair: \(V_{g,h}W_{g,h}=\mathbb {1}\) and \(V_{g,h}B_{g,h}^{\mathbf a}W_{g,h}=A_{g,h}^{\mathbf a}\) for every word \(\mathbf a\). The identity on words is the interior fusion equation in [ 197 , equation labelled eq:fusion_2, lines 1459–1497 ] , with \(F^{\lt}_{g,h}=V_{g,h}\) and \(F^{\gt}_{g,h}=W_{g,h}\). Write \(N_0(g,h)=\ell (B_{g,h},A_{g,h};V_{g,h},W_{g,h})\) for the residual nilpotency length of the selected reduction of \((g,h)\). The family has exterior buffer length \(m\) if \(m\) is an exterior buffer length for every selected reduction:

\begin{align} B_{g,h}^{\mathbf p}W_{g,h}A_{g,h}^{\mathbf c}V_{g,h}B_{g,h}^{\mathbf q} & =B_{g,h}^{\mathbf p\mathbf c\mathbf q} \label{eq:mpug_pair_exterior_identity} \end{align}

for all \(g,h\in G\), every nonempty word \(\mathbf c\), and all words with \(|\mathbf p|,|\mathbf q|\geq m\). This is the exterior fusion equation in [ 197 , equation labelled eq:fusion_1, lines 1406–1457, with the quantifiers on line 1498 ] , with \(m\geq \ell \).

\begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op}, cols=5, bonds=none]
        \tn[at=(1,1), name=Pg, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{\mathcal U_g}
        \tn[at=(2,1), name=Ph, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{\mathcal U_h}
        \tnfuse[at=(1,2), name=W, skin=pill]{W_{g,h}}
        \tn[at=(1,3), name=C, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{\mathcal U_{gh}}
        \tn[at=(2,3), void=sealed]{}
        \tnfuse[at=(1,4), name=V, skin=pill]{V_{g,h}}
        \tn[at=(1,5), name=Qg, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{\mathcal U_g}
        \tn[at=(2,5), name=Qh, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{\mathcal U_h}
        \tnwire{Pg.270}{Ph.90}
        \tnwire{Qg.270}{Qh.90}
        \tnwire{open w}{Pg.180}
        \tnwire{open w}{Ph.180}
        \tnwire{Pg.0}{W.180@1}
        \tnwire{Ph.0}{W.180@2}
        \tnwire{W.0}{C.180}
        \tnwire{C.0}{V.180}
        \tnwire{V.0@1}{Qg.180}
        \tnwire{V.0@2}{Qh.180}
        \tnwire{Qg.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Qh.0}{open e}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Pg}{\mathbf p}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{C}{\mathbf c}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Qg}{\mathbf q}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op}, cols=3, west=open, east=open]
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g} \\
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_h} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_h} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_h}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{(1,1)}{\mathbf p}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{(1,2)}{\mathbf c}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{(1,3)}{\mathbf q}
    \end{tenkz}

Every MPU representation by simple injective tensors admits a family of selected reductions.

Proof ▶

By (17), \(B_{g,h}\) and \(A_{g,h}\) have the same positive-length matrix product vectors, and \(A_{g,h}\) is injective with \(D_{gh}{\gt}0\). Theorem 29.11.5 gives a reduction for each pair; choose one for every pair.

For a family of selected reductions of an MPU representation by simple injective tensors, \(N_0(g,h)-1\) is an exterior buffer length for the selected reduction of \((g,h)\). Consequently, if \(N_0(g,h)\leq m+1\) for every pair, the family has exterior buffer length \(m\).

Proof ▶

Equality of the positive-length matrix product vectors of \(B_{g,h}\) and \(A_{g,h}\) makes \(N_0(g,h)\) a residual-word nilpotency bound, so Theorem 29.11.25 applies; enlarging the buffer preserves (160).

Let \(L{\gt}0\). Under the canonical pairing of blocked ket and bra words,

\begin{align} \mathcal U_g^{[L]}\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal U_h^{[L]} & \cong B_{g,h}^{[L]}, & \mathcal U_{gh}^{[L]} & \cong A_{g,h}^{[L]}, \label{eq:mpug_pair_tensors_block} \end{align}

so a family of selected reductions \((V_{g,h},W_{g,h})\) of \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) is, with the same matrices, a family of selected reductions of the blocked representation \(\{ \mathcal U_g^{[L]}\} _{g\in G}\). The common buffer length of the family is the common buffer length (42) of the finite family \((N_0(g,h))_{(g,h)\in G\times G}\); it is positive and satisfies \(N_0(g,h)\leq L+1\) for every pair.

Let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be an MPU representation by simple injective tensors with a family of selected reductions, and let \(L{\gt}0\) satisfy \(N_0(g,h)\leq L+1\) for every pair. Then the blocked family of selected reductions of \(\{ \mathcal U_g^{[L]}\} _{g\in G}\) has exterior buffer length \(1\): for all \(g,h\in G\) and all nonempty blocked words \(\mathbf p,\mathbf c,\mathbf q\),

\begin{align} (B_{g,h}^{[L]})^{\mathbf p}W_{g,h}(A_{g,h}^{[L]})^{\mathbf c} V_{g,h}(B_{g,h}^{[L]})^{\mathbf q} & =(B_{g,h}^{[L]})^{\mathbf p\mathbf c\mathbf q}. \label{eq:mpug_common_blocking_one_site} \end{align}

The common buffer length is such an \(L\). Consequently, every MPU representation of a finite group by simple injective tensors admits a positive \(L\) such that \(\{ \mathcal U_g^{[L]}\} _{g\in G}\) is again an MPU representation by simple injective tensors and has a family of selected reductions with exterior buffer length \(1\).

This is the assertion of [ 197 ] , main.tex line 1498, and of the footnote to Theorem 1 of [ 200 ] , that the nilpotency length can be reduced to \(1\) by blocking, read as the one-site exterior identity (162). Blocking need not make a blocked residual letter vanish, and the blocked nilpotency length \(\ell (B_{g,h}^{[L]},A_{g,h}^{[L]};V_{g,h},W_{g,h})\) of Definition 8 in [ 221 ] need not be \(1\) [ 74 ] .

Proof ▶

By Lemma 19.2.4.20, \(N_0(g,h)-1\) is an exterior buffer length for the pair \((g,h)\), and \(N_0(g,h)-1\leq L\). Theorem 29.11.25 with \(k=1\) makes \(1\) an exterior buffer length for \((V_{g,h},W_{g,h})\) as a reduction from \(B_{g,h}^{[L]}\) to \(A_{g,h}^{[L]}\), and the pairing (161), obtained from the commutation of blocking with the doubled-index view and with the product tensor, transports it to the blocked representation. For the last assertion, choose a family of selected reductions by Theorem 19.2.4.19, take \(L\) to be its common buffer length, and apply Theorem 19.2.4.14.

Definition 19.2.4.23 Fusion tensors of a pair
✓

Let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) be an MPU representation by simple injective tensors with a family of selected reductions. The fusion tensors of the pair \((g,h)\) are the two matrices of the selected reduction of that pair,

\begin{align} F^{\lt}_{g,h} & =V_{g,h}, & F^{\gt}_{g,h} & =W_{g,h}. \label{eq:mpug_fusion_tensors} \end{align}

Under this identification the reduction identities \(V_{g,h}W_{g,h}=\mathbb {1}\) and \(V_{g,h}B_{g,h}^{\mathbf a}W_{g,h}=A_{g,h}^{\mathbf a}\) are the interior fusion equation of [ 197 , lines 1459–1497 ] , and (160) is its exterior fusion equation.

Two features of the source are recorded here. First, the existence of the fusion tensors is not proved in [ 197 ] : at main.tex line 1405 it is attributed to [ 221 ] , whose Proposition 20 and Theorem 22 carry the existence and the uniqueness; the existence statement used here is Theorem 19.2.4.19. Second, the reduction of the nilpotency length to \(1\) by blocking is asserted at main.tex line 1498 without proof; the content used here is the one-site exterior identity (162). Blocking need not make a blocked residual letter vanish, and the blocked nilpotency length of Definition 8 in [ 221 ] need not be \(1\) [ 74 ] .

\begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op}, cols=3]
        \tnfuse[at=(1,1), name=V, skin=pill]{V_{g,h}}
        \tn[at=(1,2), name=Ag, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_g}
        \tn[at=(2,2), skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_h}
        \tnfuse[at=(1,3), name=W, skin=pill]{W_{g,h}}
        \tnwire{open w}{V.180}
        \tnwire{W.0}{open e}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Ag}{\mathbf a}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={op}, cols=1, west=open, east=open]
        \tn[skin=mpo, size=l, ports={90:physical, 270:physical}]{\mathcal U_{gh}}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{(1,1)}{\mathbf a}
    \end{tenkz}

Let \((V,W)\) be a reduction from \(B\) to \(A\) and let \(\beta \in \mathbb {C}^\times \). Then \((\beta ^{-1}V,\beta W)\) is again a reduction from \(B\) to \(A\); its residual letters \(N^i=B^i-WA^iV\) are unchanged, hence so are its residual-word nilpotency bounds and its residual nilpotency length \(\ell (B,A;V,W)\); and a natural number is an exterior buffer length for \((\beta ^{-1}V,\beta W)\) if and only if it is one for \((V,W)\).

Consequently, let \(\beta \colon G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be a scalar \(2\)-cochain and let \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\) have a family of selected reductions. The rescaled matrices of (262), namely \(W_{g,h}\mapsto \beta _{g,h}W_{g,h}\) and \(V_{g,h}\mapsto \beta _{g,h}^{-1}V_{g,h}\), again form a family of selected reductions of \(\{ \mathcal U_g\} _{g\in G}\). It has exterior buffer length \(m\) exactly when the original family does, and rescaling commutes with blocking by any length \(L\).

This is the scalar gauge freedom of the fusion tensors in [ 197 , lines 1500–1504 ] under the identification (163); uniqueness up to boundary dressing is given by Theorem 29.11.28.

Proof ▶

In each identity the two scalars occur in one of the combinations \((\beta ^{-1}V)(\beta W)\), \((\beta W)A^{\mathbf c}(\beta ^{-1}V)\), and \((\beta ^{-1}V)B^{\mathbf a}(\beta W)\); in every case they multiply to \(\beta \beta ^{-1}=1\) and disappear. The residual letters and the exterior identity are therefore unchanged, and equality of the two sets of residual-word nilpotency bounds gives equality of their infima. The statements for a family follow pair by pair, and blocking changes only the physical alphabet of the tensors, leaving \(V_{g,h}\) and \(W_{g,h}\) untouched.

Theorem 19.2.4.25 Zero specified source-index value determines the source ranks
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a specified MPO tensor of positive physical dimension \(d\), with positive right and left source-cut ranks \(r\) and \(\ell \). If

\begin{align} r\ell & =d^2 \end{align}

and \(\operatorname {ind}_{\mathrm{src}}(\mathcal U)=0\), then

\begin{align} r & =d, \\ \ell & =d. \end{align}

This is the arithmetic conclusion in [ 197 , line 1547 ] , under the displayed hypotheses.

Proof ▶

The source-index identity gives \(0=\log _2(r/d)\). Since \(r/d{\gt}0\), this implies \(r/d=1\), hence \(r=d\). Substitution into \(r\ell =d^2\) and cancellation of the positive factor \(d\) give \(\ell =d\).

Theorem 19.2.4.26 Scalar phase from a unitary relation
✓

Let \(I\) be a nonempty finite set, let \(T,S\in \operatorname {Mat}_I(\mathbb {C})\) be unitary, and let \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). If

\begin{align} TS^* & =\sigma \mathbf1, \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_scalar_relation} \end{align}

then

\begin{align} \sigma \overline\sigma & =1. \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_scalar_phase} \end{align}

This is the scalar phase conclusion following [ 197 , lines 1557–1562 ] once the matrix relation has been supplied.

Proof ▶

The matrix \(S^*\) is unitary, so \(TS^*=\sigma \mathbf1\) is unitary. Hence

\begin{align} (\sigma \mathbf1)(\sigma \mathbf1)^\dagger & =\sigma \overline\sigma \, \mathbf1=\mathbf1. \end{align}

Evaluating a diagonal entry gives (168).

Theorem 19.2.4.27 Reciprocal scalars in the paired relations
✓

Let \(I\) be a nonempty finite set, let \(T,S\in \operatorname {Mat}_I(\mathbb {C})\) be unitary, and let \(\sigma ,\tau \in \mathbb {C}\). If

\begin{align} TS^* & =\sigma \mathbf1, \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_rel_ts} \\ ST^* & =\tau \mathbf1, \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_rel_st} \end{align}

then

\begin{align} \sigma \tau & =1. \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_paired_scalars} \end{align}

This is the conditional matrix-algebra content of \(\sigma _g\sigma _{g^{-1}}=1\) in [ 197 , lines 1559–1563 ] .

Proof ▶

Multiplying (170) by \(T^{-1}\) on the left and \(T\) on the right gives \(S^*T=\sigma \mathbf1\). Entrywise conjugation of (171) gives \(S^*T=\overline\tau \, \mathbf1\). A diagonal entry therefore gives \(\sigma =\overline\tau \). Applying Theorem 19.2.4.26 to (171) yields \(\tau \overline\tau =1\), and hence \(\sigma \tau =1\).

Theorem 19.2.4.28 Sign dichotomy in the self relation
✓

Let \(I\) be a nonempty finite set, let \(T\in \operatorname {Mat}_I(\mathbb {C})\) be unitary, and let \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). If

\begin{align} TT^* & =\sigma \mathbf1, \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_self_relation} \end{align}

then

\begin{align} \sigma & \in \{ 1,-1\} . \label{eq:mpug_unitary_entrywise_self_sign} \end{align}

This is the sign step \(\mathbb {1}=xx^\dagger =e^{2i\phi }\mathbb {1}\) in [ 16 , lines 1036–1038 ] , and the involution conclusion in [ 197 , lines 1563–1567 ] , conditional on the self relation.

Proof ▶

Apply Theorem 19.2.4.27 with \(S=T\) and \(\tau =\sigma \). Then \(\sigma ^2=1\), so \(\sigma =1\) or \(\sigma =-1\).

19.3 A nondegenerate alternating-network comparison

Definition 19.3.1 Connected open alternating network
✓
#

Let \(n\geq 0\), and let \(D_0,\ldots ,D_n\) be horizontal bond dimensions. At each \(0\leq i{\lt}n\), let \(A_i\) have square bond dimension \(D_i\), and let \(B_i\) have left and right bond dimensions \(D_i\) and \(D_{i+1}\). For fixed physical indices \(\sigma =(\sigma _i)_i\) and \(\tau =(\tau _i)_i\), define the connected network with its horizontal ends open by

\begin{align} \mathcal N_{A,B}(\sigma ,\tau )_{a,b} & :=\sum _{\substack {x_0,\ldots ,x_n \\ x_0=a,\, x_n=b}} \ \sum _{y_0,\ldots ,y_{n-1}} \prod _{i=0}^{n-1} (A_i^{\sigma _i})_{x_i,y_i} (B_i^{\tau _i})_{y_i,x_{i+1}}. \notag \end{align}

The indices \(y_i\) join \(A_i\) to \(B_i\), while \(x_{i+1}\) joins \(B_i\) to \(A_{i+1}\) when \(i+1{\lt}n\); \(x_0\) and \(x_n\) are the two open end indices. This is the coordinate form of the connected open diagram in [ 197 , lines 2299–2361 ] .

Lemma 19.3.2 One-sided-inverse contraction of an alternating network
✓

Suppose that every \(A_i\) is injective. For the matrix unit \(E_{z_i,q_i}\), let \(c_i^{\sigma _i}(z_i,q_i)\) be its coefficients under a one-sided inverse of \(A_i\), so that

\begin{align} \sum _{\sigma _i}c_i^{\sigma _i}(z_i,q_i)A_i^{\sigma _i} & =E_{z_i,q_i}. \notag \end{align}

Then, for every horizontal path \(z=(z_i)_{i=0}^{n}\), every intermediate path \(q=(q_i)_{i=0}^{n-1}\), and every \(\tau \), one has

\begin{align} \sum _{\sigma _0,\ldots ,\sigma _{n-1}} \left(\prod _{i=0}^{n-1}c_i^{\sigma _i}(z_i,q_i)\right) \mathcal N_{A,B}(\sigma ,\tau )_{z_0,z_n} & =\prod _{i=0}^{n-1}(B_i^{\tau _i})_{q_i,z_{i+1}}. \notag \end{align}

This is the simultaneous inverse-tensor contraction in [ 197 , lines 2365–2392 ] .

Proof ▶

Expand the connected network and interchange the finite sums. At site \(i\), the sum over \(\sigma _i\) is the \((x_i,y_i)\) entry of \(E_{z_i,q_i}\). Its two Kronecker deltas force \(x_i=z_i\) and \(y_i=q_i\). Thus every internal sum collapses, leaving precisely the displayed product of entries of the \(B_i\).

Theorem 19.3.3 Nondegenerate corrected alternating-network proportionality
✓

Let \(n\geq 0\), and let \(D_0,\ldots ,D_n\) be horizontal bond dimensions. For each \(0\leq i{\lt}n\), let \(A_i\) be an injective MPS tensor with square bond dimension \(D_i\), and let \(B_i,B'_i\) be tensors whose left and right horizontal bond dimensions are \(D_i\) and \(D_{i+1}\). Suppose that every \(B_i\) is nonzero and that the connected open networks agree:

\begin{align} A_0B_0A_1B_1\cdots A_{n-1}B_{n-1} & =A_0B’_0A_1B’_1\cdots A_{n-1}B’_{n-1}. \label{eq:mpug_alternating_network_equality} \end{align}

Here the equality retains the two horizontal end legs and all physical legs. Then there are scalars \(\beta _i\in \mathbb {C}\), for \(0\leq i{\lt}n\), such that

\begin{align} B_i & =\beta _iB’_i, \label{eq:mpug_alternating_network_proportionality} \\ \prod _{i=0}^{n-1}\beta _i & =1. \label{eq:mpug_alternating_network_scalar_product} \end{align}

This is the nondegenerate corrected form of Lemma lemma:1 in [ 197 , lines 2296–2395 ] . The printed wording omits nonvanishing. The paper’s truncated symmetry \(U^L_g\) is unitary at line 2099; lines 2444–2466 identify the side used at line 2567 with \((U^L_{g^{-1}})^\dagger \), while lines 3033–3053 identify the side used at line 3157 with \(\sigma _g(U^L_{g^{-1}})^\dagger \) for \(\sigma _g\in \{ 1,-1\} \). Both displayed networks are therefore nonzero. A vanishing intervening factor would make its entire network zero, so taking the factors on these sides as the \(B_i\) supplies \(B_i\ne 0\) at both applications. This nondegeneracy condition is recorded in [ 75 ] .

Proof ▶

Apply Lemma 19.3.2 to both sides of (176), choosing the matrix units to prescribe arbitrary entries of all \(B_i\). The resulting connected horizontal contractions retain precisely those entries. Since the entries were arbitrary, this gives the pure-tensor identity

\begin{align} \bigotimes _{i=0}^{n-1}B_i & =\bigotimes _{i=0}^{n-1}B’_i. \label{eq:mpug_alternating_network_pure_tensor_equality} \end{align}

Apply Theorem 22.2.3.1 to (179), with global scalar \(1\) and the nonzero reference entries of the \(B_i\). It gives the factorwise proportionalities and (178); reversing the resulting nonzero scalars gives the orientation (177).

19.4 Staircase gates and the first source network

Definition 19.4.1 Staircase gates
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Put \(d_l=\ell \) and \(d_r=r\) for its source-cut ranks. Let \(X_1,Y_1,Z_1,X_2,Y_2,Z_2\) be source factors with \(M_1=X_1Y_1\), \(M_2=X_2Y_2\), \(X_1^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )X_1=I_r\), \(X_2^\dagger X_2=I_\ell \), and \(Y_iZ_i=I\) for \(i=1,2\), where \(\rho \) is a matrix on the virtual space. Define

\begin{align} (w_L)_{(l,i),(j,l')} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1} (Y_2)_{l,(j,\beta )} (X_2)_{(\beta ,i),l'}, \\ (w_R)_{(i,r),(r',j)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1} (X_1)_{(i,\beta ),r'} (Y_1)_{r,(\beta ,j)}. \end{align}

Thus \(w_L\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\to \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\) and \(w_R\colon \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\). Rows are the upper legs and columns the lower legs, each in spatial left-to-right order. These are the crossed contractions of [ 197 , lines 811–869 ] .

\begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=2]
        \tn[skin=box, wide=2, ports={90@1:physical:$l$, 90@2:physical:$i$, 270@1:physical:$j$, 270@2:physical:$l'$}]{w_L}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=2]
        \tn[skin=dot, ports={90:physical:$l$, 270:physical:$j$, 0:virtual}]{Y_2} &
        \tn[skin=dot, ports={180:virtual, 90:physical:$i$, 270:physical:$l'$}]{X_2}
    \end{tenkz}     \begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=2]
        \tn[skin=box, wide=2, ports={90@1:physical:$i$, 90@2:physical:$r$, 270@1:physical:$r'$, 270@2:physical:$j$}]{w_R}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=2]
        \tn[skin=dot, ports={90:physical:$i$, 270:physical:$r'$, 0:virtual}]{X_1} &
        \tn[skin=dot, ports={180:virtual, 90:physical:$r$, 270:physical:$j$}]{Y_1}
    \end{tenkz}
Definition 19.4.2 An operator on the middle two legs
✓
#

Let \(A,B,C,B',C',E\) be index sets and let \(M\) be a complex matrix with rows indexed by \(B\times C\) and columns by \(B'\times C'\). Its action on the middle two legs is the matrix \(M_{23}\) defined by

\begin{align} (M_{23})_{((a,b),(c,e)),((a',b'),(c',e'))} & =\delta _{a,a'}M_{(b,c),(b',c')}\delta _{e,e'}. \end{align}

This is \((I_A\otimes M)\otimes I_E\) after regrouping \(((a,b),(c,e))\) as \(((a,(b,c)),e)\), as in the first network in the proof of the staircase-gate corollary of [ 197 , lines 918–974 ] .

Theorem 19.4.3 Composition on the middle two legs
✓

Let \(M\) and \(N\) be composable complex matrices between pairs of index sets. If their common index sets and the two outer index sets are finite, then \((MN)_{23}=M_{23}N_{23}\). The identity matrix satisfies \(I_{23}=I\).

Proof ▶

In the matrix product, the two outer Kronecker deltas fix the outer indices. The remaining sum is the entry formula for \(MN\). For the identity, the four Kronecker deltas give equality of the two four-leg indices.

Let \(\mathcal U\) have source factors as in Definition 19.4.1, and form \(u,v,w_L,w_R\) from those same factors. Then

\begin{align} (w_L\otimes w_R)u_{23} & =v_{23}(u\otimes u). \label{eq:mpug_staircase_network_uncancelled} \end{align}

No simplicity or unitarity assumption on \(\mathcal U\) is required. This is the first diagram in the proof of the staircase-gate corollary of [ 197 , lines 918–968 ] .

Proof ▶

Expand the crossed contractions on both sides. For output index \(((l,i_2),(i_3,r))\) and input index \(((j_1,j_2),(j_3,j_4))\), the two open factorizations identify both entries with

\begin{align} \sum _{\alpha ,\gamma =0}^{D-1} (Y_2)_{l,(j_1,\alpha )} (\mathcal U^{i_2}_{j_2}\mathcal U^{i_3}_{j_3})_{\alpha ,\gamma } (Y_1)_{r,(\gamma ,j_4)}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) have source factors as in Definition 19.4.1, and form \(u,v,w_L,w_R\) from those same factors. If \(u\) is a coisometry, so that \(uu^\dagger =I_{d_ld_r}\), then

\begin{align} w_L\otimes w_R & =v_{23}(u\otimes u)(u^\dagger )_{23} \\ & =(I\otimes v\otimes I)(u\otimes u) (I\otimes u^\dagger \otimes I). \label{eq:mpug_staircase_network_cancelled} \end{align}

The second expression uses the regrouping of Definition 19.4.2. This is the displayed network identity in [ 197 , lines 969–974 ] .

Proof ▶

Multiply (183) on the right by \((u^\dagger )_{23}\). The middle layers compose to \((uu^\dagger )_{23}=I\), giving (186).

19.4.1 The second network and unitarity of the staircase gates

Theorem 19.4.1.1 Isometries on the middle two legs
✓

Let \(A,B,C,E\) be finite index sets, let \(B',C'\) be index sets, and let \(M\) be a complex matrix with rows indexed by \(B\times C\) and columns by \(B'\times C'\). If \(M^\dagger M=I\), then \((M_{23})^\dagger M_{23}=I\), with the middle-leg placement of Definition 19.4.2.

Proof ▶

Tensoring an isometry with identity matrices preserves its Gram matrix. Regrouping the four indices preserves this identity.

Let \(\mathcal U\) have source factors as in Definition 19.4.1, and form \(u,v,w_L\) from those same factors. Write \(d_l,d_r\) for the source-cut ranks. Under the natural associativity identifications of the three tensor factors,

\begin{align} (w_L\otimes I_d)(I_d\otimes w_L) & =(I_{d_l}\otimes v)(u\otimes I_{d_l}). \end{align}

Both sides map \(\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\) to \(\mathbb {C}^{d_l}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\). Explicitly, for \(0\leq l,k{\lt}d_l\) and \(0\leq i,j,a,b{\lt}d\),

\begin{align} \sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)}(w_L)_{(t,j),(b,k)} & =\sum _{r=0}^{d_r-1}u_{(l,r),(a,b)}v_{(i,j),(r,k)}. \end{align}

This is the second network in [ 197 , lines 977–1011 ] . It uses two copies of \(w_L\) and requires no simplicity or unitarity hypothesis.

Proof ▶

Expand the crossed gates and use \(M_2=X_2Y_2\). The left-hand entry is

\begin{align} \sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} (Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )}\mathcal U^{i,b}_{\alpha \beta } (X_2)_{(\beta ,j),k}. \end{align}

Expanding \(u,v\) and using \(M_1=X_1Y_1\) gives the same expression on the right. The displayed matrix equality is this entry identity after regrouping the three external indices.

Let \(\mathcal U\) have source factors as in Definition 19.4.1. If the associated operators \(u\) and \(v\) are unitary between their respective spaces, then

\begin{align} (w_L\otimes w_R)^\dagger (w_L\otimes w_R) & =I. \end{align}
Proof ▶

Theorem 19.4.5 expresses \(w_L\otimes w_R\) as \(v_{23}(u\otimes u)(u^\dagger )_{23}\). Each factor is an isometry, so their product is an isometry.

Theorem 19.4.1.4 Isometry of the second staircase network
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) have source factors as in Definition 19.4.1, with left source-cut rank \(d_l\). If \(u^\dagger u=I\) and \(v^\dagger v=I\), then \(K=(w_L\otimes I_d)(I_d\otimes w_L)\) satisfies \(K^\dagger K=I\), with the three-leg associativity identifications understood.

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.4.1.2, \(K=(I_{d_l}\otimes v)(u\otimes I_{d_l})\). Tensoring with an identity, regrouping indices, and composition preserve isometries.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II, with recorded positive diagonal fixed matrix \(\rho \). Construct the source factors from \(\mathcal U\) and this same \(\rho \), and let \(d_l,d_r\) be their source-cut ranks. Then the staircase gates are unitary maps

\begin{align} w_L & :\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d, \\ w_R & :\mathbb {C}^{d_r}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_r}. \end{align}

This is part (a) of the staircase-gate corollary in [ 197 , lines 811–1012 ] .

Proof ▶

Theorem 18.9.12 gives unitary \(u,v\) and \(d_rd_l=d^2{\gt}0\). Theorem 19.4.1.3 gives

\begin{align} (w_L^\dagger w_L)\otimes (w_R^\dagger w_R) & =I. \end{align}

By Theorem 19.5.1, the two Gram matrices are \(\delta I\) and \(\delta ^{-1}I\) for a nonzero scalar \(\delta \). Positivity of the first Gram matrix makes \(\delta \geq 0\). Each of the two left-gate layers in \(K=(w_L\otimes I_d)(I_d\otimes w_L)\) has Gram matrix \(\delta I\), so \(K^\dagger K=\delta ^2 I\). By Theorem 19.4.1.4, this equals \(I\). Thus \(\delta ^2=1\), equivalently \(\delta ^{-2}=1\), and positivity gives \(\delta =1\). Both gates are isometries between spaces of equal dimension, hence unitary.

19.4.2 Endpoint contraction and growth of truncated symmetries

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and let \(d_l=\operatorname {rank}M_2\) and \(d_r=\operatorname {rank}M_1\). Choose arbitrary complex endpoint matrices \(Y_2\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\to \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\) and \(Y_1\colon \mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\). For \(N\geq 0\) and physical words \(\sigma ,\tau \) of length \(N\), put

\begin{align} \mathcal U^{\sigma ,\tau } & =\mathcal U^{\sigma _0,\tau _0}\cdots \mathcal U^{\sigma _{N-1},\tau _{N-1}}, \\ (U^{N+2})_{(l,\sigma ,r),(a,\tau ,b)} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} (Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )} (\mathcal U^{\sigma ,\tau })_{\alpha ,\beta } (Y_1)_{r,(\beta ,b)}. \label{eq:mpug_truncated_symmetry_contraction} \end{align}

Here \(0\leq l{\lt}d_l\), \(0\leq r{\lt}d_r\), and \(a,b\) are physical indices. The empty ordered matrix product is \(I_D\). Thus

\begin{align} U^{N+2}\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^d)^{\otimes N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d & \longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\otimes (\mathbb {C}^d)^{\otimes N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_r}. \end{align}

This is the endpoint contraction of [ 197 , lines 2062–2100 ] , with the group label suppressed. The source superscript is the total length \(L=N+2\geq 2\), including the two endpoint triangles; \(N\) counts only the bulk tensors. No cut factorization is needed. For the normalized source factors of Definition 18.4.50, choosing their matrices \(Y_2,Y_1\) recovers the source-factor endpoint contraction. No group representation or unitarity assertion is included in this definition; arbitrary endpoint matrices need not give a unitary map.

\begin{tenkz}[rows={wire}, cols=5]
        \tn[skin=tri, ports={90:physical:$l$, 270:physical:$a$, 0:virtual}]{Y_2} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$\sigma_0$, 270:physical:$\tau_0$}]{\mathcal U} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$\sigma_{N-1}$, 270:physical:$\tau_{N-1}$}]{\mathcal U} &
        \tn[skin=triwest, ports={180:virtual, 90:physical:$r$, 270:physical:$b$}]{Y_1}
    \end{tenkz}

Let \(\mathcal U\) and the arbitrary endpoint matrices \(Y_2,Y_1\) have the dimensions in Definition 19.4.2.1. For endpoint indices \(l,r,a,b\) and the empty words \(\varnothing \),

\begin{align} (U^2)_{(l,\varnothing ,r),(a,\varnothing ,b)} & =\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1} (Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )}(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,b)}. \label{eq:mpug_truncated_symmetry_zero} \end{align}

This is total length two and requires no cut factorization. For normalized source factors, the right-hand side is \(u_{(l,r),(a,b)}\), with \(u\) as in Definition 18.4.59.

Proof ▶

The bulk product \(\mathcal U^{\varnothing ,\varnothing }\) is the empty ordered product \(I_D\), so \((\mathcal U^{\varnothing ,\varnothing })_{\alpha \beta } =\delta _{\alpha \beta }\). Instantiating (195) at \(N=0\) gives

\begin{align} (U^2)_{(l,\varnothing ,r),(a,\varnothing ,b)} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )} \delta _{\alpha \beta }(Y_1)_{r,(\beta ,b)} =\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )}(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,b)}. \end{align}

For normalized source factors this is the defining contraction of \(u\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor with physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and put \(d_l=\operatorname {rank}M_2\) and \(d_r=\operatorname {rank}M_1\). Let \(Y_1\colon \mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\), \(Y_2\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\to \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\), and \(X_2\colon \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\to \mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\) be complex matrices satisfying only \(M_2=X_2Y_2\), that is,

\begin{align} \mathcal U^{i,b}_{\gamma ,\alpha } & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(X_2)_{(\gamma ,i),t}(Y_2)_{t,(b,\alpha )}. \end{align}

Define the crossed contraction

\begin{align} (w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)} & =\sum _{\gamma =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\gamma )}(X_2)_{(\gamma ,i),t}. \end{align}

For \(N\geq 0\), physical words \(\sigma ,\tau \) of length \(N\), source indices \(l,r\), and physical indices \(i,a,b,c\),

\begin{align} (U^{N+3})_{(l,i\sigma ,r),(a,b\tau ,c)} & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)} (U^{N+2})_{(t,\sigma ,r),(b,\tau ,c)}. \label{eq:mpug_truncated_symmetry_left_growth} \end{align}

The right endpoint \(Y_1\) is arbitrary and unchanged; no first-cut factorization is assumed. For normalized source factors, \(w_L\) is the movement operator of Definition 19.4.1. The identity is the left-end factorization step of [ 197 , lines 2101–2174 ] , using the second decomposition in [ 16 , lines 479–530 ] .

Proof ▶

The second cut factorization gives, for each virtual index \(\alpha \),

\begin{align} \sum _{\gamma =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\gamma )} \mathcal U^{i,b}_{\gamma ,\alpha } & =\sum _{\gamma =0}^{D-1}\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1} (Y_2)_{l,(a,\gamma )}(X_2)_{(\gamma ,i),t} (Y_2)_{t,(b,\alpha )} \\ & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)}(Y_2)_{t,(b,\alpha )}. \end{align}

Expand \(\mathcal U^{i\sigma ,b\tau } =\mathcal U^{i,b}\mathcal U^{\sigma ,\tau }\) and substitute this equality into the endpoint contraction. Regrouping the finite sums yields

\begin{align} (U^{N+3})_{(l,i\sigma ,r),(a,b\tau ,c)} & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)} \sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{t,(b,\alpha )} (\mathcal U^{\sigma ,\tau })_{\alpha ,\beta }(Y_1)_{r,(\beta ,c)} \\ & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)} (U^{N+2})_{(t,\sigma ,r),(b,\tau ,c)}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), with \(d_l=\operatorname {rank}M_2\) and \(d_r=\operatorname {rank}M_1\). Let \(X_1\colon \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\to \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\), \(Y_1\colon \mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\), \(X_2\colon \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\to \mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\), and \(Y_2\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\to \mathbb {C}^{d_l}\) be complex matrices satisfying only \(M_1=X_1Y_1\) and \(M_2=X_2Y_2\). In coordinates,

\begin{align} \mathcal U^{j,c}_{\beta ,\delta } & =\sum _{s=0}^{d_r-1}(X_1)_{(j,\delta ),s}(Y_1)_{s,(\beta ,c)}, \\ \mathcal U^{i,b}_{\gamma ,\alpha } & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}(X_2)_{(\gamma ,i),t}(Y_2)_{t,(b,\alpha )}. \end{align}

Form \(U^{N+2}\) using the endpoints \(Y_2,Y_1\), and define the crossed contractions

\begin{align} (w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)} & =\sum _{\gamma =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\gamma )}(X_2)_{(\gamma ,i),t}, \\ (w_R)_{(j,r),(s,e)} & =\sum _{\delta =0}^{D-1}(X_1)_{(j,\delta ),s}(Y_1)_{r,(\delta ,e)}. \end{align}

For \(N\geq 0\), physical words \(\sigma ,\tau \) of length \(N\), source indices \(l,r\), and physical indices \(i,j,a,b,c,e\), one has

\begin{align} (U^{N+4})_{(l,i\sigma j,r),(a,b\tau c,e)} & =\sum _{t=0}^{d_l-1}\sum _{s=0}^{d_r-1} (w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)} (U^{N+2})_{(t,\sigma ,s),(b,\tau ,c)} (w_R)_{(j,r),(s,e)}. \label{eq:mpug_truncated_symmetry_growth} \end{align}

Concatenation \(i\sigma j\) inserts \(i\) before the word and \(j\) after it. This is the source-factorization identity in the growth diagram of [ 197 , lines 2101–2174 ] . It adds one bulk site at each end, using only the two decompositions in [ 16 , lines 479–530 ] . For normalized source factors, the crossed contractions yield the movement operators of Definition 19.4.1, extending the identity to the source-factor endpoint contraction. No simplicity or unitarity assumption on \(\mathcal U\) is needed. These algebraic identities do not assert unitarity for arbitrary factors, the finite-group physical specialization, or the complementary finite-chain movement relation.

Proof ▶

Expand the enlarged bulk product as \(\mathcal U^{i\sigma j,b\tau c} =\mathcal U^{i,b}\mathcal U^{\sigma ,\tau }\mathcal U^{j,c}\). The second source-cut factorization gives

\begin{align} \sum _\gamma (Y_2)_{l,(a,\gamma )}\mathcal U^{i,b}_{\gamma ,\alpha } & =\sum _t(w_L)_{(l,i),(a,t)}(Y_2)_{t,(b,\alpha )}. \end{align}

The first source-cut factorization similarly gives

\begin{align} \sum _\delta \mathcal U^{j,c}_{\beta ,\delta }(Y_1)_{r,(\delta ,e)} & =\sum _s(Y_1)_{s,(\beta ,c)}(w_R)_{(j,r),(s,e)}. \end{align}

Substitute both equalities into the endpoint contraction and regroup the finite sums. The remaining interior contraction is \(U^{N+2}\).

Theorem 19.4.2.5 Kronecker product of unitary maps
✓
#

Let \(A,B,C,E\) be finite sets, possibly empty, and let \(M\colon \mathbb {C}^B\to \mathbb {C}^A\) and \(P\colon \mathbb {C}^E\to \mathbb {C}^C\) be unitary maps: \(M^\dagger M=I_B\), \(MM^\dagger =I_A\), \(P^\dagger P=I_E\), and \(PP^\dagger =I_C\). Then \(M\otimes P\) is a unitary map from \(\mathbb {C}^{B\times E}\) to \(\mathbb {C}^{A\times C}\).

Proof ▶

The adjoint and multiplication identities for Kronecker products give

\begin{align} (M\otimes P)^\dagger (M\otimes P) & =(M^\dagger M)\otimes (P^\dagger P) =I_B\otimes I_E=I_{B\times E}, \\ (M\otimes P)(M\otimes P)^\dagger & =(MM^\dagger )\otimes (PP^\dagger ) =I_A\otimes I_C=I_{A\times C}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded positive diagonal fixed matrix \(\rho \). Construct the source factors from this tensor and this same \(\rho \). For every \(N\geq 0\), their endpoint contraction \(U^{N+2}\) is a unitary map

\begin{align} U^{N+2}\colon \mathcal H_{\mathrm{in},N} & \longrightarrow \mathcal H_{\mathrm{out},N}, \\ \mathcal H_{\mathrm{in},N} & =\mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^d)^{\otimes N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d, \\ \mathcal H_{\mathrm{out},N} & =\mathbb {C}^{d_l}\otimes (\mathbb {C}^d)^{\otimes N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_r}. \label{eq:mpug_truncated_symmetry_unitary_spaces} \end{align}

The subscripts of \(\mathcal H_{\mathrm{in},N}\) and \(\mathcal H_{\mathrm{out},N}\) record the bulk length \(N\). Equivalently,

\begin{align} (U^{N+2})^\dagger U^{N+2} & =I_{\mathcal H_{\mathrm{in},N}}, & U^{N+2}(U^{N+2})^\dagger & =I_{\mathcal H_{\mathrm{out},N}}. \label{eq:mpug_truncated_symmetry_unitary} \end{align}

This is the endpoint-coordinate unitarity part of the assertion following the truncated-symmetry diagram in [ 197 , lines 2062–2099 ] , between the displayed input and output spaces. The scope restriction is recorded in [ 48 ] . Neither simplicity of the physical adjoint nor unitarity of supplied gates is assumed. The assertion does not identify each endpoint source space with a physical site, specialize to a finite-group family, prove agreement with a global symmetry on interior observables, or establish the complementary finite-chain relation following the movement display at [ 197 , lines 2101–2174 ] .

Proof ▶

Theorem 18.9.12 gives unitary \(u\), and Theorem 19.4.1.5 gives unitary \(w_L\), both for the constructed source factors. Induct on the bulk length \(N\). For \(N=0\), the total length is two. In \(U^2\), remove the unique empty word from both index sets; by Theorem 19.4.2.2, the resulting matrix is \(u\).

For the successor step put \(\mathcal R_N=(\mathbb {C}^d)^{\otimes N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^{d_r}\). After the natural associativity identifications, the left-end growth identity expresses \(U^{N+3}\) as

\begin{align} (w_L\otimes I_{\mathcal R_N})(I_d\otimes U^{N+2}). \end{align}

The output reindexing sends \((l,i,\sigma ,r)\) to \((l,i\sigma ,r)\), and the input reindexing sends \((a,b,\tau ,c)\) to \((a,b\tau ,c)\). These are bijections given by splitting off the first bulk letter; they leave both endpoint coordinates unchanged. Theorem 19.4.2.5 makes both \(w_L\otimes I_{\mathcal R_N}\) and \(I_d\otimes U^{N+2}\) unitary. Composition and the two coordinate bijections preserve both Gram identities. The induction therefore covers every \(N\), not just one parity of bulk lengths.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Let \(S_0\) denote its chosen source factors at \(\rho \) and \(S\) its inverse-compatible source factors. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\), and take the square unitary comparison \(C=KP_e^\dagger \) of Theorem 19.2.3.3. For \(N\geq 0\), let \(\Omega _N\) be the set of physical configurations on \(N\) sites. Write \(U_0^{N+2}\) and \(\widehat U^{N+2}\) for the endpoint contractions of Definition 19.4.2.1 formed from \(S_0\) and \(S\), respectively. Their common domain and codomain, with the indicated association, are

\begin{align} \mathcal H_N & =\mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d), \\ \mathcal R_N & =\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^r). \end{align}

Then

\begin{align} \widehat U^{N+2} & =[I_\ell \otimes (I_{\Omega _N}\otimes C^\dagger )] U_0^{N+2}. \end{align}

Explicitly, for source indices \(l,s\), configurations \(p,q\in \Omega _N\), and physical indices \(a,b\),

\begin{align} (\widehat U^{N+2})_{(l,(p,s)),(a,(q,b))} & =\sum _{t=0}^{r-1}(C^\dagger )_{st} (U_0^{N+2})_{(l,(p,t)),(a,(q,b))}. \end{align}

Only the right source coordinate changes. Here \(N\) counts bulk sites and the total source length is \(N+2\), including both endpoints. This applies the comparison transport of [ 197 , lines 5432–5487 ] to the endpoint contraction at lines 2062–2099. No simplicity assumption on the physical adjoint is needed.

Proof ▶

Write \(\widetilde Y_1,Y_2\) for the chosen endpoints and \(\widehat Y_1,\widehat Y_2\) for the compatible ones. Substitute \(\widehat Y_1=C^\dagger \widetilde Y_1\) and \(\widehat Y_2=Y_2\) into the endpoint contraction. Regrouping the finite sums gives

\begin{align} (\widehat U^{N+2})_{(l,(p,s)),(a,(q,b))} & =\sum _{t=0}^{r-1}(C^\dagger )_{st} \sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )} \mathcal U[p,q]_{\alpha \beta }(\widetilde Y_1)_{t,(\beta ,b)} \\ & =\sum _{t=0}^{r-1}(C^\dagger )_{st} (U_0^{N+2})_{(l,(p,t)),(a,(q,b))}. \end{align}

Expanding the two identity factors in \(I_\ell \otimes (I_{\Omega _N}\otimes C^\dagger )\) fixes the left source index and the bulk configuration. Its matrix product with \(U_0^{N+2}\) therefore has exactly these entries.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II, with recorded positive-definite matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). For every bulk length \(N\geq 0\), the endpoint contraction \(\widehat U^{N+2}\) formed from the inverse-compatible source factors is unitary from \(\mathcal H_N=\mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d)\) to \(\mathcal R_N=\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^r)\), where \(\Omega _N\) is the set of length-\(N\) physical configurations and \(r,\ell \) are the first and second cut ranks. The case \(N=0\) has total length two. No simplicity assumption on the physical adjoint is needed. This transports the unitarity assertion following the endpoint diagram of [ 197 , lines 2062–2099 ] , using its comparison argument at lines 5486–5487.

Proof ▶

The comparison \(C\) is unitary. By Theorem 19.4.2.5, \(Q_N=I_\ell \otimes (I_{\Omega _N}\otimes C^\dagger )\) is unitary. The chosen-source contraction \(U_0^{N+2}\) is unitary by Theorem 19.4.2.6, and the transport theorem gives \(\widehat U^{N+2}=Q_NU_0^{N+2}\). Hence

\begin{align} (\widehat U^{N+2})^\dagger \widehat U^{N+2} & =(U_0^{N+2})^\dagger Q_N^\dagger Q_NU_0^{N+2} =I_{\mathcal H_N}, \\ \widehat U^{N+2}(\widehat U^{N+2})^\dagger & =Q_NU_0^{N+2}(U_0^{N+2})^\dagger Q_N^\dagger =I_{\mathcal R_N}. \end{align}

These are coordinate transport and unitarity statements, not the final truncated-chain sewing identity or a finite-group physical-action assertion.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II. Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). Construct the inverse-compatible source factors at the recorded canonical weight. Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(\mathcal U)\), \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(\mathcal U)\), and take the rank bijection \(e\colon \{ 0,\ldots ,\ell -1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,r-1\} \) of Definition 19.2.3.1. For every \(N\geq 0\), let \(\Omega _N\) be the length-\(N\) physical configurations. The raw and packaged source spaces and the physical space are, with right association,

\begin{align} \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}} & =\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell ), \\ \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{pkg}} & =\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^r), \\ \mathcal H_N & =\mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d). \end{align}

Let \(E_N(l,(p,s))=(l,(p,e(s)))\), and let \(P_{E_N}\colon \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}\to \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{pkg}}\) be its permutation matrix. If \(\widehat U^{N+2}\) is the endpoint contraction of the inverse-compatible source factors, then the raw matrix \(A_N\) of Definition 19.2.4.11 satisfies

\begin{align} A_N & =P_{E_N}^\dagger \widehat U^{N+2}. \end{align}

Equivalently, for raw source indices \(l,s\), configurations \(p,q\), and physical indices \(a,b\),

\begin{align} (A_N)_{(l,(p,s)),(a,(q,b))} & =(\widehat U^{N+2})_{(l,(p,e(s))),(a,(q,b))}. \end{align}

Thus \(A_N\colon \mathcal H_N\to \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}\) is unitary. This transports only the right endpoint back along \(e^{-1}\); no spatial permutation is introduced. The total source length is \(N+2\), so \(N=0\) has total length two. This is coordinate transport of the endpoint construction in [ 197 , lines 2062–2099 and 5390–5487 ] .

Proof ▶

The compatible endpoints obey \(\widehat Y_2=Y_2\) and \((\widehat Y_1)_{e(s),(\beta ,b)}=Y_{s,(\beta ,b)}\). Substitution gives

\begin{align} (\widehat U^{N+2})_{(l,(p,e(s))),(a,(q,b))} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(a,\alpha )} \mathcal U[p,q]_{\alpha \beta }Y_{s,(\beta ,b)} =(A_N)_{(l,(p,s)),(a,(q,b))}. \end{align}

Hence \(A_N=P_{E_N}^\dagger \widehat U^{N+2}\). Theorem 19.4.2.8 makes \(\widehat U^{N+2}\) unitary. Since \(E_N\) is a bijection, its permutation matrix satisfies \(P_{E_N}^\dagger P_{E_N}=I_{\mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}}\) and \(P_{E_N}P_{E_N}^\dagger =I_{\mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{pkg}}}\), so both Gram products collapse:

\begin{align} A_N^\dagger A_N & =(\widehat U^{N+2})^\dagger P_{E_N}P_{E_N}^\dagger \widehat U^{N+2} =(\widehat U^{N+2})^\dagger \widehat U^{N+2} =I_{\mathcal H_N}, \\ A_NA_N^\dagger & =P_{E_N}^\dagger \widehat U^{N+2}(\widehat U^{N+2})^\dagger P_{E_N} =P_{E_N}^\dagger P_{E_N} =I_{\mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}}. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II. Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). For every bulk length \(N\geq 0\), take the raw endpoint matrices \(A_N\colon \mathcal H_N\to \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}\) and \(B_N\colon \mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}\to \mathcal H_N\) of Definition 19.2.4.11, where \(\mathcal H_N=\mathbb {C}^d\otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^d)\) and \(\mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}=\mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes (\mathbb {C}^{\Omega _N}\otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell )\). Here \(\Omega _N\) is the set of length-\(N\) physical configurations and \(\ell \) is the second-cut rank. Then

\begin{align} A_NB_N & =\sigma I_{\mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}}, \\ B_NA_N & =\sigma I_{\mathcal H_N}. \end{align}

There is a single phase, independent of \(N\); the total source length is \(N+2\). These are local endpoint cancellations extending [ 197 , lines 5444–5487 ] , with the phase relation at lines 1559–1562.

Proof ▶

Canonical form II gives \(D{\gt}0\). Theorem 19.2.4.26 applied to \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) therefore gives \(\sigma \overline\sigma =1\), without any further positivity assumption. Adjointing \(A_N=\sigma B_N^\dagger \) yields the reverse relation

\begin{align} \sigma A_N^\dagger & =\sigma \overline\sigma B_N=B_N. \end{align}

Unitarity of \(A_N\) now gives

\begin{align} A_NB_N & =\sigma A_NA_N^\dagger =\sigma I_{\mathcal R_N^{\mathrm{raw}}}, \\ B_NA_N & =\sigma A_N^\dagger A_N =\sigma I_{\mathcal H_N}. \end{align}

19.4.3 Periodic sewing of the two source arcs

The periodic chain carries two marked sites. Cutting the marked tensors by the two source cuts produces two open arcs that share both marked sites, and the shared rank indices sew them back to the periodic trace. The arcs have lengths \(n+2\) and \(m+2\) on a ring of \(n+m+2\) sites; the second is not the disjoint complement of the first.

Definition 19.4.3.1 The two sewn source arcs
✓

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\), and let \(X_1,Y_1\) and \(X_2,Y_2\) be any factorizations of its two source cuts through \(\mathbb {C}^r\) and \(\mathbb {C}^\ell \). For \(N\geq 0\) and configurations \(p,q\in \Omega _N\), define matrices \(A^{\mathrm{sew}}_N\) and \(B^{\mathrm{sew}}_N\) by

\begin{align} (A^{\mathrm{sew}}_N)_{(s,(p,t)),(a,(q,b))} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{s,(a,\alpha )} \mathcal U[p,q]_{\alpha \beta }(Y_1)_{t,(\beta ,b)}, \\ (B^{\mathrm{sew}}_N)_{(a,(p,b)),(t,(q,s))} & =\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}(X_1)_{(a,\alpha ),t} \mathcal U[p,q]_{\alpha \beta }(X_2)_{(\beta ,b),s}, \end{align}

with \(0\leq s{\lt}\ell \), \(0\leq t{\lt}r\), and physical indices \(a,b\). Both words are read in their given order; neither is reversed, and the row order \((\ell ,r)\) of the first arc is the order in which its endpoints are traversed. This is the local algebra of the sewing referred to in [ 197 , lines 5486–5487 ] , using its source decompositions at lines 5390–5432.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor with \(M_1(\mathcal U)=X_1Y_1\) and \(M_2(\mathcal U)=X_2Y_2\). Fix bulk lengths \(n,m\), marked physical indices \(a,a',b,b'\), and configurations \(p,p'\in \Omega _n\), \(q,q'\in \Omega _m\). Then

\begin{align} \operatorname{tr}\! \left(\mathcal U^{aa'}\mathcal U[p,p’] \mathcal U^{bb'}\mathcal U[q,q’]\right) & =\sum _{t=0}^{r-1}\sum _{s=0}^{\ell -1} (B^{\mathrm{sew}}_n)_{(a,(p,b)),(t,(p',s))} (A^{\mathrm{sew}}_m)_{(s,(q,t)),(b',(q',a'))}. \label{eq:mpug_source_periodic_sewing} \end{align}

The same sum is the entry of the periodic operator \(\mathcal U^{(n+m+2)}\) at the concatenated configurations \((a,p,b,q)\) and \((a',p',b',q')\). The ring has \(n+m+2\) sites, including two distinct marked sites even when \(n=m=0\), and the two endpoint-inclusive arcs overlap at both marked sites. This identity requires only the two cut factorizations, without assuming canonicality, simplicity, normalization, or unitarity.

Proof ▶

Write \(P=\mathcal U[p,p']\) and \(Q=\mathcal U[q,q']\), and define slices

\begin{align} C_{t\alpha } & =(X_1)_{(a,\alpha ),t}, \\ H_{\delta t} & =(Y_1)_{t,(\delta ,a')}, \\ E_{\beta s} & =(X_2)_{(\beta ,b),s}, \\ F_{s\gamma } & =(Y_2)_{s,(b',\gamma )}. \end{align}

Reading the two cut factorizations entrywise gives \(\mathcal U^{aa'}=HC\) and \(\mathcal U^{bb'}=EF\). Cyclicity of the trace and associativity then give

\begin{align} \operatorname{tr}\! \left(HCPEFQ\right) & =\operatorname{tr}\! \left((CPE)(FQH)\right). \end{align}

The entries of the two products are \((CPE)_{ts}=(B^{\mathrm{sew}}_n)_{(a,(p,b)),(t,(p',s))}\) and \((FQH)_{st}=(A^{\mathrm{sew}}_m)_{(s,(q,t)),(b',(q',a'))}\), so expanding the trace of the product as a double sum over \(t\) and \(s\) gives (243). For the operator entry, expand word evaluation along the concatenation \((a,p,b,q)\): splitting off the two marked letters and the two bulk words returns the same trace.

Fix bulk lengths \(n,m\) and group a periodic configuration as \(((a,p,b),q)\) with \(p\in \Omega _n\) and \(q\in \Omega _m\), placed on the ring in the order \((a,p,b,q)\). Let \(M_{n,m}\) be the periodic operator \(\mathcal U^{(n+m+2)}\) pulled back along this grouping in both its row and its column index. With \(A_N,B_N\) the endpoint matrices of Definition 19.2.4.11, put

\begin{align} \widehat A_{n,m} & =A_n\otimes I_{\Omega _m}, \end{align}

which acts as the first endpoint operator on \((a,p,b)\) and as the identity on the second bulk. Define the complementary arc \(C_{n,m}\) independently by

\begin{align} (C_{n,m})_{((l,(p,s)),q),((a',(p',b')),q')} & =\delta _{p,p'}(A_m)_{(s,(q,l)),(b',(q',a'))}. \end{align}

It retains the first bulk unchanged and traverses the other arc from the second marked site back to the first, with rank order \((s,q,l)\). These are the shared-boundary coordinates of the sewing referred to in [ 197 , lines 5486–5487 ] ; no interval hierarchy, spatial reflection, or identification of rank with physical coordinates is introduced.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of dimensions \(d,D\) and \(T\) a unitary virtual matrix with \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair. For all bulk lengths \(n,m\),

\begin{align} M_{n,m} & =\left(B_n\otimes I_{\Omega _m}\right)C_{n,m}. \label{eq:mpug_inverse_periodic_factorization} \end{align}

Neither simplicity, canonical form, nor a phase relation is used; the complementary arc is the independently defined \(C_{n,m}\), not a rearrangement of \(M_{n,m}\).

Proof ▶

Apply Theorem 19.4.3.2 to the factorization \(M_1=\widehat X_1\widehat Y_1\) of Theorem 19.2.23 and the factorization \(M_2=X_2Y_2\) of Theorem 18.4.53. The two sewn arcs of Definition 19.4.3.1 built from these factors are exactly \(B_n\) and \(A_m\). On the right-hand side of (251) the identity factor contributes \(\delta _{q,q'}\) on the second bulk and the Kronecker delta of \(C_{n,m}\) contributes \(\delta _{p,p'}\), so the matrix product collapses to the double sum of (243) at the grouped configurations.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU of dimensions \(d,D\) in canonical form II. Suppose that \(T\) is unitary, that \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=T^\dagger \mathcal U^{ij}T\) for every physical pair, and that \(T\overline T=\sigma I_D\) for \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). For all bulk lengths \(n,m\),

\begin{align} \widehat A_{n,m}M_{n,m} & =\sigma C_{n,m}. \end{align}

Exactly one phase occurs, independently of \(n\) and \(m\). The two endpoint-inclusive arcs share both marked sites, so this is a shared-boundary composition and not the disjoint-complement identity of [ 197 , lines 5486–5487 ] .

Proof ▶

Substituting (251) and using \((A_n\otimes I_{\Omega _m})(B_n\otimes I_{\Omega _m}) =(A_nB_n)\otimes I_{\Omega _m}\) gives

\begin{align} \widehat A_{n,m}M_{n,m} & =\left((A_nB_n)\otimes I_{\Omega _m}\right)C_{n,m}. \end{align}

Theorem 19.4.2.10 gives \(A_nB_n=\sigma I\) on the raw source space, and the scalar passes through the Kronecker product. The cancellation used is the one on the source space, not the reverse product \(B_nA_n\).

19.4.4 Physical closures of the source factors

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II, with physical dimension \(d\), bond dimension \(D\), and recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). For \(0\leq p,q{\lt}d\),

\begin{align} \sum _{x,\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}\sum _{z=0}^{d-1} \overline{\mathcal U^{z,p}_{x\alpha }} \mathcal U^{z,q}_{x\beta }\rho _{\beta \alpha } & =\delta _{p,q}. \end{align}

This is the one-letter diagram in the proof of part (b) of the staircase-gate corollary in [ 197 , lines 1013–1030 ] .

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.5.6 supplies the two-letter insertion identity with the recorded canonical boundaries \((\Phi |_{(a,b)}=\delta _{a,b}\) and \(|\rho )_{(a,b)}=\rho _{ba}\). Applying Theorem 18.3.28 to this fixed pair gives the one-letter contraction. Expanding its coefficient yields

\begin{align} W^{pq}W^{kl} & =W^{pq}|\rho )(\Phi |W^{kl}, \\ (\Phi |W^{pq}|\rho ) & =\sum _{x,\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}\sum _{z=0}^{d-1} \overline{\mathcal U^{z,p}_{x\alpha }} \mathcal U^{z,q}_{x\beta }\rho _{\beta \alpha } =\delta _{p,q}. \end{align}

The left boundary identifies the two bond indices \(x\), while the right boundary contributes \(\rho _{\beta \alpha }\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II, with physical dimension \(d\), bond dimension \(D\), and recorded positive diagonal fixed matrix \(\rho \). Let \(Y_1,Y_2\) be the source factors constructed from this tensor and this same \(\rho \), with source-cut ranks \(d_r,d_l\). For \(0\leq p,q{\lt}d\),

\begin{align} \sum _{l=0}^{d_l-1}\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} \overline{(Y_2)_{l,(p,\alpha )}}(Y_2)_{l,(q,\beta )} \rho _{\beta \alpha } & =\delta _{p,q}, \\ \sum _{r=0}^{d_r-1}\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1} \overline{(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,p)}}(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,q)} & =\delta _{p,q}. \end{align}

The open indices are physical; these are identities on \(\mathbb {C}^d\), not on the source-cut spaces. They are the two diagrams of part (b) of the staircase-gate corollary in [ 197 , lines 869–917 ] .

Proof ▶

Theorem 18.4.56 at \(a=\alpha ,b=\beta \) gives

\begin{align} \sum _{l=0}^{d_l-1}\overline{(Y_2)_{l,(p,\alpha )}}(Y_2)_{l,(q,\beta )} & =\sum _{x=0}^{D-1}\sum _{z=0}^{d-1} \overline{\mathcal U^{z,p}_{x\alpha }}\mathcal U^{z,q}_{x\beta }. \end{align}

Multiplying by \(\rho _{\beta \alpha }\) and summing over \(\alpha ,\beta \) rewrites the first sum as the one-letter contraction of Theorem 19.4.4.1. Theorem 18.4.65 at the diagonal case \(a_1=b_1=\alpha \), \(p_1=p\), \(q_1=q\) gives

\begin{align} \sum _{r=0}^{d_r-1}\overline{(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,p)}}(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,q)} & =\sum _{\beta ,\gamma =0}^{D-1}\sum _{z=0}^{d-1} \overline{\mathcal U^{z,p}_{\alpha \beta }}\rho _{\beta \gamma } \mathcal U^{z,q}_{\alpha \gamma }. \end{align}

Summing over \(\alpha \) rewrites the second sum in the same way, after renaming \((\alpha ,\beta ,\gamma )\) to \((x,\alpha ,\beta )\); diagonality of \(\rho \) gives \(\rho _{\alpha \beta }=\rho _{\beta \alpha }\). Both sums therefore equal \(\delta _{p,q}\). These Gram identities cancel the \(X_2\) and \(X_1\) factors using their respective normalizations, as in [ 197 , lines 1030–1050 ] .

19.5 Scalar three-cocycles and fusion-tensor gauge freedom

Let \(G\) be a group and write \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) for the multiplicative group of nonzero complex numbers. The fusion tensors have the scalar gauge freedom

\begin{align} F^{\gt}_{g,h} & \longmapsto \beta _{g,h}F^{\gt}_{g,h}, \\ F^{\lt}_{g,h} & \longmapsto \beta _{g,h}^{-1}F^{\lt}_{g,h}. \label{eq:mpug_fusion_gauge} \end{align}

This specifies the fusion-tensor gauge freedom of [ 197 ] for the scalar functions \(\beta \), \(\omega \), \(\gamma \), \(L\), \(\sigma \), and \(\Xi \), with representation-level data as in Definition 19.2.4.

Theorem 19.5.1 Scalar factors of an identity Kronecker product
✓

Let \(M\) and \(N\) be nonempty sets with decidable equality, and let \(A\in \operatorname {Mat}_M(\mathbb {C})\) and \(B\in \operatorname {Mat}_N(\mathbb {C})\). If \(A\otimes B=\mathbf1\), then there is a nonzero \(c\in \mathbb {C}\) such that

\begin{align} A & =c\mathbf1, & B & =c^{-1}\mathbf1. \label{eq:mpug_kronecker_identity_factors} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Choose \(i_0\in M\) and \(j_0\in N\). The \(((i_0,j_0),(i_0,j_0))\) entry gives \(A_{i_0i_0}B_{j_0j_0}=1\). Thus \(c=A_{i_0i_0}\) is nonzero and \(B_{j_0j_0}=c^{-1}\). Comparing every \(((i,j_0),(i',j_0))\) entry gives \(A_{ii'}=c\delta _{ii'}\); comparing every \(((i_0,j),(i_0,j'))\) entry gives \(B_{jj'}=c^{-1}\delta _{jj'}\).

Theorem 19.5.2 Unitarity from an adjoint Kronecker product
✓

Let \(M,N\) be nonempty finite sets, and let \(K\colon \mathbb {C}^N\to \mathbb {C}^M\) be a complex matrix. If \(K^\dagger \otimes K\colon \mathbb {C}^{M\times N}\to \mathbb {C}^{N\times M}\) is unitary, then \(K\) is unitary between its coordinate spaces:

\begin{align} K^\dagger K & =I_N, \\ KK^\dagger & =I_M. \end{align}

No equality of \(|M|\) and \(|N|\) is assumed. This is the matrix implication used in [ 197 , lines 5444–5487 ] ; the tensor-network identity to which it is applied is a separate result.

Proof ▶

The isometry identity for \(K^\dagger \otimes K\) gives

\begin{align} (KK^\dagger )\otimes (K^\dagger K) & =I_{M\times N}. \end{align}

By Theorem 19.5.1, there is a nonzero \(c\in \mathbb {C}\) with \(KK^\dagger =cI_M\) and \(K^\dagger K=c^{-1}I_N\). Consequently,

\begin{align} (KK^\dagger )^2 & =K(K^\dagger K)K^\dagger =c^{-1}KK^\dagger =I_M. \end{align}

Choose \(i\in M\). The \((i,i)\) entry gives \(c^2=1\), while positivity of the Gram matrix gives \(c=(KK^\dagger )_{ii}\geq 0\). Thus \(c=1\), and the two scalar Gram identities become \(K^\dagger K=I_N\) and \(KK^\dagger =I_M\).

Let \(M\) and \(N\) be nonempty finite sets. If \(K_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_M(\mathbb {C})\) and \(K_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_N(\mathbb {C})\) satisfy that \(K_1\otimes K_2\) is unitary, then there are a positive real number \(\delta \) and unitary matrices \(W_1,W_2\) such that

\begin{align} K_1 & =\delta W_1, & K_2 & =\delta ^{-1}W_2. \label{eq:mpug_unitary_kronecker_factors} \end{align}

Equivalently, \(\delta ^{-1}K_1\) and \(\delta K_2\) are unitary. This is only the tensor-factor step in the decomposition result of  [ 197 ] ; it does not construct or compare the three-legged decompositions occurring there.

Proof ▶

Unitarity gives

\begin{align} (K_1^\dagger K_1)\otimes (K_2^\dagger K_2)=\mathbf1. \end{align}

Theorem 19.5.1 supplies a nonzero \(c\in \mathbb {C}\) such that \(K_1^\dagger K_1=c\mathbf1\) and \(K_2^\dagger K_2=c^{-1}\mathbf1\). Positivity of the first Gram matrix makes \(c\) a positive real number. Taking \(\delta =\sqrt c\) shows directly that \(\delta ^{-1}K_1\) and \(\delta K_2\) have identity Gram matrices; these are \(W_1\) and \(W_2\) in (268).

Let \(A_i\) and \(B_i\) be two families of square matrices of the same size, indexed by the same finite alphabet, and suppose that, for every \(i,j\),

\begin{align} B_iA_j & =A_iB_j. \label{eq:mpug_cross_product_rigidity} \end{align}

If \(A\) is injective, or more generally normal, then there is a scalar \(c\in \mathbb {C}\) with \(B_i=cA_i\) for every \(i\). This is the commuting-tensor step in the proof of the source-factor contraction identities in  [ 197 , lines 1255–1325 ] , where the tensor commuting with a normal matrix product unitary tensor is shown to be a multiple of it.

Proof ▶

Let \(N\geq 1\) be a blocking length at which the length-\(N\) words of \(A\) span the full matrix algebra, and decompose the identity as \(\mathbf1=\sum _\sigma c_\sigma A^{\sigma _1}\cdots A^{\sigma _N}\). The cross relation moves the marked letter successively through the word,

\begin{align} B_iA^{\sigma _1}\cdots A^{\sigma _N} & =A_iA^{\sigma _1}\cdots A^{\sigma _{N-1}}B^{\sigma _N}. \notag \end{align}

When \(N=1\), the middle word on the right is absent. Thus \(B_i=A_iC\) with \(C=\sum _\sigma c_\sigma A^{\sigma _1}\cdots A^{\sigma _{N-1}}B^{\sigma _N}\). Substituting this identity into (270) gives \(A_i(CA_j-A_jC)=0\) for all \(i\) and \(j\). Multiplying on the left by a length-\(N\) word, whose last letter absorbs one of the \(A_i\), and recombining the words into the identity gives \(CA_j=A_jC\). A matrix commuting with every letter of a normal family is a multiple of the identity, so \(C=c\mathbf1\) and \(B_i=cA_i\). The injective case is the case of blocking length one.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded positive diagonal fixed matrix \(\rho \), with \(\operatorname {tr}\rho =1\). Its physical adjoint has letters \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{ij}=\overline{\mathcal U^{ji}}\); the virtual indices are not transposed. Give its normalized flattening the conjugated canonical blocks with the physical indices exchanged, and retain the same full support and the same fixed matrix \(\rho \). This defines canonical-form-II data for \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) with the same left and right boundaries \(I,\rho \). These are the reflected boundaries used in [ 197 , lines 1164–1254 ] .

Proof ▶

Physical adjunction preserves periodic unitarity and transports the canonical blocks without changing their dimensions. Writing \(\mathcal E_{\mathcal U}\) for the transfer map of \(\mathcal U\), the transported fixed-point equation is

\begin{align} \mathcal E_{\mathcal U^\dagger }(\rho ) & =\overline{\mathcal E_{\mathcal U}(\overline\rho )} =\overline{\mathcal E_{\mathcal U}(\rho )} =\overline\rho =\rho , \end{align}

using \(\overline\rho =\rho \) and \(\mathcal E_{\mathcal U}(\rho )=\rho \). The transfer map is invariant under the physical-index permutation, so the transported data share the same fixed matrix.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). Let \(W\) be its raw double layer, put \((\Phi |_{(a,b)}=\delta _{a,b}\) and \(|\rho )_{(a,b)}=\rho _{ba}\). For all physical indices \(i,j,k,l\),

\begin{align} W^{ij}W^{kl} & =W^{ij}|\rho )(\Phi |W^{kl}, \label{eq:mpug_simple_canonical_split} \\ (\Phi |W^{ij}W^{kl} & =\delta _{ij}(\Phi |W^{kl}, \label{eq:mpug_simple_canonical_bdry_left} \\ W^{ij}W^{kl}|\rho ) & =\delta _{kl}W^{ij}|\rho ). \label{eq:mpug_simple_canonical_bdry_right} \end{align}

These are the boundary removals used in the six-tensor argument of [ 197 , lines 1164–1254 ] .

Proof ▶

Aligning the simplicity witnesses with the canonical fixed pair using the stabilized normalized transfer power gives (272) and \((\Phi |W^{ij}|\rho )=\delta _{ij}\). Contracting (272) on the left with \((\Phi |\) yields (273); contracting on the right with \(|\rho )\) yields (274).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). Assume that \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) is simple. Let \(W_\dagger \) be the raw double layer of \(\mathcal U^\dagger \), put \((\Phi |_{(a,b)}=\delta _{a,b}\) and \(|\rho )_{(a,b)}=\rho _{ba}\). For all physical indices \(i,j,k,l\),

\begin{align} (\Phi |W_\dagger ^{ij}W_\dagger ^{kl} & =\delta _{ij}(\Phi |W_\dagger ^{kl}, \\ W_\dagger ^{ij}W_\dagger ^{kl}|\rho ) & =\delta _{kl}W_\dagger ^{ij}|\rho ). \end{align}

The simplicity assumption is precisely the additional hypothesis used for the reflected reduction in [ 197 , lines 1221–1254 ] .

Proof ▶

Transport the canonical presentation to \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) with the same \(\rho \), then apply Theorem 19.5.6 using the assumed simplicity of \(\mathcal U^\dagger \).

Definition 19.5.8 The three-tensor contraction \(s\)
✓
#

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and let \(\rho \) be a complex \(D\times D\) matrix. Define an MPO tensor \(s\) of the same dimensions by

\begin{align} s^{ij}_{ab} & =\sum _{p,q=0}^{d-1}\sum _{x,r,t=0}^{D-1} \mathcal U^{ip}_{xb}\, \overline{\mathcal U^{qp}_{xr}}\, \mathcal U^{qj}_{at}\, \rho _{tr}. \label{eq:mpug_adjoint_simple_contraction} \end{align}

The left open bond is on the bottom tensor and the right open bond is on the top tensor. For diagonal \(\rho \) only \(t=r\) contributes. This is the tensor marked \(s\) in [ 197 , lines 1190–1218 ] . No factor \(1/d\) occurs: the letters in this contraction are unnormalized.

Let \(\mathcal U\) have a canonical-form-II presentation with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and assume that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Construct \(s\) from this same \(\rho \) by (277). For all physical indices \(i,j,k,l\),

\begin{align} s^{ij}\mathcal U^{kl} & =\mathcal U^{ij}s^{kl}. \label{eq:mpug_adjoint_simple_cross_product} \end{align}

This is the equality obtained from the two reductions in [ 197 , lines 1164–1254 ] .

Proof ▶

For fixed open indices \(i,j,k,l,a,b\), expand the six-tensor network as

\begin{align} \mathcal N^{ij,kl}_{ab} & =\sum _{p,q,v,w}\sum _{x,m,n,z,r,t} \mathcal U^{ip}_{xm}\mathcal U^{kq}_{mb} \overline{\mathcal U^{vp}_{xn}} \overline{\mathcal U^{wq}_{nr}} \mathcal U^{vj}_{az}\mathcal U^{wl}_{zt}\rho _{tr}. \end{align}

The first sum ranges over physical indices and the second over virtual indices. Applying the right-boundary contraction to the lower two layers gives \(\mathcal N^{ij,kl}_{ab}=(s^{ij}\mathcal U^{kl})_{ab}\). Regrouping the same finite sum and applying the left-boundary contraction for the physical adjoint to the upper two layers gives \(\mathcal N^{ij,kl}_{ab}=(\mathcal U^{ij}s^{kl})_{ab}\). Both expressions are therefore equal.

Let \(\mathcal U\) have a canonical-form-II presentation with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and suppose that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Then the tensor \(s\) constructed from this \(\rho \) satisfies

\begin{align} s^{ij} & =\delta \mathcal U^{ij} \end{align}

for a single scalar \(\delta \in \mathbb {C}\) and every physical pair \(i,j\). This is the proportionality conclusion in [ 197 , lines 1255–1325 ] .

Proof ▶

Put \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}^{ij}=d^{-1/2}\mathcal U^{ij}\). Canonical form II gives \(d,D{\gt}0\) and normality of \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\). Scaling (278) gives \(s^{ij}\widetilde{\mathcal U}^{kl} =\widetilde{\mathcal U}^{ij}s^{kl}\). Cross-product rigidity, using blocking to an injective tensor, gives \(s^{ij}=c\widetilde{\mathcal U}^{ij}\) for one scalar \(c\). Set \(\delta =c/\sqrt d\).

19.5.1 The anomaly three-cocycle from fusion tensors

For matrix product operator tensors \(M\) and \(N\) of bond dimensions \(D_M\) and \(D_N\), write \(MN\) for the stacked product tensor, whose periodic operators are the products of those of \(M\) and \(N\), and write \(\mathsf a\) for the bond associator of Definition 21.3.6, the permutation from \(\mathbb {C}^{D_1}\otimes (\mathbb {C}^{D_2}\otimes \mathbb {C}^{D_3})\), the bond space of \(M(NP)\), to \((\mathbb {C}^{D_1}\otimes \mathbb {C}^{D_2})\otimes \mathbb {C}^{D_3}\), the bond space of \((MN)P\).

Reductions compose: if \((V_1,W_1)\) reduces \(C\) onto \(B\) and \((V_2,W_2)\) reduces \(B\) onto \(A\), then \((V_2V_1,W_1W_2)\) reduces \(C\) onto \(A\). If \((V,W)\) reduces the doubled-index tensor of \(X\) onto that of \(A\), then \((V\otimes \mathbf1,W\otimes \mathbf1)\) reduces \(XP\) onto \(AP\) and \((\mathbf1\otimes V,\mathbf1\otimes W)\) reduces \(PX\) onto \(PA\). A reduction \((V,W)\) of \(M(NP)\) gives the reduction \((V\mathsf a^{-1},\mathsf aW)\) of \((MN)P\), and conversely.

Proof ▶

The first claim is immediate from the intertwining equations. For the second, Lemma 21.3.8 expands a word of \(XP\) along a configuration pair \((\sigma ,\tau )\) as a sum over the contracted middle configurations \(\rho \), and \(V\otimes \mathbf1\) and \(W\otimes \mathbf1\) act on the first factor only:

\begin{align} (V\otimes \mathbf1)\, (XP)^{\sigma \tau }\, (W\otimes \mathbf1) & =\sum _\rho VX^{\sigma \rho }W\otimes P^{\rho \tau } =\sum _\rho A^{\sigma \rho }\otimes P^{\rho \tau } =(AP)^{\sigma \tau }. \notag \end{align}

The case \(PX\) is the same with the factors exchanged. For the third, the letters satisfy \(((MN)P)^{i}\, \mathsf a=\mathsf a\, (M(NP))^{i}\), so the words do too.

Let \(A\) be normal with positive bond dimension, and let \((V,W)\) and \((V',W')\) reduce \(B\) onto \(A\), where \(B\) and \(A\) generate the same matrix product vectors on nonempty chains. Then there is a unique \(z\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) such that \(VB^{\mathbf w}=z\, V'B^{\mathbf w}\) for all sufficiently long words \(\mathbf w\). If \(XA^{\mathbf w}=z\, YA^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words, then \(XVB^{\mathbf w}=z\, YVB^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words.

Proof ▶

Existence is Theorem 29.11.28. Uniqueness holds because \(VB^{\mathbf w}W=A^{\mathbf w}\) and a normal tensor has nonzero words of every multiple of its injectivity length. For the last claim, once both exterior parts of a long word \(\mathbf w=\mathbf p\mathbf c\mathbf q\) exceed the residual nilpotency length, \(VB^{\mathbf w}=A^{\mathbf p\mathbf c}VB^{\mathbf q}\).

Let \(\{ O_g\} _{g\in G}\) be matrix product operator tensors of positive bond dimension whose doubled-index tensors are normal and whose periodic operators satisfy \(O_g O_h=O_{gh}\) on every nonempty chain. A choice of fusion tensors is, for every pair \(g,h\), a reduction \((F^{\lt}_{g,h},F^{\gt}_{g,h})\) of \(O_gO_h\) onto \(O_{gh}\). The triple product \(T=(O_gO_h)O_k\) reduces onto \(O_{ghk}\) along the two fusion trees with left boundaries

\begin{align} V^{L} & =F^{\lt}_{gh,k}\, (F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1), & V^{R} & =F^{\lt}_{g,hk}\, (\mathbf1\otimes F^{\lt}_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1}, \end{align}

where the target bond space of \(F^{\lt}_{g,hk}\), that of \(O_{g(hk)}\), is identified with that of \(O_{(gh)k}\) through the equality \(g(hk)=(gh)k\) in \(G\); the same identification enters the right boundaries \(W^L=(F^{\gt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1)F^{\gt}_{gh,k}\) and \(W^R=\mathsf a(\mathbf1\otimes F^{\gt}_{h,k})F^{\gt}_{g,hk}\). The anomaly three-cochain value \(\omega (g,h,k)\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) is the scalar with \(V^LT^{\mathbf w}=\omega (g,h,k)\, V^RT^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words \(\mathbf w\). Equivalently \(T^{\mathbf w}W^R=\omega (g,h,k)\, T^{\mathbf w}W^L\) for the right boundaries, which is the defining display of [ 197 ] before its three-cocycle equation. No normalization of \(\omega \) is imposed.

\begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op,op}, cols=3, bonds=none]
        \tnfuse[at=(1,1), name=Fo, skin=pill, wires=3]{F^<_{gh,k}}
        \tnfuse[at=(1,2), name=Fi, skin=pill]{F^<_{g,h}}
        \tn[at=(3,2), void=sealed]{}
        \tn[at=(1,3), name=Tg, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_g}
        \tn[at=(2,3), name=Th, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_h}
        \tn[at=(3,3), name=Tk, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_k}
        \tnwire{Tg.270}{Th.90}
        \tnwire{Th.270}{Tk.90}
        \tnwire{open w}{Fo.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@1}{Fi.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@3}{Tk.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@1}{Tg.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@2}{Th.180}
        \tnwire{Tg.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Th.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Tk.0}{open e}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Tg}{\mathbf w}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\omega (g,h,k)\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op,op}, cols=3, bonds=none]
        \tnfuse[at=(1,1), name=Fo, skin=pill, wires=3]{F^<_{g,hk}}
        \tnfuse[at=(2,2), name=Fi, skin=pill]{F^<_{h,k}}
        \tn[at=(1,2), void=sealed]{}
        \tn[at=(1,3), name=Tg, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_g}
        \tn[at=(2,3), name=Th, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_h}
        \tn[at=(3,3), name=Tk, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_k}
        \tnwire{Tg.270}{Th.90}
        \tnwire{Th.270}{Tk.90}
        \tnwire{open w}{Fo.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@1}{Tg.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@2}{Fi.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@1}{Th.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@2}{Tk.180}
        \tnwire{Tg.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Th.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Tk.0}{open e}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Tg}{\mathbf w}
    \end{tenkz}
Lemma 19.5.1.4 The two fusion trees are reductions
✓

The pairs \((V^L,W^L)\) and \((V^R,W^R)\) of Definition 19.5.1.3 are reductions of the triple product \((O_gO_h)O_k\) onto \(O_{ghk}\).

Proof ▶

For \((V^L,W^L)\), tensor the reduction \((F^{\lt}_{g,h},F^{\gt}_{g,h})\) with the identity on the third factor and compose with \((F^{\lt}_{gh,k},F^{\gt}_{gh,k})\). For \((V^R,W^R)\), tensor \((F^{\lt}_{h,k},F^{\gt}_{h,k})\) with the identity on the first factor, compose with \((F^{\lt}_{g,hk},F^{\gt}_{g,hk})\), and transport along the associator \(\mathsf a\); all three steps are Lemma 19.5.1.1.

Theorem 19.5.1.5 Characterization of the anomaly three-cochain
✓

The scalar \(\omega (g,h,k)\) exists, is nonzero, and is the only scalar with the dressed identity of Definition 19.5.1.3.

Proof ▶

By Lemma 19.5.1.4 both fusion trees are reductions of \(T\) onto the normal tensor \(O_{ghk}\), and \(T\) and \(O_{ghk}\) have the same periodic operators on nonempty chains. Apply Lemma 19.5.1.2.

For every \(g,h,k,l\in G\),

\begin{align} \omega (gh,k,l)\, \omega (g,h,kl) & =\omega (g,h,k)\, \omega (g,hk,l)\, \omega (h,k,l). \label{eq:mpug_anomaly_three_cocycle} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The five fusion trees of the fourfold product \(((O_gO_h)O_k)O_l\) are reductions onto \(O_{ghkl}\). Two trees that differ by one change of bracketing are related against long words by one value of \(\omega \): either directly, through Lemma 19.5.1.1 with an identity factor, or after pulling back along a fusion tensor by Lemma 19.5.1.2. Write \(\mathsf a_{p,q,r}\) for \(\mathsf a\) on \(\mathbb {C}^p\otimes \mathbb {C}^q\otimes \mathbb {C}^r\). Identifying the boundaries uses the naturality of \(\mathsf a\), for \(X\colon \mathbb {C}^n\to \mathbb {C}^m\),

\begin{align} \mathsf a^{-1}_{m,q,r}\, (X\otimes \mathbf1_q\otimes \mathbf1_r) & =(X\otimes \mathbf1_{qr})\, \mathsf a^{-1}_{n,q,r}, \notag \\ \mathsf a^{-1}_{p,m,r}\, (\mathbf1_p\otimes X\otimes \mathbf1_r) & =(\mathbf1_p\otimes (X\otimes \mathbf1_r))\, \mathsf a^{-1}_{p,n,r}, \notag \\ \mathsf a^{-1}_{p,q,m}\, (\mathbf1_{pq}\otimes X) & =(\mathbf1_p\otimes (\mathbf1_q\otimes X))\, \mathsf a^{-1}_{p,q,n}, \notag \end{align}

and the pentagon identity for the reassociation permutations,

\begin{align} (\mathbf1_p\otimes \mathsf a^{-1}_{q,r,s})\, \mathsf a^{-1}_{p,qr,s}\, (\mathsf a^{-1}_{p,q,r}\otimes \mathbf1_s) & =\mathsf a^{-1}_{p,q,rs}\, \mathsf a^{-1}_{pq,r,s}. \notag \end{align}

The two paths around the pentagon compare the same pair of trees, and uniqueness of the scalar on a nonvanishing word gives (282).

Let \(\omega \) and \(\omega '\) come from two choices of fusion tensors, and let \(\beta _{g,h}\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) be the scalar with \(F^{\lt}_{g,h}B^{\mathbf w}=\beta _{g,h}F'^{\lt}_{g,h}B^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words of \(B=O_gO_h\). Then

\begin{align} \omega ’(g,h,k) & =\frac{\beta _{g,hk}\, \beta _{h,k}}{\beta _{g,h}\, \beta _{gh,k}} \, \omega (g,h,k), \end{align}

so the cohomology class of \(\omega \) does not depend on the fusion tensors, as in (262).

Proof ▶

The left boundaries of the two choices of the tree fusing \(g\) with \(h\) first differ by \(\beta _{g,h}\beta _{gh,k}\), and those of the tree fusing \(h\) with \(k\) first by \(\beta _{h,k}\beta _{g,hk}\), by the two parts of Lemma 19.5.1.2. Compare with Theorem 19.5.1.5.

Definition 19.5.1.8 The anomaly class
✓

Let the doubled-index tensors be normal. The anomaly class in \(H^3(G,\mathbb {C}^\times _{\mathrm{triv}})\) is the class of the anomaly three-cocycle \(\omega \), for any choice of fusion tensors.

The class \([\omega ]\in H^3(G,\mathbb {C}^\times _{\mathrm{triv}})\) of the anomaly three-cocycle is the same for every choice of fusion tensors. It vanishes exactly when \(\omega \) has trivial gauge class.

Proof ▶

Two choices of fusion tensors give cohomologous three-cocycles by Theorem 19.5.1.7, hence equal classes by (410). The second statement is (411).

19.5.2 Reductions through action tensors

Definition 19.5.2.1 The action tensor
✓
#

For a matrix product operator tensor \(T\) of bond dimension \(D_1\) and a matrix product state tensor \(B\) of bond dimension \(D_2\), the action tensor \(T\cdot B\) has bond dimension \(D_1D_2\) and letters

\begin{align} (T\cdot B)^i & =\sum _jT^{ij}\otimes B^j. \label{eq:mpug_action_tensor} \end{align}

It is the tensor whose local decomposition onto an image block gives the action tensors of the periodic-boundary case of [ 199 , “Periodic boundary condition case” ] .

Theorem 19.5.2.2 The action tensor generates the acted state
✓

For every word \(\sigma \) of length \(N\),

\begin{align} (T\cdot B)^{\sigma } & =\sum _{\tau }T^{\sigma \tau }\otimes B^{\tau }, \label{eq:mpug_action_tensor_word} \end{align}

the sum running over words \(\tau \) of length \(N\). Consequently \(|V^{(N)}(T\cdot B)\rangle =\rho ^{(N)}(T)|V^{(N)}(B)\rangle \) for every \(N\).

\begin{tenkz}[rows={ket}, cols=4, boundary=periodic]
        \tn[ports={90:physical:$\sigma_1$}]{T\cdot B} &
        \tn[ports={90:physical:$\sigma_2$}]{T\cdot B} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[ports={90:physical:$\sigma_N$}]{T\cdot B}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={op,ket}, cols=4, boundary=periodic]
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$\sigma_1$}]{T} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$\sigma_2$}]{T} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[skin=mpo, ports={90:physical:$\sigma_N$}]{T} \\
        \tn[label pos=s, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{B} &
        \tn[label pos=s, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{B} &
        \tn[skin=dots, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{} &
        \tn[label pos=s, ports={180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{B}
    \end{tenkz}
Proof ▶

Induction on \(N\): the empty word gives \(\mathbf1\otimes \mathbf1\), and one more letter multiplies both sides by \((T\cdot B)^i\), since \((T^{\sigma \tau }\otimes B^{\tau })(T^{ij}\otimes B^j) =T^{\sigma \tau }T^{ij}\otimes B^{\tau }B^j\). Taking traces and using \(\operatorname{tr}(X\otimes Y)=\operatorname{tr}X\, \operatorname{tr}Y\) gives \(V^{(N)}(T\cdot B)_\sigma =\sum _\tau \operatorname{tr}(T^{\sigma \tau })\operatorname{tr}(B^\tau ) =(\rho ^{(N)}(T)V^{(N)}(B))_\sigma \).

If \((V,W)\) reduces \(B\) onto \(A\), then \((\mathbf1\otimes V,\mathbf1\otimes W)\) reduces \(T\cdot B\) onto \(T\cdot A\). If \((V,W)\) reduces the doubled-index tensor of \(X\) onto that of \(Y\), then \((V\otimes \mathbf1,W\otimes \mathbf1)\) reduces \(X\cdot B\) onto \(Y\cdot B\). The letters satisfy \(((MN)\cdot A)^i\, \mathsf a=\mathsf a\, (M\cdot (N\cdot A))^i\), so a reduction \((V,W)\) of \(M\cdot (N\cdot A)\) onto \(Z\) gives the reduction \((V\mathsf a^{-1},\mathsf aW)\) of \((MN)\cdot A\) onto \(Z\), and a reduction \((V,W)\) of \((MN)\cdot A\) onto \(Z\) gives the reduction \((V\mathsf a,\mathsf a^{-1}W)\) of \(M\cdot (N\cdot A)\) onto \(Z\), as in Lemma 19.5.1.1. If \(P\) intertwines the letters of two operator tensors, \(X'^{ij}P=PX^{ij}\) for all \(i,j\), then \((X'\cdot B)^i\, (P\otimes \mathbf1)=(P\otimes \mathbf1)\, (X\cdot B)^i\). Finally, a relation \(VB^{\mathbf w}=z\, V'B^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words lifts to \((\mathbf1\otimes V)(T\cdot B)^{\mathbf w} =z\, (\mathbf1\otimes V')(T\cdot B)^{\mathbf w}\), and the analogous relation for the doubled-index tensor of \(X\) lifts through \(V\otimes \mathbf1\) to \(X\cdot B\).

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.5.2.2, every word of \(T\cdot B\) is the sum (285) of Kronecker products of a word of \(T\) and a word of \(B\) of the same length. A boundary of the form \(\mathbf1\otimes V\) passes through the first factor of each summand:

\begin{align} (\mathbf1\otimes V)\, (T\cdot B)^{\sigma }\, (\mathbf1\otimes W) & =\sum _\tau T^{\sigma \tau }\otimes VB^{\tau }W =\sum _\tau T^{\sigma \tau }\otimes A^{\tau } =(T\cdot A)^{\sigma }, \notag \end{align}

which is the reduction of the state. For the operator, the word \(X^{\sigma \tau }\) is the word of the doubled-index tensor of \(X\) on the pair configuration \((\sigma ,\tau )\), so \((V\otimes \mathbf1)(X\cdot B)^\sigma (W\otimes \mathbf1) =\sum _\tau VX^{\sigma \tau }W\otimes B^\tau =(Y\cdot B)^\sigma \). For a dressed proportionality, if \(VB^{\tau }=z\, V'B^{\tau }\) for all words \(\tau \) of length at least \(N_0\), then for every word \(\sigma \) of such a length

\begin{align} (\mathbf1\otimes V)\, (T\cdot B)^{\sigma } & =\sum _\tau T^{\sigma \tau }\otimes VB^{\tau } =z\sum _\tau T^{\sigma \tau }\otimes V’B^{\tau } =z\, (\mathbf1\otimes V’)\, (T\cdot B)^{\sigma }, \notag \end{align}

because every \(\tau \) in the sum has the length of \(\sigma \); the same substitution on the pair words of \(X\) gives the lift through \(V\otimes \mathbf1\). For the intertwiner, \((X'^{ij}\otimes B^j)(P\otimes \mathbf1)=X'^{ij}P\otimes B^j =PX^{ij}\otimes B^j=(P\otimes \mathbf1)(X^{ij}\otimes B^j)\). The letter identity is the reassociation of Kronecker products:

\begin{align} ((MN)\cdot A)^i & =\sum _{j,k}(M^{ij}\otimes N^{jk})\otimes A^k =\mathsf a\, \Bigl(\sum _{j,k}M^{ij}\otimes (N^{jk}\otimes A^k)\Bigr) \, \mathsf a^{-1} =\mathsf a\, (M\cdot (N\cdot A))^i\, \mathsf a^{-1}. \notag \end{align}

19.5.3 An anomaly obstructs invariant normal states

Let \(\{ O_g\} \) be as in Definition 19.5.1.3, and let \(A\) be a matrix product state tensor with \(O_g|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle =|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle \) for every \(g\) and every \(N\geq 1\). Action tensors for \(A\) are, for every \(g\), a reduction \((V_g,W_g)\) of \(O_g\cdot A\) onto \(A\). The stacked action \((O_gO_h)\cdot A\) then has the two left boundaries

\begin{align} \alpha _{g,h} & =V_g(\mathbf1\otimes V_h)\, \mathsf a^{-1}, & \varphi _{g,h} & =V_{gh}(F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1), \notag \end{align}

and \(L_{g,h}\) is a nonzero scalar \(z\) with \(\alpha _{g,h}B^{\mathbf w}=z\, \varphi _{g,h}B^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words \(\mathbf w\) of \(B=(O_gO_h)\cdot A\), or \(1\) if there is none. This is the \(L\)-symbol of a single invariant block [ 197 ] .

\begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op,ket}, cols=3, bonds=none]
        \tnfuse[at=(1,1), name=Fo, skin=pill, wires=3]{V_g}
        \tnfuse[at=(2,2), name=Fi, skin=pill]{V_h}
        \tn[at=(1,2), void=sealed]{}
        \tn[at=(1,3), name=Tg, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_g}
        \tn[at=(2,3), name=Th, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_h}
        \tn[at=(3,3), name=A, label pos=s, ports={90:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{A}
        \tnwire{Tg.270}{Th.90}
        \tnwire{Th.270}{A.90}
        \tnwire{open w}{Fo.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@1}{Tg.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@2}{Fi.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@1}{Th.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@2}{A.180}
        \tnwire{Tg.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Th.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{A.0}{open e}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Tg}{\mathbf w}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=L_{g,h}\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={op,op,ket}, cols=3, bonds=none]
        \tnfuse[at=(1,1), name=Fo, skin=pill, wires=3]{V_{gh}}
        \tnfuse[at=(1,2), name=Fi, skin=pill]{F^<_{g,h}}
        \tn[at=(3,2), void=sealed]{}
        \tn[at=(1,3), name=Tg, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_g}
        \tn[at=(2,3), name=Th, skin=mpo, ports={90:physical, 270:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{O_h}
        \tn[at=(3,3), name=A, label pos=s, ports={90:physical, 180:virtual, 0:virtual}]{A}
        \tnwire{Tg.270}{Th.90}
        \tnwire{Th.270}{A.90}
        \tnwire{open w}{Fo.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@1}{Fi.180}
        \tnwire{Fo.0@3}{A.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@1}{Tg.180}
        \tnwire{Fi.0@2}{Th.180}
        \tnwire{Tg.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{Th.0}{open e}
        \tnwire{A.0}{open e}
        \tnmark[form=bracket, label pos=90]{Tg}{\mathbf w}
    \end{tenkz}

If \(A\) in Definition 19.5.3.1 is normal of positive bond dimension, then action tensors for \(A\) exist [ 199 , lines 1064–1090 ] , and for every choice of them \(\alpha _{g,h}B^{\mathbf w}=L_{g,h}\, \varphi _{g,h}B^{\mathbf w}\) for all long words \(\mathbf w\) of \(B=(O_gO_h)\cdot A\).

Proof ▶

Existence is Corollary 29.6.4. By Lemmas 19.5.2.3 and 19.5.1.1, both \(\alpha _{g,h}\) and \(\varphi _{g,h}\) are left boundaries of reductions of \(B\) onto \(A\), and \(B\) generates the same vectors as \(A\), so Lemma 19.5.1.2 gives a nonzero scalar relating them against long words.

In the setting of Theorem 19.5.3.2, for all \(g,h,k\in G\),

\begin{align} L_{g,hk}L_{h,k} & =\omega (g,h,k)\, L_{g,h}L_{gh,k}. \end{align}

This is (417) for a one-point set of blocks.

Proof ▶

Consider the triple action \(B=((O_gO_h)O_k)\cdot A\), and write \(V^L\), \(V^R\) for the two fusion trees of \((g,h,k)\) as in Definition 19.5.1.3. The naturality and pentagon identities of \(\mathsf a\) give five identities between left boundaries of reductions of \(B\) onto \(A\):

\begin{align} \alpha _{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_k)\, \mathsf a^{-1} & =V_g(\mathbf1\otimes \alpha _{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1} (\mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1), \label{eq:mpug_l_compat_first_boundary} \\ V_g(\mathbf1\otimes \varphi _{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1} (\mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1) & =\alpha _{g,hk} \bigl((\mathbf1\otimes F^{\lt}_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1\bigr), \notag \\ \varphi _{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_k)\, \mathsf a^{-1} & =\alpha _{gh,k} \bigl((F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1)\otimes \mathbf1\bigr), \notag \\ \varphi _{gh,k}\bigl((F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1)\otimes \mathbf1\bigr) & =V_{ghk}(V^L\otimes \mathbf1), \notag \\ \varphi _{g,hk} \bigl((\mathbf1\otimes F^{\lt}_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1\bigr) & =V_{ghk}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1). \notag \end{align}

Starting from \(\alpha _{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_k)\mathsf a^{-1}B^{\mathbf w}\), replace \(\alpha _{g,h}\) by \(L_{g,h}\varphi _{g,h}\), then \(\alpha _{gh,k}\) by \(L_{gh,k}\varphi _{gh,k}\), then \(V^L\) by \(\omega (g,h,k)V^R\); or apply (287), replace \(\alpha _{h,k}\) by \(L_{h,k}\varphi _{h,k}\) inside the action of \(g\), and then \(\alpha _{g,hk}\) by \(L_{g,hk}\varphi _{g,hk}\). Each replacement holds against long words by Theorem 19.5.3.2, lifted through the action tensors by Lemma 19.5.2.3 and pulled back along the reductions by Lemma 19.5.1.2. For all long words,

\begin{align} \alpha _{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_k)\, \mathsf a^{-1}B^{\mathbf w} & =L_{g,h}L_{gh,k}\, \omega (g,h,k)\, V_{ghk}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1) B^{\mathbf w} =L_{h,k}L_{g,hk}\, V_{ghk}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1)B^{\mathbf w}. \notag \end{align}

The boundary \(V_{ghk}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1)\) belongs to a reduction onto the normal tensor \(A\), so it is nonzero against arbitrarily long words, and the two scalars agree.

Let \(\{ O_g\} \) be matrix product operator tensors with normal doubled-index tensors and \(O_gO_h=O_{gh}\) on every nonempty chain. If a normal matrix product state tensor of positive bond dimension satisfies \(O_g|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle =|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle \) for every \(g\) and every \(N\geq 1\), then the anomaly three-cocycle has trivial gauge class. Equivalently, a group with nontrivial anomaly has no invariant normal matrix product state. This is the statement that an anomalous representation cannot have an invariant injective matrix product state [ 197 , line 1545 ] , [ 199 , line 738 ] , with normal in place of injective and without unitarity or simplicity of the operators.

Proof ▶

Action tensors exist by Theorem 19.5.3.2, so Theorem 19.5.3.3 applies, and Theorem 19.5.10.60 for the single block gives \(\omega =dL\).

19.5.4 Blocks permuted by the group

Let \(\{ O_g\} \) be as in Definition 19.5.1.3, and let \(G\) act on a set \(\mathsf X\). Consider normal matrix product state tensors \(A_x\), \(x\in \mathsf X\), of positive bond dimensions, possibly different for different \(x\), with \(O_g|V^{(N)}(A_x)\rangle =|V^{(N)}(A_{gx})\rangle \) for every \(g\), \(x\) and \(N\geq 1\) [ 199 , line 1064 ] .

Action tensors for the family \((A_x)\) are, for every \(g\) and \(x\), a reduction \((V_{g,x},W_{g,x})\) of \(O_g\cdot A_x\) onto \(A_{gx}\). The stacked action \(B=(O_gO_h)\cdot A_x\) then reduces onto \(A_{g(hx)}=A_{(gh)x}\) along two trees, with left boundaries

\begin{align} V_{g,hx}(\mathbf1\otimes V_{h,x})\, \mathsf a^{-1}, & & V_{gh,x}(F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1), \notag \end{align}

and \(L^x_{g,h}\) is a nonzero scalar relating them against all long words of \(B\), or \(1\) if there is none, as in Definition 19.5.3.1.

Action tensors for the family \((A_x)\) of Definition 19.5.4.1 exist; for the bond-one identity tensor they are the identification of the bond spaces. For every choice of them, \(L^x_{g,h}\) relates the two left boundaries against all long words of \((O_gO_h)\cdot A_x\).

Proof ▶

As in Theorem 19.5.3.2: existence is Corollary 29.6.4 applied to \(O_g\cdot A_x\) and \(A_{gx}\), which generate the same vectors. By Lemmas 19.5.2.3 and 19.5.1.1 both boundaries are left boundaries of reductions of \((O_gO_h)\cdot A_x\) onto the normal tensor \(A_{(gh)x}\), so Lemma 19.5.1.2 gives a nonzero scalar relating them against long words.

For all \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g,h,k\in G\),

\begin{align} L^x_{g,hk}L^x_{h,k} & =\omega (g,h,k)\, L^{kx}_{g,h}L^x_{gh,k}, \end{align}

which is (417). Consequently the restriction of \(\omega \) to any subgroup fixing one block has trivial gauge class [ 199 , lines 740–745 ] .

Proof ▶

Write

\begin{align} \alpha ^x_{g,h} & =V_{g,hx}(\mathbf1\otimes V_{h,x})\, \mathsf a^{-1}, & \varphi ^x_{g,h} & =V_{gh,x}(F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1) \notag \end{align}

for the two left boundaries of Definition 19.5.4.1, so that \(\alpha ^x_{g,h}=L^x_{g,h}\varphi ^x_{g,h}\) against long words of \((O_gO_h)\cdot A_x\) by Theorem 19.5.4.2. The block labels \(h(kx)\) and \((hk)x\) are equal, and so are \(g(h(kx))\) and \((ghk)x\), and the bond spaces of blocks with equal labels are identified, so that \(V_{g,h(kx)}=V_{g,(hk)x}\). With this identification, the naturality and pentagon identities of \(\mathsf a\) give, for \(B=((O_gO_h)O_k)\cdot A_x\) and the fusion trees \(V^L\), \(V^R\) of \((g,h,k)\), the five identities

\begin{align} \alpha ^{kx}_{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_{k,x})\, \mathsf a^{-1} & =V_{g,(hk)x}(\mathbf1\otimes \alpha ^x_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1} (\mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1), \label{eq:mpug_permuted_l_compat_first_boundary} \\ V_{g,(hk)x}(\mathbf1\otimes \varphi ^x_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1} (\mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1) & =\alpha ^x_{g,hk} \bigl((\mathbf1\otimes F^{\lt}_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1\bigr), \notag \\ \varphi ^{kx}_{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_{k,x})\, \mathsf a^{-1} & =\alpha ^x_{gh,k} \bigl((F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1)\otimes \mathbf1\bigr), \notag \\ \varphi ^x_{gh,k}\bigl((F^{\lt}_{g,h}\otimes \mathbf1)\otimes \mathbf1\bigr) & =V_{ghk,x}(V^L\otimes \mathbf1), \notag \\ \varphi ^x_{g,hk} \bigl((\mathbf1\otimes F^{\lt}_{h,k})\, \mathsf a^{-1}\otimes \mathbf1\bigr) & =V_{ghk,x}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1). \notag \end{align}

The first factor \(\alpha ^{kx}_{g,h}\) acts on the block \(kx\) reached by \(O_k\), which is why \(L^{kx}_{g,h}\) appears. Replacing, as in the proof of Theorem 19.5.3.3, \(\alpha ^{kx}_{g,h}\), \(\alpha ^x_{gh,k}\) and \(V^L\) along one route, and (289), \(\alpha ^x_{h,k}\) and \(\alpha ^x_{g,hk}\) along the other, gives for all long words

\begin{align} \alpha ^{kx}_{g,h}(\mathbf1\otimes V_{k,x})\, \mathsf a^{-1}B^{\mathbf w} & =L^{kx}_{g,h}L^x_{gh,k}\, \omega (g,h,k)\, V_{ghk,x}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1)B^{\mathbf w} \notag \\ & =L^x_{h,k}L^x_{g,hk}\, V_{ghk,x}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1)B^{\mathbf w}. \notag \end{align}

The boundary \(V_{ghk,x}(V^R\otimes \mathbf1)\) belongs to a reduction onto the normal tensor \(A_{(ghk)x}\), so it is nonzero against arbitrarily long words, and the two scalars agree. The second statement is Theorem 19.5.10.60.

Theorem 19.5.4.4 The anomaly at an involution
✓

If \(L\) is compatible with \(\omega \) and \(g^2=e\), then for every \(x\in \mathsf X\)

\begin{align} \omega (g,g,g) & =\frac{L^x_{g,g}L^x_{g,e}}{L^{gx}_{g,g}L^x_{e,g}}. \end{align}

This is the formula of [ 197 , line 5121 ] .

Proof ▶

Put \(h=k=g\) in (417) and use \(gg=e\).

Theorem 19.5.4.5 The involution ratio from the self-pair and identity L-symbols
✓

If \(L\) is compatible with \(\omega \) and \(g^2=e\), then for every \(x\in \mathsf X\)

\begin{align} \frac{L^x_{g,g}L^x_{e,e}}{L^{gx}_{g,g}L^{gx}_{e,e}} & =\omega (g,g,g)\, \omega (g,e,g). \notag \end{align}

For L-symbols and cocycles that are trivial when an argument is the identity, this is \(L^x_{g,g}/L^{gx}_{g,g}=\omega (g,g,g)\), the relation \(L_A/L_B=\omega \) of [ 200 , Section III.C ] .

Proof ▶

Compatibility at \((g,e,g)\) gives \(L^x_{e,g}=\omega (g,e,g)L^{gx}_{g,e}\), and at \((g,e,e)\) it gives \(L^z_{e,e}=\omega (g,e,e)L^z_{g,e}\) for \(z=x\) and \(z=gx\). Substituting into the formula of Theorem 19.5.4.4 gives the claim.

19.5.5 Domain walls between permuted blocks

Keep the setting of the previous subsection. A domain wall between the blocks \(x\) and \(y\) is a family \(e=(e^i)_{i}\) of \(D_x\times D_y\) matrices, placed between a region of \(A_x\) and a region of \(A_y\) [ 200 , Section III.B ] . For an operator tensor \(T\) write \((T\cdot e)^i=\sum _j T^{ij}\otimes e^j\).

Definition 19.5.5.1 Local action on domain walls
✓

Let \(e\) be a domain wall between \(x\) and \(y\), and \(e'\) a domain wall between \(gx\) and \(gy\). The element \(g\) carries \(e\) to \(e'\) with phase \(c\) if \(e\neq 0\), \(e'\neq 0\), \(c\neq 0\), and there is \(N\) such that

\begin{align} V_{g,x}\, (O_g\cdot A_x)^{\mathbf u}\, (O_g\cdot e)^i\, (O_g\cdot A_y)^{\mathbf v}\, W_{g,y} & =c\, A_{gx}^{\mathbf u}\, {e’}^{i}\, A_{gy}^{\mathbf v} \notag \end{align}

for every letter \(i\) and all words \(\mathbf u,\mathbf v\) of length at least \(N\). This is the local relation of [ 200 , Section III.B ] , drawn there at the renormalization fixed point with one site on each side of the wall; the words \(\mathbf u,\mathbf v\) are the blocked sites of the discussion away from the fixed point [ 47 ] .

Suppose \(h\) carries the domain wall \(e_1\) between \(x\) and \(y\) to \(e_2\) with phase \(B^h_{x,y}\) and \(g\) carries \(e_2\) to \(e_3\) with phase \(B^g_{hx,hy}\). Then \(gh\) carries \(e_1\) to \(e_3\) with phase \((L^y_{g,h}/L^x_{g,h})\, B^g_{hx,hy}B^h_{x,y}\). Consequently, if \(gh\) carries \(e_1\) to \(e_3\) with phase \(B^{gh}_{x,y}\), then

\begin{align} B^g_{hx,hy}\, B^h_{x,y} & =\frac{L^x_{g,h}}{L^y_{g,h}}\, B^{gh}_{x,y}. \notag \end{align}

This is [ 200 , Section IV.B ] .

Proof ▶

Act with \(O_g\) on the local relation of \(h\), which holds for every configuration of a chain with long regions: the boundary matrices \(V_{h,x}\), \(W_{h,y}\) pass through as \(\mathbf1\otimes V_{h,x}\) and \(\mathbf1\otimes W_{h,y}\), and the action of \(O_g\) on the action of \(O_h\) is the action of \(O_gO_h\) up to the bond associator. The local relation of \(g\) then gives

\begin{align} V_{g,hx}(\mathbf1\otimes V_{h,x})\, \mathsf a^{-1}\, (O_gO_h\cdot \mathsf C)\, \mathsf a\, (\mathbf1\otimes W_{h,y})\, W_{g,hy} & =B^g_{hx,hy}B^h_{x,y}\, \mathsf C_3 \notag \end{align}

for the chain \(\mathsf C=A_x^{\mathbf u}e_1^iA_y^{\mathbf v}\) and the chain \(\mathsf C_3\) with \(e_3\). Against long words the left boundary equals \(L^x_{g,h}\) times the left boundary through the fusion tensor \(F^{\lt}_{g,h}\); by the two-sided comparison of reductions onto a normal tensor, the right boundary equals \((L^y_{g,h})^{-1}\) times the right boundary through \(F^{\gt}_{g,h}\). The fusion tensors reduce \(O_gO_h\cdot \mathsf C\) to \(O_{gh}\cdot \mathsf C\), which gives the local action of \(gh\) with the stated phase. Since \(A_{ghx}\) and \(A_{ghy}\) are normal and \(e_3\neq 0\), some chain \(\mathsf C_3\) with long regions is nonzero, so the phase of a local action is unique, and the two phases of \(gh\) agree.

Let \(|\psi (x\text{-}y\text{-}x)\rangle \) be the periodic state with an \(A_x\) region, a domain wall \(e\) between \(x\) and \(y\), an \(A_y\) region, a domain wall \(f\) between \(y\) and \(x\), and a second \(A_x\) region. If \(g\) carries \(e\) to \(e'\) with phase \(c\) and \(f\) to \(f'\) with phase \(c'\), then

\begin{align} O_g|\psi (x\text{-}y\text{-}x)\rangle & =c\, c’\, |\psi (gx\text{-}gy\text{-}gx)\rangle \notag \end{align}

whenever the first \(A_x\) region and the \(A_y\) region are long enough. For \(\mathbb {Z}_2\) this is \(U|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle =c_{AB}c_{BA}|\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle \) [ 200 , Section III.B ] .

Proof ▶

The coefficient of \(O_g|\psi \rangle \) is the trace of the acted chain. In each of the two acted regions insert the reduced block \(W_{g,z}A_{gz}^{\mathbf c}V_{g,z}\), which leaves long words unchanged by the residual nilpotency of a reduction [ 221 ] . By cyclicity of the trace the chain splits into the two local relations, with phases \(c\) and \(c'\), and the remaining trace is the coefficient of \(|\psi (gx\text{-}gy\text{-}gx)\rangle \).

If \(g\) carries the domain wall \(e\) between \(x\) and \(y\) to \(e'\) with phase \(c\), and the domain wall \(f\) between \(y\) and \(z\) to \(f'\) with phase \(c'\), then for all words \(\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w\) longer than a fixed buffer

\begin{align} V_{g,x}\, (O_g\cdot A_x)^{\mathbf u}(O_g\cdot e)^i (O_g\cdot A_y)^{\mathbf v}(O_g\cdot f)^j(O_g\cdot A_z)^{\mathbf w}\, W_{g,z} & =c\, c’\, A_{gx}^{\mathbf u}{e’}^{i}A_{gy}^{\mathbf v}{f’}^{j} A_{gz}^{\mathbf w}. \notag \end{align}

This is the phase acquired by a symmetry string passing over a pair of domain walls, the tensor-level content of the comparison of two overlapping strings in [ 200 , Section III.F ] .

Proof ▶

Split the middle word as \(\mathbf p\mathbf c\mathbf q\) with long outer parts and insert the reduced block \(W_{g,y}A_{gy}^{\mathbf c}V_{g,y}\), which leaves the word unchanged by the residual nilpotency of a reduction [ 221 ] . The two resulting factors are the local relations of \(e\) and \(f\).

Let \(g\) exchange the blocks \(A=A_x\) and \(B=A_y\), with left and right action tensors \(V_B=V_{g,x}\), \(W_B=W_{g,x}\) on \(A\) and \(V_A=V_{g,y}\), \(W_A=W_{g,y}\) on \(B\), and let \(e_{AB}\) and \(e_{BA}\) be domain walls. Let \(\hat A\) and \(\hat B\) be left inverses of \(A\) and \(B\) with separated supports,

\begin{align} \sum _\sigma \hat A^\sigma _{\alpha \beta }A^\sigma _{\gamma \delta } & =\delta _{\alpha \gamma }\delta _{\beta \delta }, & \sum _\sigma \hat A^\sigma _{\alpha \beta }B^\sigma _{\gamma \delta } & =0, \notag \end{align}

and likewise for \(\hat B\). The left endpoint tensor is \(V_Be_{AB}\hat A+V_Ae_{BA}\hat B\): its input leg is mapped by the left inverse to a pair of virtual indices, which are closed by the domain wall and the left action tensor, leaving the output leg and one bond of the operator string. The right endpoint tensor is \(W_Be_{BA}\hat A+W_Ae_{AB}\hat B\). The string operator \(O^{[i,j]}\) on the periodic chain acts by the identity outside the sites \(i,\dots ,j\), by the two endpoint tensors on the sites \(i\) and \(j\), and by the tensor of \(O_g\) on the sites between them [ 200 , Section III.E ] .

On the periodic chain of every length \(L\geq 2\) and for all sites \(i{\lt}j\),

\begin{align} O^{[i,j]}|\psi _A\rangle & =|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle , & O^{[i,j]}|\psi _B\rangle & =|\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle , \notag \end{align}

with the domain walls \(e_{AB}\) at \(i\) and \(e_{BA}\) at \(j\) in the first state and \(e_{BA}\) at \(i\) and \(e_{AB}\) at \(j\) in the second [ 200 , Section III.E ] .

Proof ▶

On a state given by the trace of a chain, the string operator acts by its endpoint tensors on the letters of the two endpoint sites and by the physical action of \(O_g\) on the chain between them. On \(A\) the left inverse \(\hat A\) turns the left endpoint into \(e_{AB}V_B\) and the right endpoint into \(W_Be_{BA}\), while the terms with \(\hat B\) vanish; the action tensors reduce the string of \(O_g\cdot A\) between them to \(B\). On \(B\) the terms with \(\hat B\) act in the same way.

Suppose \(g\) carries \(e_{AB}\) to \(e_{BA}\) with phase \(c_{AB}\) and \(e_{BA}\) to \(e_{AB}\) with phase \(c_{BA}\). For sites \(i_2{\lt}i_1{\lt}j_1{\lt}j_2\) whose three inner regions are longer than a fixed buffer,

\begin{align} O^{[i_2,j_2]}O^{[i_1,j_1]}|\psi _A\rangle & =c_{AB}c_{BA}\, O^{[i_1,j_1]}O^{[i_2,j_2]}|\psi _A\rangle . \notag \end{align}

The phase stands on the side where it is acquired; the relation printed in [ 200 , Section III.F ] has it on the other side. The buffer is the blocked form of the local action [ 47 ] .

Proof ▶

Both sides are multiples of the state with the domain walls \(e_{AB}\), \(e_{BA}\), \(e_{AB}\), \(e_{BA}\) at \(i_2,i_1,j_1,j_2\). If the inner string acts first, the outer string passes over its two domain walls, and Theorem 19.5.5.4 gives the phase \(c_{AB}c_{BA}\). If the outer string acts first, the inner string acts on the \(B\) region it created, and Theorem 19.5.5.6 gives no phase.

Let \(g\) carry \(e_{AB}\) to \(e_{BA}\) with phase \(c_{AB}\) and \(e_{BA}\) to \(e_{AB}\) with phase \(c_{BA}\), where \(A\) and \(B\) are normal, and suppose that \(U=O_g\) satisfies \(U^2=\mathbf1\) on the periodic chain of every length. Then \((c_{AB}c_{BA})^2=1\) [ 200 , Section III.B ] .

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.5.5.3, \(U|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle =c_{AB}c_{BA}|\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle \) and \(U|\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle =c_{BA}c_{AB}|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle \) whenever the regions are long, so \(U^2=\mathbf1\) gives \(|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle =(c_{AB}c_{BA})^2|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle \). The state is nonzero for suitable long regions: the words of a fixed long length span the full matrix algebras of \(A\) and \(B\), so if every coefficient vanished, then \(\operatorname {tr}(Xe_{AB}^iYe_{BA}^j)=0\) for all matrices \(X\) and \(Y\), and choosing matrix units for \(X\) and \(Y\) gives \(e_{AB}^i=0\) or \(e_{BA}^j=0\) for every pair of letters.

Corollary 19.5.5.9 Exchange of two domain-wall strings, printed orientation
✓

In the setting of Theorem 19.5.5.7, suppose that \(U=O_g\) satisfies \(U^2=\mathbf1\) on the periodic chain of every length. Then

\begin{align} O^{[i_1,j_1]}O^{[i_2,j_2]}|\psi _A\rangle & =c_{AB}c_{BA}\, O^{[i_2,j_2]}O^{[i_1,j_1]}|\psi _A\rangle , \notag \end{align}

the relation of [ 200 , Section III.F ] .

Proof ▶

The tensors \(A\) and \(B\) have left inverses, so their matrices span the full matrix algebras and they are normal. Lemma 19.5.5.8 gives \((c_{AB}c_{BA})^2=1\). Multiply the identity of Theorem 19.5.5.7 by \(c_{AB}c_{BA}\).

In the setting of Theorem 19.5.5.7, let \(j{\lt}i\) and let \(r_1\neq r_2\) be two sites to the right of \(i\). If the regions between the four sites \(j,i,r_1,r_2\) are longer than a fixed buffer, then

\begin{align} O^{[j,r_1]}O^{[i,r_2]}|\psi _A\rangle & =c_{AB}\, O^{[i,r_1]}O^{[j,r_2]}|\psi _A\rangle . \notag \end{align}

This is the exchange of two left endpoints \(O^{[j]}_xO^{[i]}_y|\psi _A\rangle =c_{AB}\, O^{[i]}_xO^{[j]}_y|\psi _A\rangle \) of [ 200 , Section III.F ] , with the half-chain operators glued with the right endpoints of their strings at \(r_1\) and \(r_2\); the identity of half-chain objects with open legs is not formalized [ 51 ] .

Proof ▶

Every side is a multiple of the state with the domain walls \(e_{AB}\), \(e_{BA}\), \(e_{AB}\), \(e_{BA}\) at the four sites in increasing order. For \(r_2{\lt}r_1\) the left side is a nested pair whose outer string acts second, with phase \(c_{AB}c_{BA}\) by Theorem 19.5.5.7; on the right side the string on \([i,r_1]\) starts in the \(B\) region, passes over the domain wall \(e_{BA}\) at \(r_2\) and ends in the \(A\) region, so the local action gives \(c_{BA}\). For \(r_1{\lt}r_2\) the string on \([j,r_1]\) on the left side passes over the domain wall \(e_{AB}\) at \(i\), with phase \(c_{AB}\), and the right side is a nested pair whose inner string acts second, with no phase.

If \(g\) carries \(e\) to \(e'\) with phase \(c\) and \(a\neq 0\), then it carries \(a\, e\) to \(e'\) with phase \(ac\), and \(e\) to \(a\, e'\) with phase \(c/a\). In particular, if an involution \(g\) exchanges \(e_{AB}\) and \(e_{BA}\) with phases \(c_{AB}\) and \(c_{BA}\), then for every \(s\) with \(s^2=c_{AB}c_{BA}\) the walls \(e_{AB}\) and \((c_{AB}/s)\, e_{BA}\) are exchanged with both phases equal to \(s\), as in [ 200 , Section III.F ] .

Proof ▶

The rectangular action is linear in the domain wall; for the last claim rescale \(e_{BA}\) by \(c_{AB}/s\).

Definition 19.5.5.12 A family of domain walls permuted by the group
✓

A family of domain walls permuted by the group is a nonzero domain wall \(e_{yz}\) between \(y\) and \(z\) for every ordered pair of blocks, together with nonzero phases \(B^g_{y,z}\) such that every \(g\) carries \(e_{yz}\) to \(e_{gy,gz}\) with phase \(B^g_{y,z}\) [ 200 , Section IV.B ] . The walls and phases are nonzero by convention [ 47 ] .

For a family of domain walls permuted by the group, every \(g\) with \(g^n=e\) and every block \(x\),

\begin{align} \prod _{k=0}^{n-1}B^g_{g^k(gx),\, g^kx} & =\prod _{k=0}^{n-1}\frac{L^{gx}_{g,g^k}}{L^x_{g,g^k}} =\Bigl(\prod _{k=0}^{n-1}\omega (g,g^k,g)\Bigr)^{-1}. \notag \end{align}

This is [ 200 , Section IV.C ] ; the interchange phase depends only on the anomaly. The middle product includes the factor \(k=0\), \(L^{gx}_{g,e}/L^x_{g,e}\), which is one for normalized L-symbols; the source’s middle product runs over \(1\leq k{\lt}n\), and for normalized L-symbols that product is again \(\bigl(\prod _{k=0}^{n-1}\omega (g,g^k,g)\bigr)^{-1}\).

Proof ▶

Write \(\beta _k=B^{g^k}_{gx,x}\). By Theorem 19.5.5.2 for \((g,g^k)\), \(B^g_{g^k(gx),g^kx}\, \beta _k=(L^{gx}_{g,g^k}/L^x_{g,g^k})\, \beta _{k+1}\). Multiplying over \(k{\lt}n\) and using \(\beta _n=\beta _0\) gives the first equality. Compatibility at \((g,g^k,g)\) gives \(L^{gx}_{g,g^k}/L^x_{g,g^k}=\omega (g,g^k,g)^{-1} (L^x_{g,g^{k+1}}/L^x_{g,g^k})(L^x_{g^{k+1},g}/L^x_{g^k,g})^{-1}\), and both quotients telescope to one over \(k{\lt}n\).

Let \(H_{y,z}\) be the subgroup of elements fixing the blocks \(y\) and \(z\). For \(a,b\in H_{y,z}\),

\begin{align} B^a_{y,z}B^b_{y,z} & =\alpha (a,b)\, B^{ab}_{y,z}, & \alpha (a,b) & =\frac{L^y_{a,b}}{L^z_{a,b}}, \notag \end{align}

and \(\alpha \) is a two-cocycle on \(H_{y,z}\); for \(y=z\) the phases form a linear representation. The source states this for the subgroup fixing every block [ 200 , Section IV.C ] , which is contained in \(H_{y,z}\); see [ 158 ] .

Proof ▶

The first identity is Theorem 19.5.5.2 with \(by=y\) and \(bz=z\). Dividing the compatibility relations at \(y\) and at \(z\) for \((a,b,c)\) with \(c\in H_{y,z}\) cancels \(\omega (a,b,c)\) and gives the two-cocycle equation.

Let \(g^2=e\) exchange the blocks \(x\) and \(y\), let \(g\) carry the domain wall \(e_{AB}\) between \(x\) and \(y\) to \(e_{BA}\) with phase \(c_{AB}\) and \(e_{BA}\) to \(e_{AB}\) with phase \(c_{BA}\). Then

\begin{align} c_{AB}\, c_{BA} & =\frac{L^x_{g,g}L^x_{e,e}}{L^y_{g,g}L^y_{e,e}} =\omega (g,g,g)\, \omega (g,e,g), \notag \end{align}

so \(c_{AB}c_{BA}\) does not depend on the action tensors, the fusion tensors or the domain walls, and \(U|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle =\omega (g,g,g)\, \omega (g,e,g) |\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle \). When the tensors of the identity are trivial, as in the source, \(L_{e,e}=1\) and \(\omega (g,e,g)=1\), and this is \(c_{AB}c_{BA}=L_A/L_B=\omega \) [ 200 , Section III.C ] .

Proof ▶

Applying \(g\) twice, Theorem 19.5.5.2 shows that \(g^2=e\) carries \(e_{AB}\) to itself with phase \(b=(L^y_{g,g}/L^x_{g,g})\, c_{BA}c_{AB}\neq 0\). The same theorem for \((e,e)\) gives \(b^2=(L^x_{e,e}/L^y_{e,e})\, b\), so \(b=L^x_{e,e}/L^y_{e,e}\), which is the first equality. The second equality is Theorem 19.5.4.5 for the compatible L-symbols of Theorem 19.5.4.3. Its right-hand side involves only the fusion tensors, and it is invariant under their gauge action, so the product is independent of all choices. Finally, by Theorem 19.5.5.3, \(U|\psi (A\text{-}B\text{-}A)\rangle =c_{AB}c_{BA}|\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle =\omega (g,g,g)\, \omega (g,e,g)|\psi (B\text{-}A\text{-}B)\rangle \).

19.5.6 Detecting the anomaly with truncated symmetries

Lemma 19.5.6.1 The commutator of two unitaries on a vector
✓

Let \(U_1\) and \(U_2\) be unitary, let \(\psi \) be a vector and \(c\) a scalar with \(U_2U_1\psi =c\, U_1U_2\psi \). Then

\begin{align} U_2^\dagger U_1^\dagger U_2U_1\psi & =c\, \psi , & \langle \psi |\, U_2^\dagger U_1^\dagger U_2U_1\, |\psi \rangle & =c\, \langle \psi |\psi \rangle . \notag \end{align}

For two truncations \(U_1=U^{[i_1,j_1]}\) and \(U_2=U^{[i_2,j_2]}\) of a symmetry whose exchange relation on a ground state has the phase \(c=\omega \), this is the last step of the detection of the anomaly in [ 200 , Section V ] : the expectation value of the commutator measures the exchange phase.

Proof ▶

Substitute the exchange relation, then cancel \(U_1^\dagger U_1\) and \(U_2^\dagger U_2\).

Let \(u\) satisfy \(u^\dagger u=\mathbf1\) and, for a set \(S\) of sites of a chain, let \(U^S=\bigotimes _{i\in S}u^{[i]}\) act by \(u\) on the sites of \(S\) and by the identity elsewhere. For any two sets \(S_1\) and \(S_2\),

\begin{align} (U^{S_2})^\dagger (U^{S_1})^\dagger U^{S_2}U^{S_1} & =\mathbf1, \notag \end{align}

so the expectation value of the commutator on every normalized state is \(1\), as for the trivial anomaly of on-site symmetries [ 200 , Section V ] .

Proof ▶

The four operators are tensor products over the sites. On a site in both sets the product of the four factors is \(u^\dagger u^\dagger uu=\mathbf1\), on a site in one set it is \(u^\dagger u=\mathbf1\), and elsewhere all four factors are the identity.

Let \(X\) and \(Z\) be the Pauli matrices, and for sets of sites \(S_1\), \(S_2\) of a chain and sites \(j_1\in S_2\), \(j_2\notin S_1\) with \(j_1\neq j_2\) put \(U_1=Z_{j_1}X^{S_1}\) and \(U_2=Z_{j_2}X^{S_2}\). Then \(U_1\) and \(U_2\) are unitary and

\begin{align} U_2^\dagger U_1^\dagger U_2U_1 & =-\mathbf1, \notag \end{align}

so the expectation value of the commutator on every normalized state is \(-1\), although the on-site symmetry \(X^{\otimes N}\) has trivial anomaly.

Proof ▶

The four operators are tensor products over the sites. At \(j_1\) the product of the four factors is \(X(XZ)X(ZX)=ZXZX=-\mathbf1\) if \(j_1\in S_1\), and \(XZXZ=-\mathbf1\) otherwise. At \(j_2\) only \(U_2\) acts, and the product is \((ZX)^\dagger (ZX)=\mathbf1\) or \(Z^\dagger Z=\mathbf1\). At every other site the factors are \(X\) or the identity, and they cancel.

Remark 19.5.6.4 Circuit truncations with a nontrivial detector

The symmetry \(X^{\otimes N}\) on a periodic chain of even length is the depth-two circuit whose first layer applies \(X\otimes ZX\) to the pairs \((2k,2k+1)\) and whose second layer applies \(Z\otimes \mathbf1\) to the pairs \((2k+1,2k+2)\), since \(Z\cdot ZX=X\). For \(i\) even and \(j\) odd, dropping the gates not contained in \([i,j]\) leaves both factors on every odd site of \([i,j]\) except \(j\), which keeps only \(ZX\), so the truncation is \(Z_jX^{\otimes [i,j]}\). For \(i_2{\lt}i_1{\lt}j_1{\lt}j_2\) of these parities, Theorem 19.5.6.3 applies. The expectation value of the commutator of two circuit truncations on a symmetry-broken ground state is therefore not determined by the anomaly, and the detection asserted in [ 200 , Section V ] fails for an arbitrary circuit truncation [ 156 ] . The identification of the circuit truncation with \(Z_jX^{\otimes [i,j]}\) is not formalized.

In the setting of Theorem 19.5.5.7, let \(O_1=O^{[i_1,j_1]}\) and \(O_2=O^{[i_2,j_2]}\) be domain-wall strings on sites \(i_2{\lt}i_1{\lt}j_1{\lt}j_2\) whose three inner regions are longer than a fixed buffer, and let \(U_1\) and \(U_2\) be unitary operators with

\begin{align} U_2U_1|\psi _A\rangle & =O_2O_1|\psi _A\rangle , & U_1U_2|\psi _A\rangle & =O_1O_2|\psi _A\rangle . \notag \end{align}

Then

\begin{align} \langle \psi _A|U_2^\dagger U_1^\dagger U_2U_1|\psi _A\rangle & =c_{AB}c_{BA}\langle \psi _A | \psi _A \rangle . \notag \end{align}

If moreover \(g\) is an involution of a normal representation, then \(c_{AB}c_{BA}=\omega (g,g,g)\, \omega (g,e,g)\). This is the detection of the anomaly of [ 200 , Section V ] restricted to unitaries whose two ordered products on \(|\psi _A\rangle \) agree with the corresponding products of the domain-wall strings. These identities are expected for truncations whose walls on \(|\psi _B\rangle \) are the images under \(U\) of their walls on \(|\psi _A\rangle \), the property the source’s argument uses; that implication is not formalized. By Theorem 19.5.6.3 some restriction of this kind is needed [ 156 ] .

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.5.5.7 and the hypotheses, \(U_2U_1|\psi _A\rangle =c_{AB}c_{BA}\, U_1U_2|\psi _A\rangle \), and Lemma 19.5.6.1 gives the first identity. The second is Theorem 19.5.5.15.

19.5.7 Normalization of the first source factor

For an arbitrary tensor \(A\) of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and an arbitrary \(D\times D\) matrix \(\rho \), put \(M=M_1(A)\) and \(W=I_d\otimes \rho \). Then

\begin{align} M_1(s(A,\rho )) & =MM^\dagger W^{\mathsf T}M. \label{eq:mpug_raw_first_cut_contraction} \end{align}

No positivity, canonical-form, or simplicity hypothesis is needed.

Proof ▶

In the first-cut coordinates, multiplication and the physical Kronecker delta in \(W^{\mathsf T}\) give

\begin{align} (MM^\dagger W^{\mathsf T}M)_{(i,b),(a,j)} & =\sum _{p,q=0}^{d-1}\sum _{x,r,t=0}^{D-1} A^{i,p}_{xb}\, \overline{A^{q,p}_{xr}}\, A^{q,j}_{at}\, \rho _{tr} \\ & =s(A,\rho )^{i,j}_{ab}. \end{align}

The transpose preserves the boundary entry \(\rho _{tr}\) in the defining contraction.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and let \(X_1,Y_1\) be its chosen source factors for this same \(\rho \). Construct \(s\) from \(\mathcal U,\rho \) as in Definition 19.5.8. With the first cut convention \((M_1(A))_{(i,b),(a,j)}=A^{i,j}_{ab}\),

\begin{align} M_1(s) & =X_1(Y_1Y_1^\dagger )Y_1. \label{eq:mpug_first_cut_adjoint_contraction} \end{align}

This factorization requires no simplicity assumption. It is the source-factor expansion in [ 197 , lines 1326–1374 ] .

Proof ▶

Put \(W=I_d\otimes \rho \). Diagonality gives \(W^{\mathsf T}=W\). The cut factorization and weighted isometry then yield

\begin{align} M_1(s) & = (X_1Y_1)(X_1Y_1)^\dagger W(X_1Y_1) \\ & =X_1(Y_1Y_1^\dagger )(X_1^\dagger W X_1)Y_1 \\ & =X_1(Y_1Y_1^\dagger )Y_1. \end{align}

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II, and suppose that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Construct the source factors from \(\mathcal U\) and its recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). If \(d_r\) is the first source-cut rank, then there is a scalar \(\delta \in \mathbb {C}\) such that

\begin{align} Y_1Y_1^\dagger & =\delta I_{d_r}. \end{align}

This is the scalar Gram identity in [ 197 , lines 1375–1397 ] .

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.5.10, \(s=\delta \mathcal U\). Applying the first cut and Theorem 19.5.7.2 gives

\begin{align} X_1(Y_1Y_1^\dagger )Y_1 & =\delta X_1Y_1. \end{align}

Multiply on the left by \(X_1^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )\) and on the right by \(Z_1\). The identities \(X_1^\dagger (I_d\otimes \rho )X_1=I_{d_r}\) and \(Y_1Z_1=I_{d_r}\) cancel the two outer factors.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II, with physical dimension \(d\), bond dimension \(D\), first source-cut rank \(d_r\), and recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). Its chosen first source factor satisfies

\begin{align} \operatorname {tr}(Y_1Y_1^\dagger ) & =d. \end{align}

This is the physical-trace calculation in [ 197 , line 1398 ] ; it does not require simplicity of \(\mathcal U^\dagger \).

Proof ▶

Cyclic invariance gives \(\operatorname {tr}(Y_1Y_1^\dagger )=\operatorname {tr}(Y_1^\dagger Y_1)\). Grouping the latter sum by its physical index gives

\begin{align} \operatorname {tr}(Y_1^\dagger Y_1) & =\sum _{p=0}^{d-1}\sum _{r=0}^{d_r-1}\sum _{\alpha =0}^{D-1} \overline{(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,p)}}(Y_1)_{r,(\alpha ,p)} =\sum _{p=0}^{d-1}1=d \end{align}

by Theorem 19.4.4.2.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II of physical dimension \(d\), and suppose that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Let \(Y_1\) be the first source factor constructed from \(\mathcal U\) and its recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and let \(d_r\) be the first source-cut rank. Then

\begin{align} Y_1Y_1^\dagger & =\frac{d}{d_r}I_{d_r}. \end{align}

This establishes the normalization \(Y_1Y_1^\dagger = (d/d_r)I_{d_r}\) from the source-factor normalization proposition in [ 197 , lines 1064–1119 ] .

Proof ▶

Write \(Y_1Y_1^\dagger =\delta I_{d_r}\) using Theorem 19.5.7.3. Taking traces and using Theorem 19.5.7.4 gives \(\delta d_r=d\). Canonical form II gives \(d{\gt}0\), so \(d_r\ne 0\). Dividing gives \(\delta =d/d_r\), as in [ 197 , line 1398 ] .

19.5.8 Normalization of the weighted second source factor

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and let \(X_2,Y_2\) be its chosen second source factors. Set \(W=I_d\otimes \rho \) and let \(s_\dagger \) be the raw contraction of Definition 19.5.8, applied to \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) and this same \(\rho \). Then

\begin{align} M_1(s_\dagger ) & =Y_2^\dagger (Y_2WY_2^\dagger )X_2^\dagger . \end{align}

This is the reflected factorization for \(Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger \) in the normalization proposition of [ 197 , lines 1064–1119 and 1398 ] . No simplicity hypothesis is needed for this factorization.

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.5.7.1 gives

\begin{align} M_1(s(A,\rho )) & =M_1(A)M_1(A)^\dagger W^{\mathsf T}M_1(A). \end{align}

The transpose records the boundary coefficient \(\rho _{tr}\). Here \(\rho \) is diagonal, so \(W^{\mathsf T}=W\). Substitute \(M_1(\mathcal U^\dagger )=M_2(\mathcal U)^\dagger =Y_2^\dagger X_2^\dagger \) and cancel \(X_2^\dagger X_2=I\). All factors are those of \(\mathcal U\), not newly chosen factors of its adjoint.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and assume that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Let \(Y_2\) be its chosen second source factor and \(d_l\) its second source-cut rank. There is a scalar \(\varepsilon \in \mathbb {C}\) such that

\begin{align} Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger & =\varepsilon I_{d_l}. \end{align}
Proof ▶

Transport canonical form II to \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) with the same \(\rho \). Theorem 19.5.10 gives \(s_\dagger =\varepsilon \mathcal U^\dagger \), since physical adjunction is involutive and both required simplicity hypotheses hold. Taking the first cut and applying Theorem 19.5.8.1 gives

\begin{align} Y_2^\dagger (Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger )X_2^\dagger & =\varepsilon Y_2^\dagger X_2^\dagger . \end{align}

Multiply on the left by \(Z_2^\dagger \) and on the right by \(X_2\). Use \(Z_2^\dagger Y_2^\dagger =I\) and \(X_2^\dagger X_2=I\). The scalar comes from the adjoint contraction; it has not been identified with the scalar for the original tensor.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU in canonical form II of physical dimension \(d\), with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \) and chosen second source factor \(Y_2\). Then

\begin{align} \operatorname {tr}\bigl(Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger \bigr) & =d. \end{align}

This is the physical-trace calculation for \(Y_2\) in [ 197 , line 1398 ] . Simplicity of \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) is not required.

Proof ▶

Cyclic invariance and expanding \(I_d\otimes \rho \) give

\begin{align} \operatorname {tr}\bigl(Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger \bigr) & =\sum _{p=0}^{d-1}\sum _{x,y=0}^{D-1}\sum _{l=0}^{d_l-1} \overline{(Y_2)_{l,(p,y)}}(Y_2)_{l,(p,x)}\rho _{xy} =\sum _{p=0}^{d-1}1=d \end{align}

by Theorem 19.4.4.2 at \(q=p\).

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II of physical dimension \(d\), and suppose that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Let \(Y_2\) be the second source factor constructed from \(\mathcal U\) and its recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and let \(d_l\) be the second source-cut rank. Then

\begin{align} Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger & =\frac{d}{d_l}I_{d_l}. \end{align}

This establishes the normalization \(Y_2(I_d\otimes \rho )Y_2^\dagger = (d/d_l)I_{d_l}\) from the source-factor normalization proposition in [ 197 , lines 1064–1119 ] .

Proof ▶

Write the Gram matrix as \(\varepsilon I_{d_l}\) using Theorem 19.5.8.2. Its trace is \(d\) by Theorem 19.5.8.3, so \(\varepsilon d_l=d\). As \(d{\gt}0\), the rank \(d_l\) is nonzero, giving \(\varepsilon =d/d_l\). This is the trace argument indicated in [ 197 , line 1398 ] .

19.5.9 Physical normalizations of the two source X factors

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), with recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). Suppose that \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) is simple. For \(0\leq i,j{\lt}d\),

\begin{align} \sum _{x,\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1}\sum _{p=0}^{d-1} \mathcal U^{i,p}_{x\alpha } \overline{\mathcal U^{j,p}_{x\beta }}\rho _{\beta \alpha } & =\delta _{i,j}. \end{align}

The open indices are the physical output indices. This is the reflected one-letter contraction used for the physical source-factor normalizations in [ 197 , lines 1120–1162 and 1398 ] . Simplicity of \(\mathcal U\) is not required for this contraction.

Proof ▶

Apply Theorem 19.4.4.1 to \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) with its canonical presentation carrying the same \(\rho \). Its letters are \((\mathcal U^\dagger )^{p,i}_{x\alpha }=\overline{\mathcal U^{i,p}_{x\alpha }}\). Substitution and double conjugation give the displayed sum.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Assume that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Let \(X_1\) be the first source factor constructed from \(\mathcal U\) and its recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \), and let \(d_r\) be the first source-cut rank. For \(0\leq i,j{\lt}d\),

\begin{align} \sum _{r=0}^{d_r-1}\sum _{\alpha ,\beta =0}^{D-1} (X_1)_{(i,\alpha ),r}\rho _{\beta \alpha } \overline{(X_1)_{(j,\beta ),r}} & =\frac{d_r}{d}\delta _{i,j}. \end{align}

This is the first physical source-factor normalization in [ 197 , lines 1120–1162 ] . The matrix \(\rho \) acts on the virtual legs; the identity acts on the physical space.

Proof ▶

Factor \(M_1(\mathcal U)=X_1Y_1\) and apply Theorem 19.5.7.5 to obtain

\begin{align} M_1(\mathcal U)M_1(\mathcal U)^\dagger & =\frac{d}{d_r}X_1X_1^\dagger . \end{align}

Multiply the \(((i,\alpha ),(j,\beta ))\) entry by \(\rho _{\beta \alpha }\) and sum over \(\alpha ,\beta \). Theorem 19.5.9.1 makes the left-hand side \(\delta _{i,j}\). The trace identity in Theorem 19.5.7.4 gives \(d_r\ne 0\), and canonical form II gives \(d{\gt}0\). Multiplication by \(d_r/d\) gives the required physical contraction.

Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Assume that both \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \) are simple. Let \(X_2\) be its chosen second source factor and let \(d_l\) be the second source-cut rank. For \(0\leq i,j{\lt}d\),

\begin{align} \sum _{l=0}^{d_l-1}\sum _{x=0}^{D-1} (X_2)_{(x,i),l}\overline{(X_2)_{(x,j),l}} & =\frac{d_l}{d}\delta _{i,j}. \end{align}

This is the second physical source-factor normalization in [ 197 , lines 1120–1162 ] .

Proof ▶

Put \(W=I_d\otimes \rho \). The factorization \(M_2(\mathcal U)=X_2Y_2\) and Theorem 19.5.8.4 give

\begin{align} M_2(\mathcal U)WM_2(\mathcal U)^\dagger & =\frac{d}{d_l}X_2X_2^\dagger . \end{align}

Sum the \(((x,i),(x,j))\) entry over \(x\). Expanding the left-hand side, using \(\rho _{\alpha \beta }=\rho _{\beta \alpha }\), gives \(\delta _{i,j}\) by Theorem 19.5.9.1. The trace identity in Theorem 19.5.8.3 gives \(d_l\ne 0\), and \(d{\gt}0\). Multiply by \(d_l/d\) to conclude.

Theorems 19.5.7.5, 19.5.8.4, 19.5.9.2, and 19.5.9.3 establish all four identities of the source-factor normalization proposition in [ 197 , lines 1064–1162 ] for the compact source factors under canonical form II and simplicity of \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\dagger \); no additional boundary or Gram identities are assumed.

Theorem 19.5.9.4 Comparison of factorizations from one-sided inverses
✓

Let \(A,B,\widetilde B,C\) be finite index sets, possibly empty, and let \(\mathbb S\) be a semiring. Suppose that

\begin{align} X & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{A\times B}(\mathbb S), \\ Y & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{B\times C}(\mathbb S), \\ \widetilde X & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{A\times \widetilde B}(\mathbb S), \\ \widetilde Y & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{\widetilde B\times C}(\mathbb S) \end{align}

satisfy \(XY=\widetilde X\widetilde Y\). If \(L\in \operatorname {Mat}_{\widetilde B\times A}(\mathbb S)\) and \(R\in \operatorname {Mat}_{C\times B}(\mathbb S)\) satisfy \(L\widetilde X=I_{\widetilde B}\) and \(YR=I_B\), then the rectangular comparison matrix \(K=LX\in \operatorname {Mat}_{\widetilde B\times B}(\mathbb S)\) obeys

\begin{align} K & =\widetilde YR, \\ X & =\widetilde XK, \\ \widetilde Y & =KY. \end{align}

The intermediate index sets \(B\) and \(\widetilde B\) are independent; no equality of their cardinalities is assumed or concluded. These are the one-sided-inverse identities in the proof of [ 197 , lines 1052–1066 ] .

Proof ▶

Associativity and the two inverse identities give

\begin{align} LX & =(LX)(YR)=L(XY)R =L(\widetilde X\widetilde Y)R=\widetilde YR. \end{align}

Multiplying \(XY=\widetilde X\widetilde Y\) on the right by \(R\) gives \(X=\widetilde XK\). Multiplying it on the left by \(L\) gives \(\widetilde Y=KY\).

Theorem 19.5.9.5 Reciprocal unitary gauges from a Kronecker comparison
✓

For \(i=1,2\), suppose that two compatible matrix factorizations are related by square comparison matrices \(K_i\) through

\begin{align} X_i & =\widetilde X_iK_i, & \widetilde Y_i & =K_iY_i. \label{eq:mpug_comparison_matrices} \end{align}

If \(K_1\otimes K_2\) is unitary, then there are a positive real number \(\delta \) and unitary matrices \(W_1,W_2\) such that

\begin{align} \widetilde X_1 & =\delta ^{-1}X_1W_1, & \widetilde Y_1 & =\delta W_1^\dagger Y_1, \\ \widetilde X_2 & =\delta X_2W_2, & \widetilde Y_2 & =\delta ^{-1}W_2^\dagger Y_2. \label{eq:mpug_reciprocal_unitary_gauges} \end{align}

Thus the positive scalar factors in the orientation of [ 197 , Lemma at lines 1052–1066 ] are \(\delta _1=\delta ^{-1}\) and \(\delta _2=\delta \), and hence \(\delta _1\delta _2=1\).

Proof ▶

Apply Theorem 19.5.3 to \(K_1\otimes K_2\). It gives \(\delta {\gt}0\) and unitary matrices \(U_1,U_2\) with \(K_1=\delta U_1\) and \(K_2=\delta ^{-1}U_2\). Set \(W_i=U_i^\dagger \). Substitution into (323) gives (325); positivity of \(\delta \) gives \(\delta ^{-1}\delta =1\).

19.5.10 Uniqueness of the source decompositions

Theorem 19.5.10.1 Transport of the source contraction
✓

Let \(U\) have physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and write \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(U)\). Let \(Y_1,\widetilde Y_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_{r\times (D\times d)}(\mathbb {C})\) and \(Y_2,\widetilde Y_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_{\ell \times (d\times D)}(\mathbb {C})\). For square matrices \(K_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_r(\mathbb {C})\) and \(K_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_\ell (\mathbb {C})\), suppose that \(\widetilde Y_i=K_iY_i\) for \(i=1,2\). Define \(u,\widetilde u\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^r\) by

\begin{align} u_{(l,r'),(p,q)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(p,\beta )}(Y_1)_{r',(\beta ,q)}, \\ \widetilde u_{(l,r'),(p,q)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(\widetilde Y_2)_{l,(p,\beta )} (\widetilde Y_1)_{r',(\beta ,q)}. \label{eq:mpug_raw_source_contractions} \end{align}

Here \(0\leq l{\lt}\ell \), \(0\leq r'{\lt}r\), and \(0\leq p,q{\lt}d\). Then \(\widetilde u=(K_2\otimes K_1)u\).

Proof ▶

Substitute \(\widetilde Y_i=K_iY_i\) into (327) and interchange the three finite sums. The coefficient of \(u_{(l',r''),(p,q)}\) is \((K_2)_{l,l'}(K_1)_{r',r''}\), the corresponding entry of \(K_2\otimes K_1\).

Let \(U\) have physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Put \(r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(U)\) and \(\ell =\operatorname {rank}M_2(U)\). Suppose that

\begin{align} X_1,\widetilde X_1 & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{(d\times D)\times r}(\mathbb {C}), & Y_1,\widetilde Y_1 & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{r\times (D\times d)}(\mathbb {C}), \\ X_2,\widetilde X_2 & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{(D\times d)\times \ell }(\mathbb {C}), & Y_2,\widetilde Y_2 & \in \operatorname {Mat}_{\ell \times (d\times D)}(\mathbb {C}) \end{align}

satisfy \(X_iY_i=\widetilde X_i\widetilde Y_i=M_i(U)\) for \(i=1,2\). Suppose there are matrices \(L_i,R_i\) with \(L_i\widetilde X_i=I\) and \(Y_iR_i=I\). Assume that the maps \(u,\widetilde u\colon \mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\to \mathbb {C}^\ell \otimes \mathbb {C}^r\) with coordinates

\begin{align} u_{(l,r'),(p,q)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(Y_2)_{l,(p,\beta )}(Y_1)_{r',(\beta ,q)}, \\ \widetilde u_{(l,r'),(p,q)} & =\sum _{\beta =0}^{D-1}(\widetilde Y_2)_{l,(p,\beta )} (\widetilde Y_1)_{r',(\beta ,q)} \end{align}

are unitary. The indices range over \(0\leq l{\lt}\ell \), \(0\leq r'{\lt}r\), and \(0\leq p,q{\lt}d\). Then there exist \(\delta {\gt}0\) and unitaries \(W_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_r(\mathbb {C})\), \(W_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_\ell (\mathbb {C})\) such that

\begin{align} \widetilde X_1 & =\delta ^{-1}X_1W_1, & \widetilde Y_1 & =\delta W_1^\dagger Y_1, \\ \widetilde X_2 & =\delta X_2W_2, & \widetilde Y_2 & =\delta ^{-1}W_2^\dagger Y_2. \label{eq:mpug_source_decomposition_gauges} \end{align}

Thus \(\delta _1=\delta ^{-1}\) and \(\delta _2=\delta \) satisfy \(\delta _1\delta _2=1\). This proves the decomposition lemma of [ 197 , lines 1052–1066 ] : its cut factorizations, one-sided inverses, and unitarity of \(u,\widetilde u\) suffice. Unitarity of the second contraction \(v\) is not needed.

Proof ▶

If \(d=0\), every factor equality has an empty physical row or column index. Thus \(\delta =1\) and identity gauges satisfy all four equalities, and \(\delta ^{-1}\delta =1\). Suppose now that \(d{\gt}0\). Since \(u\) is an isometry, \(\ell r\geq d^2{\gt}0\); hence both source ranks are positive. Theorem 19.5.9.4 gives \(K_i=L_iX_i=\widetilde Y_iR_i\) with \(X_i=\widetilde X_iK_i\) and \(\widetilde Y_i=K_iY_i\). Theorem 19.5.10.1 yields \(\widetilde u=(K_2\otimes K_1)u\). Therefore \(K_2\otimes K_1=\widetilde u u^\dagger \) is unitary. Interchanging the two tensor factors makes \(K_1\otimes K_2\) unitary. Apply Theorem 19.5.9.5 to obtain (333). In particular, if \(K_1=\delta V_1\) and \(K_2=\delta ^{-1}V_2\) with \(V_i\) unitary, the required orientation is \(W_i=V_i^\dagger \).

Corollary 19.5.10.3 Unitary gauges for normalized source decompositions
✓

Under the hypotheses of Theorem 19.5.10.2, suppose in addition that

\begin{align} X_2^\dagger X_2 & =I_\ell , & \widetilde X_2^\dagger \widetilde X_2 & =I_\ell . \end{align}

Then there exist unitaries \(W_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_r(\mathbb {C})\) and \(W_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_\ell (\mathbb {C})\) such that, for \(i=1,2\),

\begin{align} \widetilde X_i & =X_iW_i, & \widetilde Y_i & =W_i^\dagger Y_i. \end{align}

This is the isometrically normalized specialization of [ 197 , lines 1052–1066 ] ; the additional isometry hypotheses remove the scalar freedom.

Proof ▶

If \(d=0\), all four equalities have an empty physical index and hold with identity gauges. If \(d{\gt}0\), unitarity of \(u\) gives \(r\ell =d^2{\gt}0\), so \(\ell {\gt}0\). Theorem 19.5.10.2 gives \(\widetilde X_2=\delta X_2W_2\) with \(\delta {\gt}0\). The two isometry identities and unitarity of \(W_2\) imply \(I_\ell =\delta ^2I_\ell \). Since \(\ell {\gt}0\), a diagonal entry gives \(\delta ^2=1\), hence \(\delta =1\). Substitution into the four comparison identities proves the claim.

Definition 19.5.10.4 Unitary factorization comparison
✓

Let \(I\) be a set and let \(R_{a,b}\) be a family of unitary matrices of a fixed size, indexed by \((a,b)\in I^2\). The unitary comparison from \((a,b)\) to the reference pair \((c,d)\) is

\begin{align} \lambda _{a,b}^{c,d} & =(R_{c,d})^{-1}R_{a,b} =R_{c,d}^\dagger R_{a,b}. \label{eq:mpug_unitary_factorization_comparison} \end{align}

This is the orientation in the corollary after Proposition 3 of  [ 197 , lines 2782–2821 ] . In that corollary, \(I=G\) and comparisons are used when \(ab=cd\); this equality selects the factorizations and is not needed in the unitary calculation.

For all indices \(a,b,c,d,f,g\in I\),

\begin{align} \lambda _{a,b}^{a,b} & =\mathbf1. \end{align}

Reversing the comparison gives

\begin{align} \left(\lambda _{a,b}^{c,d}\right)^{-1} & =\lambda _{c,d}^{a,b}. \end{align}

Comparisons compose as

\begin{align} \lambda _{a,b}^{f,g} & =\lambda _{c,d}^{f,g}\lambda _{a,b}^{c,d}. \label{eq:mpug_unitary_factorization_comparison_laws} \end{align}

If \(R_{c,d}=\mathbf1\), then \(\lambda _{a,b}^{c,d}=R_{a,b}\). In particular, if \(I=G\) is a group, the normalization \(R_{e,x}=\mathbf1\) gives

\begin{align} R_{g,h} & =\lambda _{g,h}^{e,gh}. \label{eq:mpug_unitary_factorization_right_reference} \end{align}

The last identity is the right-reference specialization \(\lambda ^R_{g,h}=\lambda _{g,h}^{e,gh}\) in the cited corollary.

Proof ▶

The identity, inverse, and right-reference formulas follow from \(R_{a,b}^{-1}R_{a,b}=\mathbf1\), inversion of a product, and \(\mathbf1^{-1}R_{a,b}=R_{a,b}\). For composition, insert the identity at the intermediate pair:

\begin{align} (R_{f,g})^{-1}R_{a,b} & =(R_{f,g})^{-1}R_{c,d}(R_{c,d})^{-1}R_{a,b}. \end{align}
Definition 19.5.10.6 Gauss action on the gauge legs
✓

Let \(G\) be a group. For \(g\in G\), define the permutation \(T_g\colon G^2\to G^2\) by

\begin{align} T_g(a,b) & =\left(ag^{-1},gb\right). \label{eq:mpug_gauss_leg_action} \end{align}

These are the two gauge-leg labels in the local Gauss operator of [ 197 , lines 3380–3387 ] .

Theorem 19.5.10.7 Composition of the Gauss leg action
✓

For all \(g,h\in G\),

\begin{align} T_e & =\operatorname{id}, \\ T_g\circ T_h & =T_{gh}. \label{eq:mpug_gauss_leg_action_mul} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The two coordinates give

\begin{align} T_g(T_h(a,b)) & =\left(ah^{-1}g^{-1},ghb\right) =\left(a(gh)^{-1},(gh)b\right). \end{align}

Let \(G\) be finite, let \(R_{a,b}\in \mathrm U(n)\) for \(a,b\in G\), and use the basis \(|i,a,b\rangle \) of \(\mathbb {C}^n\otimes \mathbb {C}[G]^{\otimes 2}\). Define

\begin{align} \mathcal G_g & =\sum _{a,b\in G} \lambda _{a,b}^{ag^{-1},gb} \otimes |ag^{-1},gb\rangle \! \langle a,b|. \label{eq:mpug_gauss_operator} \end{align}

Equivalently, the block from \((a,b)\) to \(T_g(a,b)\) is \((R_{T_g(a,b)})^{-1}R_{a,b}\) and every other block in that column vanishes. This is the local Gauss operator in [ 197 , lines 3380–3387 ] .

The local Gauss operators satisfy

\begin{align} \mathcal G_e & =\operatorname{id}. \end{align}

Their product law is

\begin{align} \mathcal G_g\mathcal G_h & =\mathcal G_{gh}. \label{eq:mpug_gauss_representation} \end{align}

Finally,

\begin{align} \mathcal G_g^\dagger & =\mathcal G_{g^{-1}}. \end{align}

Hence \(g\mapsto \mathcal G_g\) is a unitary representation. This is the representation part of the local Gauss-law proposition in [ 197 , lines 3380–3387 ] ; invariance of the gauged tensor is a separate assertion and is not included here.

Proof ▶

In a column labelled by \((a,b)\), multiplication has only the intermediate gauge label \(T_h(a,b)\). The surviving matter block is

\begin{align} \lambda _{T_h(a,b)}^{T_g(T_h(a,b))} \lambda _{a,b}^{T_h(a,b)} & =\lambda _{a,b}^{T_{gh}(a,b)}, \end{align}

by the comparison composition law and \(T_gT_h=T_{gh}\). At \(e\), every surviving comparison is the identity. Reversing a comparison gives \((\lambda _{a,b}^{c,d})^\dagger =\lambda _{c,d}^{a,b}\), so taking the adjoint gives \(\mathcal G_g^\dagger =\mathcal G_{g^{-1}}\). The product with this adjoint is \(\mathcal G_e=\operatorname{id}\), which proves unitarity.

Definition 19.5.10.10 Unplaced local Gauss projector kernel
✓

Let \(G\) be finite and let \(\mathcal G_g\) act on \(\mathcal H=\mathbb {C}^n\otimes \mathbb {C}[G]^{\otimes 2}\). Define the unplaced local projector kernel

\begin{align} P_G(R) & =\frac{1}{|G|}\sum _{g\in G}\mathcal G_g. \label{eq:mpug_gauss_projector} \end{align}

This is the local average introduced in [ 197 , lines 3494–3499 ] , before a position on the chain is chosen. This definition neither places the kernel on \((j,j+1)\) nor asserts invariance of the gauged matrix product state.

Theorem 19.5.10.11 The local Gauss average is a projection
✓

The kernel in (351) satisfies

\begin{align} P_G(R)^2 & =P_G(R), \\ P_G(R)^\dagger & =P_G(R). \end{align}
Proof ▶

Identify the matrix average with the averaging operator of the unitary representation \(g\mapsto \mathcal G_g\). The invariant-space averaging theorem makes this operator idempotent. For self-adjointness, use \(\mathcal G_g^\dagger =\mathcal G_{g^{-1}}\) and reindex the finite sum by the bijection \(g\mapsto g^{-1}\).

Let the matter degree of freedom at one site have dimension \(d\). The local kernel has row and column coordinates

\begin{align} \bigl((i_0,i_1),(a,b)\bigr) & \in (\{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} ^{\{ 0,1\} })\times G^2. \end{align}

Identify these with two site coordinates by the bijection

\begin{align} \kappa \bigl((i_0,i_1),(a,b)\bigr) & =\bigl((i_0,a),(i_1,b)\bigr), \end{align}

followed at each site by a fixed enumeration of \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} \times G\). If \(\widetilde P_G(R)\) denotes the matrix obtained from \(P_G(R)\) by this simultaneous row and column relabelling, define its placement on a periodic chain of length \(N\geq 2\) by

\begin{align} P_j(R) & =\operatorname {Embed}_{j,j+1}\bigl(\widetilde P_G(R)\bigr). \label{eq:mpug_placed_gauss_projector} \end{align}

Here the second site is \(j+1\) modulo \(N\). This is the position-dependent projector \(P_j\) in  [ 197 , lines 3494–3499 ] .

For every \(N\geq 2\) and every position \(j\), the operator in (356) satisfies

\begin{align} P_j(R)^2 & =P_j(R), \\ P_j(R)^\dagger & =P_j(R). \end{align}
Proof ▶

Let \(U_\kappa \) be the permutation unitary determined by the coordinate bijection in Definition 19.5.10.12, with the orientation

\begin{align} U_\kappa |((i_0,i_1),(a,b))\rangle & =|\kappa ((i_0,i_1),(a,b))\rangle . \notag \end{align}

Simultaneous row and column reindexing is therefore the conjugation

\begin{align} \widetilde P_G(R) & =U_\kappa P_G(R)U_\kappa ^{-1}. \label{eq:mpug_gauss_reindex_conjugation} \end{align}

Since \(U_\kappa ^{-1}=U_\kappa ^\dagger \), Theorem 19.5.10.11 and (359) give

\begin{align} \widetilde P_G(R)^2 & =U_\kappa P_G(R)^2U_\kappa ^{-1} =\widetilde P_G(R), \label{eq:mpug_gauss_reindexed_idempotent} \\ \widetilde P_G(R)^\dagger & =U_\kappa P_G(R)^\dagger U_\kappa ^{-1} =\widetilde P_G(R). \label{eq:mpug_gauss_reindexed_adjoint} \end{align}

Let \(V_j\) be the permutation unitary that sends a chain configuration to its restriction to the cyclic window \((j,j+1)\) followed by its restriction to the complement. By Theorem 20.13.2,

\begin{align} V_jP_j(R)V_j^{-1} & =\widetilde P_G(R)\otimes \mathbb {1}_{\mathrm{comp}}. \label{eq:mpug_gauss_window_tensor_identity} \end{align}

Using \(V_j^{-1}=V_j^\dagger \) and (360)–(361) in (362), we obtain

\begin{align} V_jP_j(R)^2V_j^{-1} & =\bigl(\widetilde P_G(R)\otimes \mathbb {1}_{\mathrm{comp}}\bigr)^2 =\widetilde P_G(R)^2\otimes \mathbb {1}_{\mathrm{comp}} =V_jP_j(R)V_j^{-1}, \\ V_jP_j(R)^\dagger V_j^{-1} & =\bigl(\widetilde P_G(R)\otimes \mathbb {1}_{\mathrm{comp}}\bigr)^\dagger =\widetilde P_G(R)^\dagger \otimes \mathbb {1}_{\mathrm{comp}} =V_jP_j(R)V_j^{-1}. \end{align}

Conjugating by \(V_j^{-1}\) gives \(P_j(R)^2=P_j(R)\) and \(P_j(R)^\dagger =P_j(R)\).

Definition 19.5.10.14 Common fixed subspace
✓
#

Let \(\mathcal H\) be a complex vector space and let \((P_j)_{j\in J}\) be any family of endomorphisms of \(\mathcal H\). Define their common fixed subspace by

\begin{align} \mathcal V(P) & =\bigcap _{j\in J}\ker (P_j-\mathbb {1}_{\mathcal H}). \end{align}

No commutativity of the operators is required. For the averaged Gauss projectors, this is the common \(+1\) eigenspace called the gauge-invariant subspace in [ 197 , lines 4327–4335 and line 5198 ] . Here \(P_j\) is an averaged projector, not an individual Gauss operator \(\mathcal G_g\).

Theorem 19.5.10.15 Membership in the common fixed subspace
✓

A vector \(\psi \in \mathcal H\) belongs to \(\mathcal V(P)\) if and only if \(P_j\psi =\psi \) for every \(j\in J\).

Proof ▶

Membership in an indexed intersection is equivalent to membership in every factor, and membership in \(\ker (P_j-\mathbb {1}_{\mathcal H})\) is equivalent to \(P_j\psi =\psi \).

Theorem 19.5.10.16 Nonzero-vector lower bound
✓

If \(\mathcal H\) is finite-dimensional, \(\psi \in \mathcal V(P)\), and \(\psi \neq 0\), then \(1\leq \dim _{\mathbb {C}}\mathcal V(P)\).

Proof ▶

The common fixed subspace is nonzero because it contains \(\psi \), so its dimension is at least one.

Definition 19.5.10.17 Prescribed defect maps
✓
# Discussion

Let \(\mathcal H_{\mathrm m}\) be the matter space of two sites. Prescribed defect maps assign to every ordered pair \((a,b)\in G^2\) a defect subspace

\begin{align} \mathcal K_{a,b} & \subseteq \mathcal H_{\mathrm m} \end{align}

together with a map \(D_{a,b}\) of \(\mathcal H_{\mathrm m}\) whose restriction to that subspace is an isometry: for every \(|\xi \rangle \in \mathcal K_{a,b}\),

\begin{align} D_{a,b}^\dagger D_{a,b}|\xi \rangle & =|\xi \rangle . \label{eq:mpug_defect_isometry} \end{align}

When the fusion scalars are not block independent, the state-level construction of  [ 197 , lines 4215–4326 ] prescribes the modified fusion operators only on such subspaces.

The full completion class of prescribed defect maps \(D=(D_{a,b})_{a,b\in G}\) is

\begin{align} \mathfrak C(D) & =\left\{ R=(U_{a,b})_{a,b\in G}: U_{a,b}\in \mathrm U(\mathcal H_{\mathrm m}), U_{a,b}|_{\mathcal K_{a,b}}=D_{a,b}|_{\mathcal K_{a,b}}\right\} . \label{eq:mpug_completion_class} \end{align}

When \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) is a proper subspace of the matter space, the unitary extension of \(D_{a,b}\) is non-unique [ 197 , lines 4215–4326 ] .

Let \(\mathcal H_{\mathrm m}\) be finite-dimensional. Every family of prescribed defect maps satisfying (367) admits a simultaneous unitary extension:

\begin{align} \mathfrak C(D) & \neq \varnothing . \label{eq:mpug_completion_class_nonempty} \end{align}

Equivalently, there is a family \(R=(U_{a,b})_{(a,b)\in G^2}\) of unitary operators such that, for every \(a,b\in G\) and every \(|\xi \rangle \in \mathcal K_{a,b}\),

\begin{align} U_{a,b}|\xi \rangle & =D_{a,b}|\xi \rangle . \label{eq:mpug_completion_exists} \end{align}

This is the finite-dimensional extension step implicit in the freedom of the modified fusion operators at [ 197 , lines 4215–4326 ] . The subspaces \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) and their prescribed isometries are hypotheses here.

Proof ▶

For each pair \((a,b)\), regard the restriction of \(D_{a,b}\) to \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) as a linear isometry. Extend it to a unitary operator on the whole finite-dimensional matter space. Choosing one such extension for every pair gives a family \(R\) satisfying (370), hence a member of \(\mathfrak C(D)\).

Let \(R=(U_{a,b})\in \mathfrak C(D)\), let \(|\xi \rangle \in \mathcal K_{a,b}\) and \(|\eta \rangle \in \mathcal K_{c,d}\), and assume the exact covariance

\begin{align} D_{a,b}|\xi \rangle & =D_{c,d}|\eta \rangle . \label{eq:mpug_prescribed_covariance} \end{align}

Then

\begin{align} U_{a,b}|\xi \rangle & =D_{a,b}|\xi \rangle , \label{eq:mpug_completion_agrees} \\ U_{a,b}|\xi \rangle & =U_{c,d}|\eta \rangle , \label{eq:mpug_completion_covariance} \\ \lambda _{a,b}^{c,d}|\xi \rangle & =|\eta \rangle . \label{eq:mpug_completion_transport} \end{align}

Taking \((c,d)=T_g(a,b)\) gives the transport identity used for the modified Gauss laws of  [ 197 , lines 4325–4335 ] .

Proof ▶

Identity (372) is the defining property of a completion on the defect subspace. Applying it at \((a,b)\) and at \((c,d)\) and inserting (371) gives (373), an equality of vectors in the whole matter space. Multiplying that equality by \(U_{c,d}^\dagger \) and using \(U_{c,d}^\dagger U_{c,d}=\mathbb {1}\) gives

\begin{align} \lambda _{a,b}^{c,d}|\xi \rangle & =U_{c,d}^\dagger U_{a,b}|\xi \rangle =U_{c,d}^\dagger U_{c,d}|\eta \rangle =|\eta \rangle . \end{align}

The adjoint is applied only after the equality in the whole matter space is available; no step asserts that \(U_{c,d}^\dagger \) restricts to \(D_{c,d}^\dagger \) on a defect subspace.

Let \(\alpha =(a_1,\ldots ,a_N)\) be a configuration of gauge labels on a periodic chain of length \(N\geq 2\). For a window \((j,j+1)\) and \(g\in G\), the configuration \(T_{j,g}\alpha \) carries the labels

\begin{align} \left(a_jg^{-1},ga_{j+1}\right) \end{align}

on that window and agrees with \(\alpha \) at every other site.

For all \(g,h\in G\),

\begin{align} T_{j,e} & =\operatorname{id}, \\ T_{j,g}T_{j,h} & =T_{j,gh}. \label{eq:mpug_chain_label_action_mul} \end{align}

In particular \(T_{j,g}\) is a bijection of gauge-label configurations with inverse \(T_{j,g^{-1}}\).

Proof ▶

Outside the window both sides leave \(\alpha \) unchanged. On the window, replacing the labels twice keeps only the second replacement, and the two labels are

\begin{align} \left(a_jh^{-1}g^{-1},gha_{j+1}\right) & =\left(a_j(gh)^{-1},(gh)a_{j+1}\right). \end{align}

At \(g=e\) the labels are unchanged, so \(T_{j,e}=\operatorname{id}\), and the composition law with \(h=g^{-1}\) gives the inverse.

Let \(R\in \mathfrak C(D)\) and let a chain site carry one matter index and one gauge label. Relabelling the row and column coordinates of \(\mathcal G_g\) by the bijection \(\kappa \) of Definition 19.5.10.12 and embedding the result on the periodic window \((j,j+1)\) defines

\begin{align} \widetilde{\mathcal G}^{j,j+1}_g(R) & =\operatorname {Embed}_{j,j+1}\bigl(\widetilde{\mathcal G}_g(R)\bigr), \label{eq:mpug_placed_gauss_operator} \end{align}

the modified Gauss law of  [ 197 , lines 4325–4335 ] , whose block from \((a,b)\) to \(T_g(a,b)\) is \(U_{T_g(a,b)}^\dagger U_{a,b}\).

Theorem 19.5.10.24 The placed projector is the average of the placed Gauss operators
✓

For every window \((j,j+1)\),

\begin{align} \widetilde P_j(R) & =\frac{1}{|G|}\sum _{g\in G}\widetilde{\mathcal G}^{j,j+1}_g(R). \label{eq:mpug_placed_gauss_projector_average} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Comparing matrix entries, the relabelling is entrywise and the embedding multiplies each entry by the indicator that the two chain configurations agree outside the window. Both operations commute with the normalized sum over \(G\) defining the local projector kernel in (351).

Definition 19.5.10.25 Gauged vector of matter defect states
✓

Every chain configuration splits into its matter part and its gauge-label part. Given matter defect states \(|\Psi _\alpha \rangle \) indexed by the gauge-label configurations \(\alpha \) of a chain of length \(N\), the gauged vector is

\begin{align} |\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle & =\sum _\alpha |\Psi _\alpha \rangle \otimes |\alpha \rangle , \label{eq:mpug_gauged_vector} \end{align}

whose component at a chain configuration is the component of \(|\Psi _\alpha \rangle \) at its matter part, \(\alpha \) being its gauge-label part. This is the gauged state of [ 197 , lines 4325–4335 ] .

Definition 19.5.10.26 Local defect support and exact defect covariance
✓

The matter defect states have local defect support when, for every \(\alpha \) and every window \((j,j+1)\) whose adjacent labels are \((a_j,a_{j+1})\), the matter support of \(|\Psi _\alpha \rangle \) lies in

\begin{align} \mathcal K_{a_j,a_{j+1}}\otimes \mathcal H_{\mathrm{rest}}. \end{align}

They satisfy exact defect covariance when

\begin{align} \left(D_{a_j,a_{j+1}}\otimes \operatorname{id}_{\mathrm{rest}}\right) |\Psi _\alpha \rangle & =\left(D_{T_g(a_j,a_{j+1})}\otimes \operatorname{id}_{\mathrm{rest}}\right) |\Psi _{T_{j,g}\alpha }\rangle \label{eq:mpug_exact_defect_covariance} \end{align}

for every \(\alpha \), every window \((j,j+1)\), and every \(g\in G\).

Assume local defect support and exact defect covariance (384). Here these properties are hypotheses rather than consequences of locally orthogonal MPS blocks [ 45 ] . For every \(R\in \mathfrak C(D)\), every window \((j,j+1)\), and every \(g\in G\),

\begin{align} \widetilde{\mathcal G}^{j,j+1}_g(R)|\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle & =|\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_universal_invariant_vector} \\ \widetilde P_j(R)|\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle & =|\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_universal_invariant_proj} \end{align}
\begin{tenkz}[rows={op,ket}, cols=4, bonds=none]
        \tn[at=(1,2), name=G, skin=box, wide=2, ports={90@1:physical:$j$, 90@2:physical:$j{+}1$, 270@1:physical, 270@2:physical}]{\widetilde{\mathcal G}^{j,j+1}_g(R)}
        \tn[at=(2,1), name=P, skin=box, wide=4, ports={90@1:physical:$1$, 90@2:physical, 90@3:physical, 90@4:physical:$N$}]{\Psi_{\mathrm{gauged}}}
        \tn[at=(1,1), void=sealed]{}
        \tn[at=(1,4), void=sealed]{}
        \tnwire{G.270@1}{P.90@2}
        \tnwire{G.270@2}{P.90@3}
    \end{tenkz}  \(=\)  \begin{tenkz}[rows={ket}, cols=4, bonds=none]
        \tn[at=(1,1), name=P, skin=box, wide=4, ports={90@1:physical:$1$, 90@2:physical:$j$, 90@3:physical:$j{+}1$, 90@4:physical:$N$}]{\Psi_{\mathrm{gauged}}}
    \end{tenkz}
Proof ▶

Fix an output chain configuration and let \(\alpha \) be its gauge-label part, with \((a,b)=(a_j,a_{j+1})\) the two labels adjacent to the window. Among the columns contributing to this fixed output row of \(\widetilde{\mathcal G}^{j,j+1}_g(R)\), only the gauge labels \(T_{j,g^{-1}}\alpha \) survive. Thus, with \(\beta =T_{j,g^{-1}}\alpha \), the component of \(\widetilde{\mathcal G}^{j,j+1}_g(R)|\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle \) equals the component of

\begin{align} \left(U_{a,b}^\dagger U_{ag,g^{-1}b} \otimes \operatorname{id}_{\mathrm{rest}}\right)|\Psi _\beta \rangle , \end{align}

since the labels of \(\beta \) adjacent to the window are \((ag,g^{-1}b)\) and \(T_g(ag,g^{-1}b)=(a,b)\), whence \(T_{j,g}\beta =\alpha \) by the composition law (378). Local defect support puts the matter slices of \(|\Psi _\beta \rangle \) and \(|\Psi _\alpha \rangle \) over that window in \(\mathcal K_{ag,g^{-1}b}\) and \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\), and exact covariance (384) relates them, so the transport identity (374) turns that vector into \(|\Psi _\alpha \rangle \). Identifying the label configuration \(\beta \) with \(\alpha \) through the bijection \(T_{j,g}\) is the reindexing of the sum over gauge-label configurations in (382). Averaging (385) over \(g\) via (381) yields (386).

Definition 19.5.10.28 Gauge-invariant subspace of a completion
✓

For \(R\in \mathfrak C(D)\) and a chain of length \(N\geq 2\), the gauge-invariant subspace is the common fixed subspace

\begin{align} \mathcal V_N(R) & =\left\{ |\phi \rangle : \widetilde P_j(R)|\phi \rangle =|\phi \rangle \text{ for every }j\right\} . \label{eq:mpug_gauge_invariant_subspace} \end{align}

The modified projectors on neighbouring windows need not commute [ 197 , lines 4325–4335 ] .

Under local defect support and exact defect covariance (384),

\begin{align} |\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle & \in \mathcal V_N(R) \end{align}

for every \(R\in \mathfrak C(D)\). If \(|\Psi _{\mathrm{gauged}}\rangle \neq 0\), then

\begin{align} \dim _{\mathbb {C}}\mathcal V_N(R) & \geq 1. \end{align}

Neither the minimum nor the maximum of \(\dim _{\mathbb {C}}\mathcal V_N(R)\) over \(\mathfrak C(D)\) is asserted; the growth of this dimension with \(N\) is the question raised in [ 197 , line 5198 ] .

Proof ▶

Membership is the projector identity in Theorem 19.5.10.27 at every window. A nonzero member of a subspace forces its dimension to be at least one.

Definition 19.5.10.30 Scalar cochains and normalization
✓

Recall from Definition 10.1.17 that a scalar \(2\)-cochain is a function \(\beta \colon G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \). A scalar \(3\)-cochain is a function \(\omega \colon G^3\to \mathbb {C}^\times \). Following the paper’s later standing convention, it is normalized when, for all \(g,h,k\in G\),

\begin{align} \omega (e,h,k) & = 1, \\ \omega (g,e,k) & = 1, \\ \omega (g,h,e) & = 1. \label{eq:mpug_three_normalized} \end{align}

The standing convention of  [ 197 ] makes every fusion tensor involving the identity trivial, which is what forces all three identity axes. Its printed display repeats the third axis in place of the first two; the three-axis form is the local correction recorded in [ 147 ] . The scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \) is normalized when \(\beta (e,g)=\beta (g,e)=1\) for every \(g\in G\).

Definition 19.5.10.31 Scalar three-cocycle
✓

A scalar \(3\)-cochain is a \(3\)-cocycle when, for all \(g,h,k,l\in G\),

\begin{align} \omega (gh,k,l)\omega (g,h,kl) & =\omega (g,h,k)\omega (g,hk,l)\omega (h,k,l). \label{eq:mpug_three_cocycle} \end{align}

This is the scalar \(3\)-cocycle relation of  [ 197 ] .

Definition 19.5.10.32 Three-coboundary and fusion-tensor gauge action
✓

For a scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \), define

\begin{align} (d\beta )(g,h,k) & =\frac{\beta (g,hk)\beta (h,k)}{\beta (g,h)\beta (gh,k)}, \label{eq:mpug_coboundary} \\ (\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega )(g,h,k) & =(d\beta )(g,h,k)\omega (g,h,k). \label{eq:mpug_gauge_action} \end{align}

Formula (396) is the change of \(\omega \) induced by (262), as in  [ 197 ] .

Let \(1\) denote the constant scalar \(2\)-cochain and let \((\beta \gamma )(g,h)=\beta (g,h)\gamma (g,h)\). Then

\begin{align} 1\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega & =\omega , \label{eq:mpug_gauge_identity} \\ \gamma \mathbin {\triangleright } (\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega ) & =(\beta \gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega . \label{eq:mpug_gauge_composition} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The constant cochain has \(d1=1\). Commutativity of \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) gives \(d(\beta \gamma )=(d\beta )(d\gamma )\), and substitution into (396) gives (397) and (398).

For every scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \), the cochain \(d\beta \) satisfies (394).

Proof ▶

Expanding the two sides gives the same product after cancellation:

\begin{align} & (d\beta )(gh,k,l)(d\beta )(g,h,kl) \\ & \quad = \frac{\beta (k,l)\beta (h,kl)\beta (g,hkl)}{\beta (ghk,l)\beta (gh,k)\beta (g,h)} \\ & \quad = (d\beta )(g,h,k)(d\beta )(g,hk,l)(d\beta )(h,k,l). \end{align}

The pointwise product of two scalar \(3\)-cocycles is a scalar \(3\)-cocycle. Consequently, if \(\omega \) satisfies (394), then so does \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \).

Proof ▶

Multiply the two instances of (394) and reorder their factors in \(\mathbb {C}^\times \). Apply this product identity to \((d\beta )\omega \), using Theorem 19.5.10.34 for \(d\beta \).

The \(3\)-coboundary \(d\beta \) is normalized if and only if there is a constant \(c\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) such that, for every \(g\in G\),

\begin{align} \beta (e,g) & =c=\beta (g,e). \label{eq:mpug_coboundary_normalized_iff} \end{align}

In particular, a normalized scalar \(2\)-cochain has normalized \(3\)-coboundary. Hence \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) is normalized whenever both \(\beta \) and \(\omega \) are normalized.

Proof ▶

Set one argument at a time equal to \(e\) in (395). If \(d\beta \) is normalized, then (393) for \(d\beta \) at \((e,e,g)\) and at \((g,e,e)\) gives \(\beta (e,g)=\beta (e,e)=\beta (g,e)\). Conversely, (402) gives

\begin{align} (d\beta )(e,h,k) & =1, \\ (d\beta )(g,e,k) & =1, \\ (d\beta )(g,h,e) & =1. \label{eq:mpug_coboundary_normalized_converse} \end{align}

Taking the common constant to be \(1\) proves the normalized-\(\beta \) corollary. Since pointwise products preserve (405), the gauged cochain \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) of (396) is normalized whenever both \(\beta \) and \(\omega \) are normalized.

Definition 19.5.10.37 Cohomologous scalar three-cochains
✓

Two scalar \(3\)-cochains \(\omega \) and \(\eta \) are cohomologous when \(\omega =\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\eta \) for some scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \).

Proof ▶

Reflexivity uses the constant cochain \(1\). If \(\omega = \beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\eta \), then

\begin{align} \beta ^{-1}\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega & =(\beta \beta ^{-1})\mathbin {\triangleright }\eta =\eta , \end{align}

which proves symmetry. Composition formula (398) proves transitivity.

Definition 19.5.10.39 Trivial scalar gauge class
✓

A scalar \(3\)-cochain has trivial gauge class when it is cohomologous to the constant cochain \(1\).

Give \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) the trivial \(G\)-action and write it additively, as in Definition 19.5.10.63. A scalar \(n\)-cochain for \(n=2,3\) is then an inhomogeneous \(n\)-cochain \(G^n\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) of this representation, and conversely. Under this identification a scalar \(3\)-cocycle is an inhomogeneous \(3\)-cocycle, and every inhomogeneous \(3\)-cocycle arises this way. The class of a scalar \(3\)-cocycle \(\omega \) is its image

\begin{align} [\omega ] & \in H^3\bigl(G,\mathbb {C}^\times _{\mathrm{triv}}\bigr) \label{eq:mpug_h3_class} \end{align}

in the degree-three cohomology of the inhomogeneous cochain complex.

With the trivial action, the differentials of the inhomogeneous cochain complex in degrees two and three are, multiplicatively,

\begin{align} (d\beta )(g,h,k) & =\frac{\beta (h,k)\beta (g,hk)}{\beta (gh,k)\beta (g,h)}, \label{eq:mpug_h3_d2} \\ (d\omega )(g,h,k,l) & =\frac{\omega (h,k,l)\omega (g,hk,l)\omega (g,h,k)}{\omega (gh,k,l)\omega (g,h,kl)}. \label{eq:mpug_h3_d3} \end{align}

Hence (408) is the three-coboundary (395), and \(d\omega =1\) is the three-cocycle equation (394). For scalar \(3\)-cocycles \(\omega \) and \(\eta \),

\begin{align} \omega \text{ and }\eta \text{ are cohomologous} & \iff [\omega ]=[\eta ], \label{eq:mpug_h3_cohomologous} \\ \omega \text{ has trivial gauge class} & \iff [\omega ]=0, \label{eq:mpug_h3_trivial} \end{align}

and every class in \(H^3(G,\mathbb {C}^\times _{\mathrm{triv}})\) is the class of a scalar \(3\)-cocycle. No normalization of the cochains is assumed.

Proof ▶

In degree \(n\) the inhomogeneous differential of a cochain \(f\) with trivial action is the alternating sum of \(f\) at the \(n+2\) faces obtained by dropping the first argument, multiplying two adjacent arguments, or dropping the last argument. For \(n=2,3\) this is (408) and (409) written multiplicatively. A cocycle has zero class exactly when it lies in the image of the preceding differential, since the cohomology is the cokernel of that differential into the cocycles. By (396), \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\eta =\omega \) holds exactly when \(d\beta =\omega \eta ^{-1}\), whose additive form is the difference of the two cochains. This gives (410), and taking \(\eta =1\) gives (411). Surjectivity holds because every inhomogeneous \(3\)-cocycle is a scalar \(3\)-cocycle.

Definition 19.5.10.42 Cyclic invariant of a scalar three-cochain
✓

For a scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \), an element \(g\in G\), and a natural number \(n\), set

\begin{align} I_{g,n}(\omega ) & =\prod _{k=0}^{n-1}\omega (g,g^k,g). \label{eq:mpug_cyclic_invariant} \end{align}

Let \(g^n=e\). For every scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \),

\begin{align} I_{g,n}(d\beta ) & =1, \\ I_{g,n}(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega ) & =I_{g,n}(\omega ). \end{align}

Consequently cohomologous \(3\)-cochains have the same cyclic invariant, every \(3\)-cochain with trivial gauge class has \(I_{g,n}(\omega )=1\), and a cyclic invariant different from \(1\) shows that the gauge class of \(\omega \) is nontrivial. No normalization of \(\beta \) or \(\omega \) is assumed.

Proof ▶

By (395),

\begin{align} (d\beta )(g,g^k,g) & =\frac{\beta (g,g^{k+1})}{\beta (g,g^k)}\cdot \frac{\beta (g^k,g)}{\beta (g^{k+1},g)}. \end{align}

Both quotients telescope over \(k=0,\dots ,n-1\), giving \(\beta (g,g^n)/\beta (g,e)\) and \(\beta (e,g)/\beta (g^n,g)\), which equal \(1\) because \(g^n=e\). Multiplying by \(\omega \) pointwise proves the second identity, and the remaining statements follow from Definitions 19.5.10.37 and 19.5.10.39.

Definition 19.5.10.44 Restriction of scalar three-cochains
✓

For a group homomorphism \(f\colon H\to G\), the restriction of a scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \) on \(G\) is \((f^*\omega )(a,b,c)=\omega (f(a),f(b),f(c))\).

Restriction along \(f\) sends \(3\)-cocycles to \(3\)-cocycles and satisfies \(f^*(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega ) =(f^*\beta )\mathbin {\triangleright }f^*\omega \), where \((f^*\beta )(a,b)=\beta (f(a),f(b))\). Hence it preserves the relation of being cohomologous and sends cochains with trivial gauge class to cochains with trivial gauge class.

Proof ▶

Since \(f(ab)=f(a)f(b)\), for all \(a,b,c,d\in H\)

\begin{align} (f^*\omega )(ab,c,d)\, (f^*\omega )(a,b,cd) & =\omega \bigl(f(a)f(b),f(c),f(d)\bigr)\, \omega \bigl(f(a),f(b),f(c)f(d)\bigr), \notag \\ (d f^*\beta )(a,b,c) & =\frac{\beta \bigl(f(a),f(b)f(c)\bigr)\beta \bigl(f(b),f(c)\bigr)}{\beta \bigl(f(a),f(b)\bigr)\beta \bigl(f(a)f(b),f(c)\bigr)} =(d\beta )\bigl(f(a),f(b),f(c)\bigr). \notag \end{align}

The first line and the corresponding expansion of the right-hand side of (394) turn the cocycle relation for \(f^*\omega \) into (394) at \(f(a),f(b),f(c),f(d)\). The second line, which is (395) evaluated at \(f(a),f(b),f(c)\), gives \(d(f^*\beta )=f^*(d\beta )\), hence \(f^*(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega ) =(f^*\beta )\mathbin {\triangleright }f^*\omega \). The last two claims follow from Definitions 19.5.10.37 and 19.5.10.39.

Definition 19.5.10.46 Restriction of a group of matrix product operators
✓

For a group homomorphism \(f\colon H\to G\) and a family \(\{ O_g\} _{g\in G}\) as in Definition 19.5.1.3, the restricted family is \(\{ O_{f(a)}\} _{a\in H}\). A choice of fusion tensors \((F^{\lt}_{g,h},F^{\gt}_{g,h})\) of the family restricts to the fusion tensors \((F^{\lt}_{f(a),f(b)},F^{\gt}_{f(a),f(b)})\) of the restricted family, where the bond space of \(O_{f(a)f(b)}\) is identified with that of \(O_{f(ab)}\) through the equality \(f(a)f(b)=f(ab)\).

The restriction of a family satisfying the hypotheses of Definition 19.5.1.3 along \(f\colon H\to G\) satisfies them for \(H\), and the anomaly three-cochain of the restricted fusion tensors is \(f^*\omega \). Consequently, if \(a\in H\) and \(a^n=e\), then for every choice of fusion tensors of the restricted family, with anomaly three-cochain \(\omega _H\),

\begin{align} I_{f(a),n}(\omega ) & =I_{a,n}(\omega _H). \end{align}
Proof ▶

The operator law of the restricted family is that of the family at the elements \(f(a)\), \(f(b)\) and \(f(ab)=f(a)f(b)\). The two fusion trees of the restricted fusion tensors at \((a,b,c)\) are those of the family at \((f(a),f(b),f(c))\), followed by one identification of the bond space of \(O_{f(a)f(b)f(c)}\) with that of \(O_{f(abc)}\). Left multiplication by this permutation matrix preserves the dressed identity, so Theorem 19.5.1.5 gives \(\omega _H(a,b,c)=\omega (f(a),f(b),f(c))\) for the restricted fusion tensors. For any other choice of fusion tensors of the restricted family, Theorem 19.5.1.7 makes the two three-cochains cohomologous, and Theorem 19.5.10.43 makes their cyclic invariants at \(a\) equal. Finally \(I_{a,n}(f^*\omega )=I_{f(a),n}(\omega )\) because \(f(a^k)=f(a)^k\).

Let \(T\) be a tensor with integer letters, \(A\) a family of integer matrices, \(L\) and \(R\) integer matrices, and \(z\in \{ 1,-1\} \). Suppose that \(LT^aT^b=A^aLT^b\) for all letters \(a,b\) and that \(LT^a=zRT^a\) for every letter \(a\). Then \(LT^{\mathbf w}=zRT^{\mathbf w}\) for every nonempty word \(\mathbf w\). It suffices to check these identities on a list of pairs \((T^a,A^a)\) that contains the pair of every letter. In particular, for the anomaly three-cochain of Definition 19.5.1.3: if the two fusion trees of a triple coincide, then \(\omega \) is one at that triple; and a family of bond-one tensors whose stacked products \(O_gO_h\) equal \(O_{gh}\) has, with all fusion tensors equal to one, the constant three-cochain one.

Proof ▶

Since \(z^2=1\), the identity \(LT^a=zRT^a\) gives \(RT^a=zLT^a\), and hence \(RT^aT^b=zA^aLT^b=A^aRT^b\). Induction on the word gives the dressed identity, and the entrywise image in \(\mathbb {C}\) preserves all products. When the two fusion trees coincide, the scalar \(1\) satisfies the dressed identity, so Theorem 19.5.1.5 gives \(\omega =1\). For bond dimension one, both fusion trees are products of one-by-one identity matrices and identifications of one-dimensional spaces, so they coincide.

Definition 19.5.10.49 L-symbols and compatibility
✓

Let \(G\) act on a set \(\mathsf X\). An \(L\)-symbol is a function \(L\colon \mathsf X\times G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), written \(L^x_{g,h}\). It is compatible with a scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \) when, for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g,h,k\in G\),

\begin{align} L^x_{g,hk}L^x_{h,k} & =\omega (g,h,k)L^{k x}_{g,h}L^x_{gh,k}. \label{eq:mpug_l_compatibility} \end{align}

The \(L\)-symbols were introduced by [ 199 ] ; this is the scalar compatibility relation of [ 197 ] . No transitivity or finiteness assumption is imposed on the action.

Definition 19.5.10.50 Joint scalar gauge of L-symbols
✓

An action-tensor scalar gauge is a function \(\gamma \colon G\times \mathsf X\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), written \(\gamma ^x_g\). Together with a fusion-tensor scalar gauge \(\beta \colon G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), it changes an \(L\)-symbol by

\begin{align} (\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L^x_{g,h} & =\frac{\gamma ^x_{gh}\beta _{g,h}}{\gamma ^{h x}_g\gamma ^x_h}L^x_{g,h}. \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge} \end{align}

This is the joint fusion-tensor and action-tensor gauge freedom in [ 197 ] , written with the block label as a superscript throughout, as that source does for its block-dependent cochains.

Theorem 19.5.10.51 Identity and composition of joint scalar gauges
✓

The constant fusion and action gauges leave every \(L\)-symbol unchanged. Successive joint gauges compose by pointwise multiplication:

\begin{align} (\delta ,\varepsilon )\mathbin {\triangleright } \bigl((\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L\bigr) & = (\beta \delta ,\gamma \varepsilon ) \mathbin {\triangleright }L. \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge_composition} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Substitute (418) twice and cancel the intermediate factors. The identity case follows by taking all four cochains equal to \(1\).

Definition 19.5.10.52 Normalized L-symbols and action-tensor gauges
✓

The \(L\)-symbol is normalized when, for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g\in G\),

\begin{align} L^x_{g,e} & =1. \label{eq:mpug_l_normalized_right} \end{align}
\begin{align} L^x_{e,g} & =1. \label{eq:mpug_l_normalized_left} \end{align}

Equations (420) and (421) are the normalization of the \(L\)-symbols in [ 197 ] . The action-tensor gauge is normalized when

\begin{align} \gamma ^x_e & =1 \label{eq:mpug_action_gauge_normalized} \end{align}

for every \(x\in \mathsf X\). This last condition is not a displayed equation of the source: it is the scalar shadow of the standing convention that every action tensor involving the identity is trivial.

A fusion scalar \(\beta \colon G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) is inverse-normalized when, for every \(g\in G\),

\begin{align} \beta _{g,e}=\beta _{e,g}=\beta _{g,g^{-1}} & =1. \label{eq:mpug_restricted_fusion_gauge} \end{align}

A restricted scalar gauge is a pair \((\beta ,\gamma )\) in which \(\beta \) is inverse-normalized and, for every \(x\in \mathsf X\),

\begin{align} \gamma ^x_e & =1. \label{eq:mpug_restricted_action_gauge} \end{align}

The conditions are the standing restriction imposed at [ 197 , lines 2050–2054 ] after fixing the fusion and action gauges of Definition 19.5.10.50.

If \(L\) is compatible with \(\omega \), then \((\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L\) is compatible with \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \). On the identity axes, the gauge formula is exactly

\begin{align} ((\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L)^x_{g,e} & =\frac{\beta _{g,e}}{\gamma ^x_e}L^x_{g,e}. \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge_right} \end{align}
\begin{align} ((\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L)^x_{e,g} & =\frac{\beta _{e,g}}{\gamma ^{g x}_e}L^x_{e,g}. \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge_left} \end{align}

Thus the gauged \(L\)-symbol is normalized exactly when \(\beta _{g,e}L^x_{g,e}=\gamma ^x_e\) and \(\beta _{e,g}L^x_{e,g}=\gamma ^{g x}_e\) for all \(x\) and \(g\). In particular, normalized \(\beta \), \(\gamma \), and \(L\) give a normalized gauged \(L\)-symbol.

Proof ▶

Write \(L'=(\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L\). Substituting (418) into the left side of (417) for \(L'\) cancels the factor \(\gamma ^x_{hk}\) and leaves

\begin{align} {L’}^x_{g,hk}{L’}^x_{h,k} & =\frac{\gamma ^x_{ghk}}{\gamma ^{(hk)x}_g\gamma ^{k x}_h\gamma ^x_k}\, \beta _{g,hk}\beta _{h,k}\, L^x_{g,hk}L^x_{h,k}. \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge_left_side} \end{align}

The same substitution on the right side cancels \(\gamma ^{k x}_{gh}\) and leaves

\begin{align} {L’}^{k x}_{g,h}{L’}^x_{gh,k} & =\frac{\gamma ^x_{ghk}}{\gamma ^{h(k x)}_g\gamma ^{k x}_h\gamma ^x_k}\, \beta _{g,h}\beta _{gh,k}\, L^{k x}_{g,h}L^x_{gh,k}. \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge_right_side} \end{align}

The action law \(h(k x)=(hk)x\) makes the two action-tensor prefactors of (427) and (428) equal. Applying (417) for \(L\) and \(\omega \) to the right of (427) therefore gives

\begin{align} {L’}^x_{g,hk}{L’}^x_{h,k} & =\frac{\beta _{g,hk}\beta _{h,k}}{\beta _{g,h}\beta _{gh,k}}\, \omega (g,h,k)\, {L’}^{k x}_{g,h}{L’}^x_{gh,k}, \label{eq:mpug_l_gauge_compatibility} \end{align}

whose scalar factor is \((\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega )(g,h,k)\) by (395) and (396). Setting either group argument equal to \(e\) in (418) gives (425) and (426), from which the normalization statements follow.

Definition 19.5.10.55 Unimodular square root and modulus of a phase
✓

For \(u\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) put \(s_u=e^{i\arg (u)/2}\), the unimodular square root of the phase of \(u\), and regard \(|u|\) as an element of \(\mathbb {C}^\times \).

For \(u\in \mathbb {C}^\times \), \(\overline{s_u}=s_u^{-1}\) and \(u=s_u^2\, |u|\). If \(w\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) and \(\overline w=p\, w\) for a positive real number \(p\), then \(p=1\) and \(w\) is real.

Proof ▶

The first two claims are \(\overline{e^{i\theta }}=e^{-i\theta }\) and the polar form \(u=|u|e^{i\arg u}\). For the third, taking absolute values in \(\overline w=p\, w\) gives \(p=1\).

Let \(\omega \) be a scalar \(3\)-cochain and \(\beta \) a scalar \(2\)-cochain with \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega =\overline\omega \). Then \(s\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) is real-valued, where \(s(g,h)=s_{\beta (g,h)}\) is the unimodular square root of the phase of \(\beta (g,h)\) from Definition 19.5.10.55. Consequently, a scalar \(3\)-cochain cohomologous to its complex conjugate is cohomologous to a real-valued one. This is the conclusion of  [ 199 , Section 4.3 ] that, when time reversal commutes with a group matrix product operator symmetry, the three-cocycle can be gauge transformed to a real number; no finiteness of \(G\) is needed.

Proof ▶

The coboundary is multiplicative in \(\beta \) and commutes with complex conjugation. Write \(\beta =s^2N\) with \(N(g,h)=|\beta (g,h)|\). Since \(\overline s=s^{-1}\),

\begin{align} \overline{s\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega } & =s^{-1}\mathbin {\triangleright }\overline\omega =s^{-1}\mathbin {\triangleright }(s^2N\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega ) =N\mathbin {\triangleright }(s\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega ). \end{align}

The values of \(dN\) are positive real numbers, so Theorem 19.5.10.56 gives \(dN=1\) and \(\overline{s\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega } =s\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \). If \(\omega =\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\overline\omega \), conjugating gives \(\overline\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega =\overline\omega \), and the first part applies.

Let \(\omega \) be a scalar \(3\)-cochain, \(L\) an \(L\)-symbol, \(\beta \) a scalar \(2\)-cochain and \(\gamma \) an action-tensor scalar gauge with \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega =\overline\omega \) and \((\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L=\overline L\). Let \(s\) and \(t\) be the unimodular square roots of the phases of \(\beta \) and \(\gamma \). Then \(s\mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) and \((s,t)\mathbin {\triangleright }L\) are both real-valued. This result is not stated in  [ 199 , Section 4.3 ] . The source derives \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega =\overline\omega \) and, with the fusion-tensor phase omitted, \((1,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L=\overline L\); the hypothesis here, with the same \(\beta \) in both relations, is the gauge-consistent pair and is assumed rather than derived from time reversal.

Proof ▶

The claim for \(\omega \) is Theorem 19.5.10.57. For \(L\), write \(\beta =s^2N\) and \(\gamma =t^2M\) with \(N_{g,h}=|\beta _{g,h}|\) and \(M^x_g=|\gamma ^x_g|\). As in that proof, \(\overline{(s,t)\mathbin {\triangleright }L} =(N,M)\mathbin {\triangleright }((s,t)\mathbin {\triangleright }L)\), whose prefactor \(M^x_{gh}N_{g,h}/(M^{h x}_gM^x_h)\) is a positive real number, hence equal to one by Theorem 19.5.10.56.

Let \(T\neq 0\) and \(P\) be vectors in a complex vector space and let \(L^x_{g,h}\) and \(\gamma \) be as in Definition 19.5.10.50. If \(P=\overline{L^x_{g,h}}\, T\) and \(\gamma ^x_h\gamma ^{h x}_gP=L^x_{g,h}\gamma ^x_{gh}T\), then

\begin{align} \frac{\overline{L^x_{g,h}}}{L^x_{g,h}} & =\frac{\gamma ^x_{gh}}{\gamma ^x_h\gamma ^{h x}_g}. \label{eq:mpug_time_reversal_l_symbol} \end{align}

More generally, if \((\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L=\overline L\), then for all \(x\), \(g\) and \(h\),

\begin{align} \left(\frac{L^x_{g,h}}{|L^x_{g,h}|}\right)^2 & =\frac{\gamma ^{h x}_g\gamma ^x_h}{\gamma ^x_{gh}\beta _{g,h}}. \end{align}

In  [ 199 , Section 4.3 ] , \(T\) and \(P\) are the complex conjugates of the two composite reductions compared by the \(L\)-symbol, the first hypothesis is the conjugate of the defining relation of \(L\), and the second is the display derived from time reversal. The source prints the consequence as \(|L^x_{g,h}|^2=\gamma ^x_{gh}/(\gamma ^x_h\gamma ^{h x}_g)\); that form fails for an on-site \(\mathbb Z_2\times \mathbb Z_2\) symmetry, and (431) is the local correction recorded in  [ 166 ] . The second display is the corrected sense in which the \(L\)-symbols squared are gauge transformations: the square of the phase of \(L\) is, while its modulus is unconstrained.

Proof ▶

Substituting the first hypothesis into the second gives \(\gamma ^x_h\gamma ^{h x}_g\overline{L^x_{g,h}}\, T =L^x_{g,h}\gamma ^x_{gh}T\), and \(T\neq 0\) gives (431). For the second claim, \(\overline L=cL\) with \(c=\gamma ^x_{gh}\beta _{g,h}/(\gamma ^{h x}_g\gamma ^x_h)\), so \(|L|^2=\overline LL=cL^2\) and \((L/|L|)^2=c^{-1}\).

Let \(L\) be compatible with \(\omega \), let \(f\colon H\to G\) be a group homomorphism, and let \(x\in \mathsf X\) satisfy \(f(a)x=x\) for every \(a\in H\). Then \(f^*\omega \) has trivial gauge class; explicitly, \(f^*\omega =d\lambda \) with \(\lambda (a,b)=L^x_{f(a),f(b)}\). In particular, if some \(x\) is fixed by all of \(G\), then \(\omega \) has trivial gauge class. This is the scalar step in the statement that a subgroup leaving a block invariant trivializes the three-cocycle [ 199 , lines 740–745 ] , and in the statement that a single invariant block reduces (417) to the three-coboundary condition [ 197 , line 1925 ] .

Proof ▶

For \(a,b,c\in H\) put \(g=f(a)\), \(h=f(b)\), \(k=f(c)\). Since \(kx=x\), (417) reads

\begin{align} \omega (g,h,k) & =\frac{L^x_{g,hk}L^x_{h,k}}{L^x_{g,h}L^x_{gh,k}}, \end{align}

which is \((d\lambda )(a,b,c)\) by (395) and the multiplicativity of \(f\). Thus \(f^*\omega =\lambda \mathbin {\triangleright }1\). For a block fixed by all of \(G\), take \(f\) to be the identity.

Let \(\kappa =(\beta ,\gamma )\) be a restricted scalar gauge. If \(\omega \) is a normalized scalar \(3\)-cocycle and \(L\) is a normalized \(L\)-symbol compatible with \(\omega \), then

\begin{align} \omega ’ & =\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega , \\ L’ & =(\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L. \label{eq:mpug_restricted_gauge_action} \end{align}

are again normalized, \(\omega '\) is a scalar \(3\)-cocycle, and \(L'\) is compatible with \(\omega '\). The identity gauge acts trivially, successive restricted gauges compose by pointwise multiplication, and applying \(\kappa ^{-1}\) after \(\kappa \) recovers \((\omega ,L)\). These are scalar statements only.

Proof ▶

The three specified values of \(\beta \) and the identity value of \(\gamma \) remain equal to \(1\) under pointwise products and inverses. Apply the general preservation laws to (435). The group laws and the composition formulas for the two gauge actions give the identity, composition, and inverse assertions.

Let \(G\) act trivially on \(\mathbb {C}^\times \), and let \(f(g,h)=\omega (g,h)\). The multiplicative cocycle equation

\begin{align} f(gh,k)f(g,h) & =f(h,k)f(g,hk) \label{eq:mpug_h2_cocycle_comparison} \end{align}

is equivalent to Definition 10.2.4. Likewise, the multiplicative coboundary equation

\begin{align} \frac{\varphi (h)}{\varphi (gh)}\varphi (g) & =f(g,h) \label{eq:mpug_h2_coboundary_comparison} \end{align}

is equivalent to Definition 10.2.1.

If \(\pi \) denotes the canonical map from multiplicative \(2\)-cocycles to degree-two group cohomology, then for any two cocycles \(\omega _1\) and \(\omega _2\),

\begin{align} \omega _1\sim \omega _2 & \quad \Longleftrightarrow \quad \pi (\omega _1)=\pi (\omega _2). \label{eq:mpug_h2_class_comparison} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Since \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) is commutative, (436) is obtained from the cocycle equation by interchanging the two factors on each side, and (437) is obtained from \(\varphi (g)\varphi (h)\varphi (gh)^{-1}\) by reordering its factors. Equivalence \(\omega _1\sim \omega _2\) holds when \(\omega _1\omega _2^{-1}\) is a coboundary. In additive notation this ratio is the difference of the corresponding cochains, so the quotient criterion for \(\pi \) gives (438).

Give \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) the trivial \(G\)-action. Currying and uncurrying identify the cocycle representatives in Definition 10.2.6 with the multiplicative representatives in the inhomogeneous cochain complex. By (438), this correspondence induces a canonical equivalence

\begin{align} Z^2(G,\mathbb {C}^\times )/{\sim } & \simeq H^2\bigl(G,\mathbb {C}^\times _{\mathrm{triv}}\bigr). \label{eq:mpug_h2_equivalence} \end{align}

The left-hand side is the quotient already defined in Definition 10.2.6; no additional quotient is introduced. This is the \(H^2(H,\mathbb {C}^\times )\) appearing in the pair \((H,\psi )\) in [ 197 , lines 1927–1931 ] .

Definition 19.5.10.64 Pullback of scalar cohomology
✓

Let \(f:K\to G\) be a group homomorphism. For a scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\omega :G\times G\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), define \((f^*\omega )(a,b)=\omega (f(a),f(b))\). The induced pullback map \(f^*:H^2(G,\mathbb {C}^\times )\to H^2(K,\mathbb {C}^\times )\) is defined by \(f^*[\omega ]=[f^*\omega ]\).

Let \(f:K\to G\) be a group homomorphism. If \(\omega \) is a scalar \(2\)-cocycle on \(G\), then \(f^*\omega \) is a scalar \(2\)-cocycle on \(K\). If \(\omega _1\) and \(\omega _2\) are cohomologous scalar \(2\)-cochains on \(G\), then \(f^*\omega _1\) and \(f^*\omega _2\) are cohomologous on \(K\).

Proof ▶

For \(a,b,c\in K\), substitute \(f(a),f(b),f(c)\) in the cocycle equation for \(\omega \) and use \(f(ab)=f(a)f(b)\) and \(f(bc)=f(b)f(c)\). If \(\omega _1(g,h)=\varphi (g)\varphi (h)\varphi (gh)^{-1}\omega _2(g,h)\), set \(\eta =\varphi \circ f\). Substituting \(g=f(a)\) and \(h=f(b)\) gives \((f^*\omega _1)(a,b)=\eta (a)\eta (b)\eta (ab)^{-1}(f^*\omega _2)(a,b)\), so \(\eta \) witnesses the required cohomology relation.

Let \(f:K\to G\) be a group homomorphism. Regard scalar \(2\)- and \(3\)-cochains as inhomogeneous cochains with values in the trivial representation \(\mathbb {C}^\times _{\mathrm{triv}}\). Then \(f^*\) in degrees two and three is the restriction map of inhomogeneous cochains along \(f\), \(x\mapsto x\circ (f\times \cdots \times f)\), whose coefficient map is the identity of \(\mathbb {C}^\times \).

Proof ▶

Both sides send a cochain \(x\) to \((g_1,\dots ,g_n)\mapsto x(f(g_1),\dots ,f(g_n))\).

Let \(H\le G\) be any subgroup, let \(\iota :H\hookrightarrow G\) be its inclusion, and let \(\psi :H\times H\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be a \(2\)-cocycle. Then \([\psi ]\) belongs to the image of \(\iota ^*\) if and only if there is a \(2\)-cocycle \(\Psi :G\times G\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) with \(\Psi (a,b)=\psi (a,b)\) for every \(a,b\in H\). No normalization of either cocycle is required. This is the representative adjustment implicit in the extension condition of [ 197 , lines 7042–7064 ] , here stated with \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) coefficients.

Proof ▶

Suppose \([\psi ]=\iota ^*[\omega ]\). Choose a cochain \(\varphi :H\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) such that \(\psi (a,b)=\varphi (a)\varphi (b)\varphi (ab)^{-1}\omega (a,b)\). Extend \(\varphi \) to a function \(\Phi :G\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), taking value \(1\) outside \(H\), and set \(\Psi (g,h)=\Phi (g)\Phi (h)\Phi (gh)^{-1}\omega (g,h)\). In the cocycle equation for \(\Psi \), cancellation leaves the common factor \(\Phi (g)\Phi (h)\Phi (k)\Phi (ghk)^{-1}\) multiplied by the two sides of the cocycle equation for \(\omega \). Hence \(\Psi \) is a cocycle, and \(\Phi |_H=\varphi \) gives \(\Psi |_{H\times H}=\psi \) exactly. Conversely, any exact extension \(\Psi \) satisfies \(\iota ^*[\Psi ]=[\psi ]\).

Let \(G\) be finite, and give \(U(1)\) and \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) the trivial \(G\)-actions. Inclusion of the unit circle induces an equivalence

\begin{align} H^2(G,U(1)) & \simeq H^2(G,\mathbb {C}^\times ). \label{eq:mpug_circle_complex_units_h2} \end{align}

More concretely, for a \(\mathbb {C}^\times \)-valued cocycle \(\omega \), define its pointwise phase and radial residual by

\begin{align} u(g,h) & =\frac{\omega (g,h)}{|\omega (g,h)|}\in U(1), & r(g,h) & =\frac{\omega (g,h)}{u(g,h)}=|\omega (g,h)|. \label{eq:mpug_circle_phase_residual} \end{align}

Then \(u\) is a cocycle, \(r\) is a positive coboundary, and hence \(\omega \) is cohomologous to the inclusion of \(u\). The inclusion map is injective for every group because pointwise phase is its left inverse; finiteness is used only to prove surjectivity.

This is an algebraic group-cohomology statement for a finite discrete group. The footnote at [ 197 , line 1931 ] instead invokes a comparison of sheaf cohomology with topological coefficient groups; the distinction and the direct finite-group proof are recorded in [ 38 ] .

Proof ▶

The phase map \(q(z)=z/|z|\) is multiplicative and satisfies \(q(u)=u\) for \(u\in U(1)\), so it preserves the cocycle equation and retracts inclusion. The polar identity in (441) identifies the residual \(r\) with a positive cocycle. Apply Theorem 19.5.10.98 to the one-point block space to write \(r=d\chi \). Therefore \(\omega \sim u\), which proves surjectivity of coefficient inclusion on degree-two classes. Its left inverse induced by \(q\) proves injectivity.

Let \(G\) be a group and let \(\omega \) be a \(\mathbb {C}^\times \)-valued scalar cochain. Write

\begin{align} \phi (g,h) & =\frac{\omega (g,h)}{|\omega (g,h)|}\in U(1). \end{align}

On the standard basis of \(\mathbb {C}^G\), define

\begin{align} L_g^\phi & =\sum _{h\in G}\phi (g,h)^{-1}|gh\rangle \langle h|, & R_g^\phi & =\sum _{h\in G}\phi (h,g^{-1})^{-1}|hg^{-1}\rangle \langle h|. \label{eq:mpug_twisted_regular_matrices} \end{align}

The source uses a \(U(1)\)-valued cocycle \(\Omega \); taking \(\Omega =\phi \) gives exactly the leg and inverse conventions in [ 197 , lines 412–418 ] .

Lemma 19.5.10.70 Cocycle equation for the circle phase
✓

If \(\omega \) is a cocycle, then its circle phase satisfies

\begin{align} \phi (g,h)\phi (gh,k) & =\phi (g,hk)\phi (h,k) \end{align}

for all \(g,h,k\in G\).

Proof ▶

The pointwise phase map \(z\mapsto z/|z|\) is multiplicative, so it preserves the cocycle equation.

If \(G\) is finite, then for \(v\in \mathbb {C}^G\) and \(g,h\in G\),

\begin{align} (L_g^\phi v)(gh) & =\phi (g,h)^{-1}v(h), & (R_g^\phi v)(hg^{-1}) & =\phi (h,g^{-1})^{-1}v(h). \end{align}
Proof ▶

In each matrix-vector product, exactly one summand is nonzero: the column indexed by \(h\).

If \(G\) is finite and \(\omega \) is a cocycle, then

\begin{align} L_g^\phi L_h^\phi & =\phi (g,h)^{-1}L_{gh}^\phi , \\ R_g^\phi R_h^\phi & =\phi (h^{-1},g^{-1})^{-1}R_{gh}^\phi . \label{eq:mpug_twisted_regular_multiplication} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Expand the matrix products entrywise. The two scalar identities are the cocycle equation at \((g,h,k)\) and \((k,h^{-1},g^{-1})\), respectively.

Theorem 19.5.10.73 Commutation of twisted left and right actions
✓

If \(G\) is finite and \(\omega \) is a cocycle, then

\begin{align} L_g^\phi R_h^\phi & =R_h^\phi L_g^\phi . \label{eq:mpug_twisted_regular_commutation} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Expand both matrix products entrywise and use the cocycle equation at \((g,k,h^{-1})\).

If \(G\) is finite, the matrices \(L_g^\phi \) and \(R_g^\phi \) are unitary for every \(g\in G\).

Proof ▶

Each matrix is a permutation matrix whose nonzero entries have modulus one. Distinct columns therefore have disjoint support, while every column has squared norm one.

Theorem 19.5.10.75 Onsite Gauss coefficient identity
✓

Suppose that \(\omega \) is a cocycle and impose the additional normalization

\begin{align} \phi (t^{-1},t) & =1 \end{align}

for every \(t\in G\). Then

\begin{align} \frac{\phi (ag^{-1},gb)}{\phi (a,b)} & =\frac{1}{\phi (a,g^{-1})\phi (g,b)}. \label{eq:mpug_onsite_gauss_phase} \end{align}

The scalar convention \(S_{t^{-1}}=S_t^{-1}\) appears in [ 197 , line 238 ] , and the coefficient rewrite is at lines 3763–3766. The displayed normalization remains an explicit assumption here; it is not a consequence of cocyclicity.

Proof ▶

Use the cocycle equation first at \((a,g^{-1},gb)\) and then at \((g^{-1},g,b)\). The normalization at \(t=e\) also gives \(\phi (e,b)=1\).

Definition 19.5.10.76 Block scalar and block independence
✓

For an \(L\)-symbol, define

\begin{align} \ell ^x_{a,b;r} & =\frac{L^x_{ar,r^{-1}b}}{L^x_{a,b}}. \label{eq:mpug_block_scalar} \end{align}

The scalar \(\ell \) is block-independent when

\begin{align} \ell ^x_{a,b;r} & =\ell ^y_{a,b;r} \label{eq:mpug_block_independence} \end{align}

for all \(a,b,r\in G\) and \(x,y\in \mathsf X\).

These are the four scalar \(L\)-symbol properties used in the proof of the source proposition. Write \(L'=(\beta ,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L\) for a joint scalar gauge of a supplied \(L\)-symbol. The four properties are, respectively, the existence of \(\beta \) and \(\gamma \) such that

\begin{align} (L’)^x_{g,h} & =1 & & \text{for all $x,g,h$}, \label{eq:mpug_block_form_trivial} \\ (L’)^x_{a,b} & =(L’)^y_{a,b} & & \text{for all $x,y,a,b$}, \label{eq:mpug_block_form_constant} \\ \ell [L’]^x_{a,b;r} & =1 & & \text{for all $x,a,b,r$}, \label{eq:mpug_block_form_trivial_ell} \\ \ell [L’]^x_{a,b;r} & =\ell [L’]^y_{a,b;r} & & \text{for all $x,y,a,b,r$}. \label{eq:mpug_block_form_independent_ell} \end{align}

Suppose that \(L\) is compatible with \(\omega \) and that \(\ell \) is block-independent. Fix \(x_0\in \mathsf X\) and set

\begin{align} A(g,h) & =\bigl(\omega (gh,e,e)\ell ^{x_0}_{g,h;h}\bigr)^{-1}. \label{eq:mpug_block_factor} \end{align}

Then, for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g,h\in G\),

\begin{align} L^x_{g,h} & =A(g,h)L^x_{e,e}. \label{eq:mpug_corrected_block_factorization} \end{align}

The reciprocal factor in this identity is recorded in [ 97 ] .

Proof ▶

Definition 19.5.10.76 gives

\begin{align} L^x_{g,h} & =\frac{L^x_{gh,e}}{\ell ^x_{g,h;h}}. \label{eq:mpug_block_factorization_first} \end{align}

Block independence replaces \(x\) by \(x_0\) in the denominator. Compatibility at \((gh,e,e)\) gives \(L^x_{gh,e}=L^x_{e,e}/\omega (gh,e,e)\), which proves (458).

Under the hypotheses of Theorem 19.5.10.78, define

\begin{align} \rho (g) & =\bigl(\ell ^{x_0}_{e,g;g}\omega (g,e,e) \omega (e,e,g)\bigr)^{-1}. \label{eq:mpug_relative_block_character} \end{align}

The reciprocal factor \((\ell ^{x_0}_{e,g;g})^{-1}\) corrects the corresponding printed factor [ 97 ] . Then

\begin{align} L^{g x}_{e,e} & =\rho (g)L^x_{e,e}, \label{eq:mpug_relative_block_transport} \\ \rho (gh) & =\rho (g)\rho (h). \label{eq:mpug_relative_block_multiplicative} \end{align}

Thus \(\rho \colon G\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) is a one-dimensional character. No transitivity or finiteness assumption on the action is required.

Proof ▶

Compatibility at \((e,e,g)\) gives \(L^x_{e,g}=\omega (e,e,g)L^{g x}_{e,e}\). Compare this with (458) at \((e,g)\) to obtain (461). Applying that identity first to \(h\) and then to \(g\), and comparing with its application to \(gh\), proves (462) by cancellation.

With \(A\) and \(\rho \) as above, define the forward gauges by

\begin{align} \beta ^+_{g,h} & =\frac{A(g,h)}{\rho (h)}, \label{eq:mpug_forward_fusion_gauge} \\ \gamma ^{+,x}_g & =\bigl(L^{g x}_{e,e}\bigr)^{-1}. \label{eq:mpug_forward_action_gauge} \end{align}

Their joint gauge multiplier equals \(L\):

\begin{align} (\beta ^+,\gamma ^+)\mathbin {\triangleright }1 & =L. \label{eq:mpug_forward_gauge_multiplier} \end{align}

Consequently the pointwise inverse gauges trivialize \(L\):

\begin{align} ((\beta ^+)^{-1},(\gamma ^+)^{-1}) \mathbin {\triangleright }L & =1. \label{eq:mpug_inverse_gauge_trivialization} \end{align}

The distinction between the forward multiplier and its pointwise inverse corrects the orientation of the displayed source calculation [ 97 ] . If \(\mathsf X\) is nonempty, a choice of \(x_0\) therefore gives a trivializing joint scalar gauge for every compatible block-independent \(L\)-symbol.

Proof ▶

Substitute (463) and (464) into (418). Equation (461) reduces the multiplier to \(A(g,h)L^x_{e,e}\), which equals \(L^x_{g,h}\) by (458). Joint gauges compose by pointwise multiplication, so the inverse gauges give (466).

Let \(L\) be a supplied \(L\)-symbol compatible with a scalar \(3\)-cochain, and suppose that \(\mathsf X\) is nonempty. A joint scalar gauge trivializes \(L\) if and only if a joint scalar gauge makes \(L^x_{g,h}\) independent of \(x\).

Proof ▶

A trivial \(L\)-symbol is block-constant. Conversely, a block-constant representative has block-independent \(\ell \). Apply Theorem 19.5.10.80 to that representative and compose the two joint gauges.

Let \(L\) be a supplied \(L\)-symbol compatible with a scalar \(3\)-cochain, and suppose that \(\mathsf X\) is nonempty. A joint scalar gauge trivializes \(L\) if and only if a joint scalar gauge makes every \(\ell ^x_{a,b;r}\) equal to \(1\).

Proof ▶

A trivial \(L\)-symbol has \(\ell =1\). Conversely, the identity \(\ell =1\) implies block independence. Apply Theorem 19.5.10.80 and compose the gauges.

Let \(L\) be a supplied \(L\)-symbol compatible with a scalar \(3\)-cochain, and suppose that \(\mathsf X\) is nonempty. A joint scalar gauge trivializes \(L\) if and only if a joint scalar gauge makes \(\ell ^x_{a,b;r}\) independent of \(x\).

Proof ▶

Gauge triviality implies block constancy and hence block independence. For the converse, apply Theorem 19.5.10.80 to the block-independent representative and compose its trivializing gauge with the original gauge.

Let \(L\) be a supplied \(L\)-symbol compatible with a scalar \(3\)-cochain, and suppose that \(\mathsf X\) is nonempty. The four scalar gauge properties (453), (454), (455), and (456) of \(L\) are equivalent. This is the scalar core of the block-independence proposition of [ 197 ] , whose fourth condition is stated for an MPS–MPU pair.

Proof ▶

Theorems 19.5.10.81, 19.5.10.82, and 19.5.10.83 identify each of the last three properties with the first.

For a supplied compatible scalar \(L\)-symbol, Theorem 19.5.10.84 establishes the algebraic equivalence among its four scalar gauge properties; the corresponding tensor-level bridge to an underlying MPS–MPU pair is not asserted here.

Suppose that \(G\) acts transitively on \(\mathsf X\), and fix \(x_0\in \mathsf X\). There are representatives \(k_x\in G\) satisfying \(k_xx_0=x\) and \(k_{x_0}=e\). With \(H=\operatorname {Stab}_G(x_0)\), define

\begin{align} t_k(g,x) & =k_{g x}^{-1}gk_x. \label{eq:mpug_stabilizer_transition} \end{align}

Then \(t_k(g,x)\in H\) and

\begin{align} t_k(g_1g_2,x) & =t_k(g_1,g_2x)t_k(g_2,x). \label{eq:mpug_stabilizer_transition_product} \end{align}

Consequently, the source factors are

\begin{align} h_2 & =t_k(g_2,x)=k_{g_2x}^{-1}g_2k_x, \label{eq:mpug_stabilizer_h2} \\ h_1 & =t_k(g_1,g_2x)=k_{g_1g_2x}^{-1}g_1k_{g_2x}. \label{eq:mpug_stabilizer_h1} \end{align}

The last representative in \(h_1\) corrects the printed \(k_{g_1x}\) [ 149 ] . No finiteness or normality assumption is required.

Proof ▶

Transitivity supplies one element carrying \(x_0\) to each \(x\); choose the identity at \(x=x_0\). Acting with (467) on \(x_0\) gives \(k_{gx}^{-1}g(k_xx_0)=k_{gx}^{-1}(gx)=x_0\). For (468), substitute (467) and cancel \(k_{g_2x}k_{g_2x}^{-1}\). The two formulas for \(h_1\) and \(h_2\) are the corresponding specializations.

Let \(H=\operatorname {Stab}_G(x_0)\) and let \(\psi \colon H\times H\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be a scalar \(2\)-cocycle. Define

\begin{align} L^x_{g,h} & =\psi \bigl(t_k(g,hx),t_k(h,x)\bigr). \label{eq:mpug_induced_stabilizer_l_symbol} \end{align}

Formula (471) is the \(\omega =1\) scalar specialization of [ 199 , Eq. (20) ] . The \(L\)-symbol satisfies (417) with \(\omega =1\), and its base-point restriction recovers \(\psi \):

\begin{align} L^{x_0}_{a,b} & =\psi (a,b) \label{eq:mpug_induced_stabilizer_base} \end{align}

for all \(a,b\in H\).

More precisely, two stabilizer cocycles are cohomologous exactly when their induced \(L\)-symbols differ by an action-tensor gauge and the trivial fusion-tensor gauge:

\begin{align} \psi _1\sim \psi _2 & \quad \Longleftrightarrow \quad \exists \gamma ,\quad L[\psi _1]=(1,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L[\psi _2]. \label{eq:mpug_induced_cohomology_iff} \end{align}

If the cohomology relation is witnessed by \(\varphi \colon H\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), with

\begin{align} \psi _1(a,b) & =\varphi (a)\varphi (b)\varphi (ab)^{-1}\psi _2(a,b), \label{eq:mpug_stabilizer_cocycle_gauge} \end{align}

then the forward action-tensor gauge is

\begin{align} \gamma _{g,x} & =\varphi \bigl(t_k(g,x)\bigr)^{-1}. \label{eq:mpug_induced_action_gauge} \end{align}

Thus the induced action-gauge class depends only on the cohomology class of \(\psi \).

This establishes the scalar part of the \(L\)-symbol reduction in [ 197 , lines 7028–7042 ] ; the representation-theoretic claim for a tensor-derived \(L\)-symbol is not asserted here.

Proof ▶

Put \(a=t_k(g,hkx)\), \(b=t_k(h,kx)\), and \(c=t_k(k,x)\). The product law (468) gives \(t_k(gh,kx)=ab\) and \(t_k(hk,x)=bc\). Compatibility is therefore exactly

\begin{align} \psi (a,b)\psi (ab,c) & =\psi (a,bc)\psi (b,c), \end{align}

which is the cocycle equation. If \(p,q\in H\), then \(t_k(p,x_0)=p\) and \(t_k(q,x_0)=q\) because \(k_{x_0}=e\), proving (472). For the forward gauge calculation, set \(a=t_k(g,hx)\) and \(b=t_k(h,x)\), so that \(t_k(gh,x)=ab\). Substituting (475) into (418) gives the multiplier

\begin{align} \frac{\gamma _{gh,x}}{\gamma _{g,hx}\gamma _{h,x}} & =\varphi (ab)^{-1} \bigl(\varphi (a)^{-1}\varphi (b)^{-1}\bigr)^{-1} =\varphi (a)\varphi (b)\varphi (ab)^{-1}. \end{align}

Formula (474) now identifies the two induced \(L\)-symbols. Conversely, suppose \(L[\psi _1]=(1,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L[\psi _2]\) and define \(\varphi (a)=\gamma _{a,x_0}^{-1}\) for \(a\in H\). Evaluating the gauge equality at \(x_0\) and \(a,b\in H\) gives

\begin{align} \psi _1(a,b) & =\frac{\gamma _{ab,x_0}}{\gamma _{a,x_0}\gamma _{b,x_0}}\psi _2(a,b) =\varphi (a)\varphi (b)\varphi (ab)^{-1}\psi _2(a,b). \end{align}

Hence \(\psi _1\sim \psi _2\), which proves the reverse implication in (473).

Let \(G\) act on \(\mathsf X\), with basepoint \(x_0\), stabilizer \(H=\operatorname {Stab}_G(x_0)\), and representatives \(k_x\) satisfying \(k_xx_0=x\) and \(k_{x_0}=e\). Let \(\psi \colon H\times H\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) and let \(\Psi \colon G\times G\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be a two-cocycle whose restriction to \(H\times H\) is \(\psi \). Define

\begin{align} \gamma _g^x & =\frac{\Psi (k_{gx}^{-1},gk_x)\Psi (g,k_x)}{\Psi (e,e)\Psi (k_x,k_x^{-1})}. \label{eq:mpug_extension_gamma} \end{align}

With \(h_1=t_k(g_1,g_2x)\) and \(h_2=t_k(g_2,x)\), the induced symbols satisfy

\begin{align} L^x_{g_1,g_2}=\psi (h_1,h_2) & =\Psi (g_1,g_2)\frac{\gamma _{g_1g_2}^x}{\gamma _{g_1}^{g_2x}\gamma _{g_2}^x}. \label{eq:mpug_extension_identity} \end{align}

Consequently the inverse fusion and action gauges \((\Psi ^{-1},\gamma ^{-1})\) make \(L\) identically one. This is the scalar representative calculation in the forward proof of the block-independence extension proposition of [ 197 ] ; here extension means the equality \(\Psi |_{H\times H}=\psi \) of chosen cocycle representatives, rather than only equality of their classes. See [ 111 ] for the relationship between cocycle representatives, cohomology classes, and tensor data.

Proof ▶

Put \(a=k_{g_1g_2x}\), \(b=k_{g_2x}\), \(c=k_x\), \(u=g_1\), and \(v=g_2\). The cocycle equation gives \(\Psi (z,e)=\Psi (e,z)=\Psi (e,e)\) and \(\Psi (b^{-1},b)=\Psi (b,b^{-1})\). Apply it successively to the triples

\begin{align} & (a^{-1}ub,b^{-1},vc),\quad (a^{-1}ub,b^{-1},b),\quad (a^{-1},u,vc),\quad (a^{-1},u,b),\quad (u,v,c). \end{align}

Solving these equalities for the corresponding factors of \(\Psi (a^{-1}ub,b^{-1}vc)\) and cancelling yields (480) with (479). The restriction hypothesis identifies its left side with \(\psi (h_1,h_2)\). Substitution into (418) cancels the multiplier under the inverse gauges.

Let \(G\) act on \(\mathsf X\) with basepoint \(x_0\), stabilizer \(H=\operatorname {Stab}_G(x_0)\), and representatives \(k_x\) as in Theorem 19.5.10.85. Let \(\omega \) be a scalar \(3\)-cocycle on \(G\) with \(\omega (a,b,c)=1\) for all \(a,b,c\in H\), and let \(\psi \) be a scalar \(2\)-cocycle on \(H\). With \(h_2=t_k(g_2,x)\) and \(h_1=t_k(g_1,g_2x)\), define

\begin{align} L^x_{g_1,g_2} & =\frac{\omega (g_1g_2k_x,h_2^{-1},h_1^{-1})\, \psi (h_1,h_2)}{\omega (g_1,g_2k_x,h_2^{-1})\, \omega (g_1,g_2,k_x)}. \label{eq:mpug_stabilizer_reconstruction} \end{align}

Then \(L\) satisfies (417), and \(L^{x_0}_{a,b}=\psi (a,b)\) for \(a,b\in H\). Formula (482) is [ 199 , Eq. (20) ] .

If only \(\omega |_H\) is a coboundary, some fusion gauge \(\beta \) on \(G\) makes \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) equal to one on \(H\times H\times H\), and applying the inverse gauge \((\beta ^{-1},1)\) to (482) built from \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) gives an \(L\)-symbol compatible with \(\omega \). The hypothesis that \(\omega \) is one on the stabilizer is the fusion gauge in which the source’s formula holds; for a general \(\omega \) with \(\omega |_H=d\beta \) the printed formula can fail [ 130 ] . No normalization of \(\omega \) is required.

Proof ▶

The formula factors as its value at \(\psi =1\) times the induced \(L\)-symbol (471), and pointwise products of compatible \(L\)-symbols are compatible with the product of the \(3\)-cochains. By Theorem 19.5.10.86 it suffices to treat \(\psi =1\). Fix \(x\) and \(g,h,k\), put \(p=k_x\), \(a=t_k(k,x)\), \(b=t_k(h,kx)\), and \(c=t_k(g,hkx)\), so that \(k_{kx}=kpa^{-1}\) and, by (468), \(t_k(hk,x)=ba\) and \(t_k(gh,kx)=cb\). The compatibility equation then follows from the \(3\)-cocycle equation at the four quadruples

\begin{align} & (g,h,k,p),\quad (g,h,kp,a^{-1}),\quad (g,hkp,a^{-1},b^{-1}),\quad (ghkp,a^{-1},b^{-1},c^{-1}), \end{align}

together with \(\omega (a^{-1},b^{-1},c^{-1})=1\). At \(x_0\) and \(a,b\in H\) every argument of \(\omega \) in (482) lies in \(H\), which gives \(L^{x_0}_{a,b}=\psi (a,b)\). If \(\omega |_H=d\beta _0\), extend \(\beta _0^{-1}\) by one outside \(H\times H\); the coboundary of the extension cancels \(\omega \) on \(H\times H\times H\). Finally, \((\beta ^{-1},1)\) changes \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) back to \(\omega \).

Keep the setting of Theorem 19.5.10.88, and call two \(L\)-symbols action-gauge equivalent when they differ by \((1,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }\) for some action-tensor gauge \(\gamma \).

  1. If \(R\) is compatible with the trivial \(3\)-cochain, then \(R=(1,\gamma )\mathbin {\triangleright }L[\psi ]\) for the induced \(L\)-symbol (471) of the \(2\)-cocycle \(\psi (a,b)=R^{x_0}_{a,b}\), with \(\gamma ^x_g=R^{x_0}_{k_{gx},t_k(g,x)}/R^{x_0}_{g,k_x}\).

  2. If \(\omega \) is a \(3\)-cocycle equal to one on \(H\times H\times H\), every \(L\)-symbol compatible with \(\omega \) is action-gauge equivalent to (482) for some \(2\)-cocycle \(\psi \) on \(H\). For a general fusion gauge \(\beta \) making \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \) trivial on \(H\), the same holds for \((\beta ,1)\mathbin {\triangleright }L\) and the formula built from \(\beta \mathbin {\triangleright }\omega \).

  3. Let \(L_0\) be compatible with an arbitrary scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \). An \(L\)-symbol \(L\) is compatible with \(\omega \) if and only if \(L\) is action-gauge equivalent to \(L_0L[\psi ]\) for some \(2\)-cocycle \(\psi \) on \(H\), and \(L_0L[\psi _1]\) and \(L_0L[\psi _2]\) are action-gauge equivalent if and only if \(\psi _1\sim \psi _2\). Hence sending the class of \(\psi \) to the class of \(L_0L[\psi ]\) is a bijection from \(H^2(H,\mathbb {C}^\times )\) onto the action-gauge classes of \(L\)-symbols compatible with \(\omega \).

  4. Sending the class of \(\psi \) and the class of \(L\) to the class of \(L\, L[\psi ]\) is a well-defined action of the group cohomology \(H^2(H,\mathbb {C}^\times )\), for the trivial action of \(H\) on \(\mathbb {C}^\times \), on these classes, and for any two classes exactly one cohomology class carries the first to the second.

The last two items are the torsor statement of [ 199 ] for fixed \((G,\omega ,H)\), with the fusion gauge held fixed as in the source. In all four items \(G\), and hence \(H\), is a small group: its underlying set lies in a fixed set-theoretic universe containing \(\mathbb {Z}\), in which the group cohomology \(H^2(H,\mathbb {C}^\times )\) is formed. In the last two items the set \(\mathsf X\) lies in the same universe.

Proof ▶

For the first item, compatibility at \(x_0\) with arguments \((g,h,k_x)\) expresses \(R^x_{g,h}\) through basepoint values. Rewrite \(hk_x=k_{hx}t_k(h,x)\) and \(gk_{hx}=k_{ghx}t_k(g,hx)\) and use compatibility at \(x_0\) with arguments \((g,k_{hx},t_k(h,x))\) and \((k_{ghx},t_k(g,hx),t_k(h,x))\). The three equations combine into \(R^x_{g,h}=\gamma ^x_{gh}(\gamma ^{hx}_g\gamma ^x_h)^{-1} \psi (t_k(g,hx),t_k(h,x))\). Compatibility at \(x_0\) with arguments in \(H\) is the cocycle equation for \(\psi \).

For the third item, if \(L\) and \(L_0\) are compatible with \(\omega \), then \(LL_0^{-1}\) is compatible with the trivial \(3\)-cochain, and the first item applies; conversely \(L_0L[\psi ]\) is compatible with \(\omega \), and an action gauge with trivial fusion part preserves compatibility and commutes with multiplication by \(L_0\). Cancelling \(L_0\) reduces the freeness statement to (473). The second item is the third with \(L_0\) the formula at \(\psi =1\), which is compatible by Theorem 19.5.10.88. For the last item, cocycles modulo cohomology form the second group cohomology of \(H\) with coefficients in \(\mathbb {C}^\times \), and

\begin{align} [\psi _1]+[\psi _2] & =[\psi _1\psi _2], \notag \\ L[\psi _1\psi _2] & =L[\psi _1]\, L[\psi _2]. \notag \end{align}

Cohomologous cocycles give induced \(L\)-symbols related by an action gauge, so the rule is well defined, and by the two identities acting by \([\psi _1]+[\psi _2]\) is acting by \([\psi _2]\) and then by \([\psi _1]\). With base point \(L\) the action is the bijection of the third item.

Let \(\chi \colon G\times \mathsf X\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be block-dependent. Its generalized coboundary is

\begin{align} (d\chi )^x_{g,h} & =\frac{\chi ^{h x}_g\chi ^x_h}{\chi ^x_{gh}}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_coboundary} \end{align}

For a block-dependent scalar \(2\)-cochain \(f\colon \mathsf X\times G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), set

\begin{align} (df)^x_{g,h,k} & =\frac{f^x_{g,hk}f^x_{h,k}}{f^{k x}_{g,h}f^x_{gh,k}}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_two_coboundary} \end{align}

The final group index in the denominator is \(k\); this local correction of the printed formula is recorded in [ 126 ] . For a block-dependent scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \colon \mathsf X\times G^3\to \mathbb {C}^\times \), the corresponding next coboundary is

\begin{align} (d\omega )^x_{g,h,k,l} & =\frac{\omega ^{l x}_{g,h,k}\omega ^x_{g,hk,l} \omega ^x_{h,k,l}}{\omega ^x_{gh,k,l}\omega ^x_{g,h,kl}}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_three_coboundary} \end{align}

A function \(\Omega \colon \mathsf X\times G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) is a generalized \(2\)-cocycle when

\begin{align} \Omega ^x_{g,hk}\Omega ^x_{h,k} & =\Omega ^{k x}_{g,h}\Omega ^x_{gh,k}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_cocycle} \end{align}

The differential identities \(d\Omega =1\) and \(d(df)=1\) follow the group cohomology conventions of [ 197 , lines 5914–5922 ] , with the three-to-four-cochain coboundary given explicitly by (486). No transitivity or finiteness assumption is imposed on \(\mathsf X\).

The generalized coboundary of every block-dependent scalar \(1\)-cochain is a generalized \(2\)-cocycle. For every block-dependent scalar \(2\)-cochain \(f\),

\begin{align} d(df) & =1. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_coboundary_squared} \end{align}

This is the identity stated in [ 197 , line 5922 ] , with the index correction in [ 126 ] .

Proof ▶

Substitute the coboundary formulas. The action law \(k(lx)=(kl)x\) and associativity identify the shifted block labels and group products. Every value of the original cochain then occurs once in the numerator and once in the denominator, so all factors cancel.

Let \(\iota \colon \mathbb R_{{\gt}0}\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be the natural multiplicative embedding. A block-dependent scalar \(1\)-cochain \(\chi \) is positive when

\begin{align} \chi ^x_g & \in \iota (\mathbb R_{{\gt}0}) \label{eq:mpug_positive_one_cochain} \end{align}

for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g\in G\). A block-dependent scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\Omega \) is positive when

\begin{align} \Omega ^x_{g,h} & \in \iota (\mathbb R_{{\gt}0}) \label{eq:mpug_positive_two_cochain} \end{align}

for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g,h\in G\). Thus positivity means membership in the embedded subgroup of strictly positive real numbers, not positivity of the real part.

Definition 19.5.10.93 Hat operation on block-dependent cochains
✓

For block-dependent scalar cochains, define

\begin{align} \widehat\chi ^{\, x}_g & =\chi ^{\, g x}_{g^{-1}}, \label{eq:mpug_generalized_hat_one} \end{align}

and

\begin{align} \widehat\Omega ^{\, x}_{g,h} & =\Omega ^{\, (gh)x}_{h^{-1},g^{-1}}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_hat_two} \end{align}

These are the one-index and two-index cases of the hat operation in [ 197 , line 5912 ] .

The block-dependent hat operation is an involution:

\begin{align} \widehat{\widehat\chi } & =\chi , \label{eq:mpug_generalized_hat_hat_one} \end{align}

and

\begin{align} \widehat{\widehat\Omega } & =\Omega . \label{eq:mpug_generalized_hat_hat_two} \end{align}

It commutes with the generalized coboundary:

\begin{align} \widehat{d\chi } & =d\widehat\chi . \label{eq:mpug_generalized_hat_coboundary} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Applying (491) twice and cancelling each group element with its inverse gives (493), and applying (492) twice gives (494). For (495), the action law \(g(h x)=(gh)x\) and \(g^{-1}\bigl((gh)x\bigr)=h x\) give

\begin{align} (d\widehat\chi )^x_{g,h} & =\frac{\widehat\chi ^{\, h x}_g\widehat\chi ^{\, x}_h}{\widehat\chi ^{\, x}_{gh}} =\frac{\chi ^{(gh)x}_{g^{-1}}\chi ^{h x}_{h^{-1}}}{\chi ^{(gh)x}_{(gh)^{-1}}} =(d\chi )^{(gh)x}_{h^{-1},g^{-1}} =\widehat{d\chi }^{\, x}_{g,h}. \end{align}

The two sides therefore carry the same three values of \(\chi \), reordered in \(\mathbb {C}^\times \).

Definition 19.5.10.95 Regular-action matrices
✓

Let \(\Omega \colon \mathsf X\times G^2\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) be an \(L\)-symbol. On the group algebra \(\mathbb {C}G\), define \(X^x_g\) by

\begin{align} X^x_g|k\rangle & =\Omega ^{k^{-1}x}_{g,k}|gk\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_generalized_regular_matrix} \end{align}

This is the regular-action matrix in [ 197 , Lemma lemma:G_cocycle ] .

Let \(G\) be finite. If \(\Omega \) satisfies (487), then

\begin{align} X^{h x}_gX^x_h & =\Omega ^x_{g,h}X^x_{gh}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_regular_multiplication} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Apply the left side to \(|k\rangle \). Its coefficient is

\begin{align} \Omega ^{(hk)^{-1}h x}_{g,hk}\Omega ^{k^{-1}x}_{h,k} & =\Omega ^{k^{-1}x}_{g,hk}\Omega ^{k^{-1}x}_{h,k} \\ & =\Omega ^x_{g,h}\Omega ^{k^{-1}x}_{gh,k}, \end{align}

where the last equality is (487) at the block \(k^{-1}x\). Formula (497) now gives (498).

Let \(G\) be finite and let \(\Omega \) be a generalized \(2\)-cocycle. Then \(\Omega ^{|G|}\) is a generalized coboundary. More precisely, with

\begin{align} \chi ^x_g & =\det X^x_g, \label{eq:mpug_generalized_determinant_cochain} \end{align}

one has

\begin{align} \left(\Omega ^x_{g,h}\right)^{|G|} & =\frac{\det X^{h x}_g\det X^x_h}{\det X^x_{gh}} =(d\chi )^x_{g,h}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_power_coboundary} \end{align}

This is [ 197 , Lemma lemma:G_cocycle ] . The second numerator determinant in (502) carries the index \(h\); this local correction of the printed formula is recorded in [ 148 ] .

Proof ▶

Let \(P_g\) be the regular-action permutation matrix defined by \(P_g|k\rangle =|gk\rangle \), and set \(D^x_g=\operatorname {diag}(\Omega ^{k^{-1}x}_{g,k})_{k\in G}\). Then

\begin{align} X^x_g & =P_gD^x_g. \end{align}

Since \(\det P_g\in \{ 1,-1\} \) and every diagonal entry of \(D^x_g\) is nonzero, \(\det X^x_g\ne 0\). Thus (501) takes values in \(\mathbb {C}^\times \). Taking determinants in (498), using multiplicativity of the determinant on the left and \(\det (cX)=c^{|G|}\det X\) for the \(|G|\times |G|\) matrix \(X^x_{gh}\) on the right, gives

\begin{align} \det X^{h x}_g\det X^x_h & =\left(\Omega ^x_{g,h}\right)^{|G|}\det X^x_{gh}. \label{eq:mpug_generalized_determinant_product} \end{align}

Dividing (504) by \(\det X^x_{gh}\) gives (502).

Let \(G\) be finite and let \(G\) act on a set \(\mathsf X\). If \(\Omega \) is a positive generalized \(2\)-cocycle, then there is a positive block-dependent scalar \(1\)-cochain \(\chi _0\) such that

\begin{align} \Omega ^x_{g,h} & =(d\chi _0)^x_{g,h} =\frac{\chi ^{\, h x}_{0,g}\chi ^x_{0,h}}{\chi ^x_{0,gh}} \label{eq:mpug_positive_coboundary} \end{align}

for all \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g,h\in G\). This is the first assertion of [ 197 , Corollary at lines 5950–5960 ] . The source writes \(\chi _g\) here, whereas Theorem 19.5.10.97 constructs \(\chi ^x_g\) through (501); the block label \(x\) is therefore retained, as recorded in [ 117 ] .

Proof ▶

Write \(\delta ^x_g=\det X^x_g\) for the determinant cochain from Theorem 19.5.10.97, and set

\begin{align} \chi ^x_{0,g} & =\lvert \delta ^x_g\rvert ^{1/\lvert G\rvert }. \label{eq:mpug_positive_determinant_root} \end{align}

The regular-action permutation can contribute a sign to \(\delta ^x_g\). Its norm is therefore taken before the positive \(\lvert G\rvert \)-th root, as recorded in [ 143 ] . Since \(\Omega \) is positive and the complex norm is multiplicative, taking norms in (502) gives

\begin{align} \Omega ^{\lvert G\rvert } & =d\lvert \delta \rvert . \label{eq:mpug_positive_norm_power} \end{align}

Positive real powers are multiplicative, so (506) and (507) give

\begin{align} (d\chi _0)^{\lvert G\rvert } & =d\lvert \delta \rvert =\Omega ^{\lvert G\rvert }, \label{eq:mpug_positive_root_power} \end{align}

and the \(\lvert G\rvert \)-th power is injective on \(\mathbb R_{{\gt}0}\). Hence \(d\chi _0=\Omega \).

Under the hypotheses of Theorem 19.5.10.98, suppose additionally that

\begin{align} \Omega ^x_{g,h}\widehat\Omega ^{\, x}_{g,h} & =1 \label{eq:mpug_positive_hat_hypothesis} \end{align}

for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g,h\in G\). Then the positive cochain can be chosen so that

\begin{align} \Omega & =d\chi , \label{eq:mpug_positive_hat_coboundary} \end{align}

and

\begin{align} \chi ^x_g\widehat\chi ^{\, x}_g & =1. \label{eq:mpug_positive_hat_witness_identity} \end{align}

This is the second assertion of [ 197 , Corollary at lines 5950–5960 ] .

Proof ▶

Let \(\chi _0\) satisfy \(d\chi _0=\Omega \) as in Theorem 19.5.10.98. Define

\begin{align} \chi ^x_g & =\sqrt{\frac{\chi ^x_{0,g}}{\widehat\chi ^{\, x}_{0,g}}} =\sqrt{\frac{\chi ^x_{0,g}}{\chi ^{\, g x}_{0,g^{-1}}}}. \label{eq:mpug_positive_hat_witness} \end{align}

All values are positive, so the positive square roots are unambiguous. Using (495) and the hypothesis (509) gives

\begin{align} d\chi & =\sqrt{d\chi _0/d\widehat\chi _0} =\sqrt{\Omega /\widehat\Omega } =\sqrt{\Omega ^2} =\Omega . \end{align}

The same substitution in (512) gives

\begin{align} \widehat\chi & =\sqrt{\widehat\chi _0/\chi _0} =\chi ^{-1}, \end{align}

which proves (511).

These conventions and inversion cochains follow [ 197 , lines 5910–5916 and 5967–5973 ] . For scalar cochains with one, two, and three arguments, set

\begin{align} (d\sigma )(g,h) & =\frac{\sigma (g)\sigma (h)}{\sigma (gh)}. \label{eq:mpug_one_coboundary} \end{align}

The hat reverses the arguments and replaces each group element by its inverse:

\begin{align} \widehat\beta (g,h) & =\beta (h^{-1},g^{-1}). \label{eq:mpug_two_hat} \end{align}
\begin{align} \widehat\omega (g,h,k) & =\omega (k^{-1},h^{-1},g^{-1}). \label{eq:mpug_three_hat} \end{align}

Define the inversion cochains by

\begin{align} \Xi (g,h) & = \frac{\omega (h^{-1},g^{-1},g)}{\omega (h^{-1}g^{-1},g,h)}. \label{eq:mpug_intro_Xi} \end{align}
\begin{align} \sigma (g) & =\omega (g,g^{-1},g). \label{eq:mpug_intro_sigma} \end{align}
Theorem 19.5.10.101 The hat operation is an involution
✓

Let \(G\) be an arbitrary group. Every scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \) and every scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \) satisfy

\begin{align} \widehat{\widehat\beta } & =\beta , \label{eq:mpug_two_hat_hat} \end{align}
\begin{align} \widehat{\widehat\omega } & =\omega . \label{eq:mpug_three_hat_hat} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Reversing the arguments of (516) and inverting each of them twice restores the original arguments, and likewise for (517).

These formulas are part of the cocycle calculation in [ 197 , lines 5967–5979 ] . Let \(G\) be an arbitrary group and let \(\omega \) be a normalized scalar \(3\)-cocycle. Then

\begin{align} \Xi (g,h) & = \frac{\omega (h^{-1},g^{-1},g)}{\omega (h^{-1}g^{-1},g,h)} = \frac{\omega (h^{-1},g^{-1},gh)}{\omega (g^{-1},g,h)}. \label{eq:mpug_Xi_two_formulas} \end{align}

The inversion one-cochain satisfies

\begin{align} \sigma (g^{-1}) & =\sigma (g)^{-1}. \label{eq:mpug_sigma_inverse} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Apply (394) to \((h^{-1},g^{-1},g,h)\) and use (393); this gives the second quotient in (522). Applying (394) to \((g,g^{-1},g,g^{-1})\) gives \(1=\sigma (g)\sigma (g^{-1})\), hence (523).

These inversion identities and their cocycle substitutions are given in [ 197 , lines 5967–5979 ] . Let \(\omega \) be a normalized scalar \(3\)-cocycle. Then

\begin{align} \widehat\omega & =\omega \, d\Xi . \label{eq:mpug_hat_omega} \end{align}

The inversion two-cochain also satisfies

\begin{align} \Xi & =\widehat\Xi \, d\sigma . \label{eq:mpug_Xi_hat_sigma} \end{align}
Proof ▶

For (524), multiply the cocycle identities at

\begin{align} & (k^{-1},h^{-1},g^{-1},g),\quad (k^{-1},h^{-1}g^{-1},g,h),\quad (k^{-1}h^{-1}g^{-1},g,h,k), \end{align}

and cancel the normalized factors. For (525), use the second expression in (522) for \(\widehat\Xi \), then combine the identities at

\begin{align} & (h^{-1}g^{-1},g,h,h^{-1}g^{-1}),\quad (h^{-1},h,h^{-1},g^{-1}),\quad (h^{-1},g^{-1},g,g^{-1}),\quad (g,g^{-1},g,g^{-1}). \end{align}

The last identity at \(g\), \(h\), and \(gh\) supplies (523) in the three required places.

Let \(\mathbb {Z}_2=\{ e,s\} \) with \(s^2=e\).

Let \(G\) act on a set \(\mathsf X\). Suppose that a normalized \(L\)-symbol \(L\) is compatible with a scalar \(3\)-cochain \(\omega \). Then, for every \(x\in \mathsf X\) and \(g\in G\),

\begin{align} \sigma (g) & =\frac{L^x_{g^{-1},g}}{L^{g x}_{g,g^{-1}}}. \label{eq:mpug_sigma_l_ratio} \end{align}

This is the scalar identity in [ 197 , lines 5327–5329 ] .

Proof ▶

Apply the compatibility relation (417) to \((g,g^{-1},g)\). The two factors with an identity argument are \(1\) by normalization, leaving (528).

Let \(\omega \) be a normalized scalar \(3\)-cochain on \(\mathbb {Z}_2\). Its gauge class is trivial if and only if

\begin{align} \sigma (s) & =1. \label{eq:mpug_z2_trivial_sigma} \end{align}

This strengthens the scalar step in [ 197 , lines 5339–5341 ] : only normalization, rather than the cocycle identity, is needed for this equivalence.

Proof ▶

Suppose first that \(\omega =d\beta \) for an arbitrary scalar \(2\)-cochain \(\beta \). Although \(\beta \) need not be normalized, the normalization of \(d\beta \) implies that there is a constant \(c\in \mathbb {C}^\times \) such that \(\beta (e,h)=\beta (h,e)=c\) for every \(h\in \mathbb {Z}_2\). Since \(s^2=e\),

\begin{align} (d\beta )(s,s,s) & =\frac{\beta (s,e)\beta (s,s)}{\beta (s,s)\beta (e,s)}=\frac{c}{c}=1. \label{eq:mpug_z2_coboundary_generator} \end{align}

Thus every scalar \(2\)-cochain whose coboundary is normalized contributes the factor \(1\) at \((s,s,s)\). In particular, an arbitrary gauge between normalized scalar \(3\)-cochains cannot change this value, and \(\sigma (s)=1\). Conversely, normalization determines every value of \(\omega \) except \(\omega (s,s,s)=\sigma (s)\). Hence (529) makes \(\omega \) the constant cochain \(1\).

Theorem 19.5.10.106 Sign dichotomy for the \(\mathbb {Z}_2\) inversion scalar
✓

Let \(\omega \) be a normalized scalar \(3\)-cocycle on \(\mathbb {Z}_2\). Then

\begin{align} \sigma (s) & \in \{ 1,-1\} . \label{eq:mpug_z2_sigma_sign} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Since \(s^{-1}=s\), formula (523) gives \(\sigma (s)=\sigma (s)^{-1}\). Hence \(\sigma (s)^2=1\), whose two solutions in \(\mathbb {C}^\times \) are \(1\) and \(-1\).

For an element \(g\) whose square is the identity, the source condition \(\xi _g(x)\xi _{g^{-1}}(g\mathbin {\cdot }x)=-1\) reduces to \(\xi _g(x)\xi _g(g\mathbin {\cdot }x)=-1\) because \(g^{-1}=g\).

Definition 19.5.10.107 Anomalous sign for an involution
✓

Let \(f\colon \mathsf X\to \mathsf X\). An anomalous sign for \(f\) is a function \(\xi \colon \mathsf X\to \mathbb {C}^\times \) such that

\begin{align} \xi (x) & \in \{ 1,-1\} , \label{eq:mpug_anomalous_sign_range} \end{align}

and

\begin{align} \xi (x)\xi (f(x)) & =-1 \label{eq:mpug_anomalous_sign_pairing} \end{align}

for every \(x\in \mathsf X\).

Let \(f\colon \mathsf X\to \mathsf X\) be an involution. An anomalous sign exists if and only if \(f\) has no fixed point. In particular, let a group act on \(\mathsf X\) from the left, and suppose that \(g^2=e\). The action \(x\mapsto g\mathbin {\cdot }x\) admits an anomalous sign if and only if \(g\mathbin {\cdot }x\neq x\) for every \(x\in \mathsf X\). This is the sign condition used for anomalous defect tensors in [ 197 , lines 2979–2981 ] .

Proof ▶

Choose a well-order on \(\mathsf X\). In each two-element orbit \(\{ x,f(x)\} \), assign \(1\) to the smaller element and \(-1\) to the larger. Involutivity exchanges the two elements, so their signs multiply to \(-1\). Conversely, at a fixed point the product is the square of either \(1\) or \(-1\), hence equals \(1\) rather than \(-1\). For the action statement, \(g\mathbin {\cdot }(g\mathbin {\cdot }x)=(g^2)\mathbin {\cdot }x=x\).

Let \(\omega \) be a normalized scalar \(3\)-cocycle on \(\mathbb {Z}_2\). Its gauge class is nontrivial if and only if

\begin{align} \sigma (s) & =-1. \label{eq:mpug_z2_nontrivial_sigma} \end{align}

This is the scalar cohomology classification used in the proof at [ 197 , lines 5339–5341 ] .

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.5.10.105, a nontrivial class has \(\sigma (s)\neq 1\). The dichotomy (531) then forces \(\sigma (s)=-1\), and the converse follows from the same two statements.

This completes the classification of the normalized scalar \(3\)-cocycle by \(\sigma (s)\) in the setting of [ 197 , lines 5207–5338 ] .

19.6 The GHZ–blocked-cluster tensor

Let \(C=\{ C^q\} _{q=0}^3\) be the once-blocked cluster-state tensor. The tensor obtained by taking its independent tensor product with the GHZ tensor has physical dimension \(8\) and bond dimension \(4\):

\begin{align} A & =A^{\mathrm{GHZ}}\boxtimes C. \label{eq:mpug_ghz_blocked_cluster_tensor} \end{align}

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), let \(E_x\) be the one-dimensional GHZ sector supported at the physical value \(x\). The two bond-dimension-\(2\) tensors

\begin{align} A_x & =E_x\boxtimes C \end{align}

satisfy, for \(p,x\in \{ 0,1\} \) and \(q\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} \),

\begin{align} A_x^{(p,q)} & =\delta _{p,x}C^q. \label{eq:mpug_ghz_blocked_cluster_blocks} \end{align}

Their canonical direct sum is denoted \(A_0\oplus A_1\). This is the tensor and block formula in [ 197 , lines 4427–4479 ] .

Each tensor \(A_x\) is injective. For \(x\neq y\) and every \(X\in \operatorname {Mat}_2(\mathbb {C})\), their one-site mixed transfer map satisfies

\begin{align} \mathcal E_{x,y}(X) & =\sum _{p=0}^1\sum _{q=0}^3 A_x^{(p,q)}X\bigl(A_y^{(p,q)}\bigr)^\dagger =0. \label{eq:mpug_ghz_blocked_cluster_local_orthogonality} \end{align}

Thus the two blocks are locally orthogonal, and

\begin{align} A_0\oplus A_1 & =A \label{eq:mpug_ghz_blocked_cluster_direct_sum} \end{align}

after the canonical identification of the direct-sum and product bond coordinates. The local orthogonality is the observation at [ 197 , line 4481 ] .

Proof ▶

The one-dimensional sector \(E_x\) is injective, and injectivity is preserved by independent tensor products, so \(A_x=E_x\boxtimes C\) is injective. If \(x\neq y\), formula (537) makes every summand in (538) vanish: a physical value \(p\) cannot equal both \(x\) and \(y\). For \(p,x,y\in \{ 0,1\} \), \(q\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} \), and \(a,b\in \{ 0,1\} \), the direct-sum and product tensors have the same entry in their canonical bond coordinates:

\begin{align} (A_0\oplus A_1)^{(p,q)}_{(x,a),(y,b)} & =A^{(p,q)}_{(x,a),(y,b)} =\delta _{x,y}\delta _{p,x}C^q_{a,b}. \end{align}

Equality of all entries proves (539).

Write the physical basis as \(|p,s,r\rangle \), with integer index \(4p+2s+r\) for \(p,s,r\in \{ 0,1\} \). Thus the blocked cluster index is \(q=2s+r\). The operators \(U_{(1,0)}=(X_1\otimes X_2)\mathrm{CNOT}_{1\to 2}\) and \(U_{(0,1)}=X_3\) generate a unitary representation of \(G=\mathbb {Z}_4\times \mathbb {Z}_2\), with \(U_{(2,0)}=X_2\). Put \(g\cdot x=x+a\pmod2\) for \(g=(a,b)\) and \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \). Let \(V_{g,x}\) be given by the following table, where \(Y=\left(\begin{smallmatrix} 0 & -i \\ i & 0 \end{smallmatrix}\right)\):

\(g\)

\((0,0)\)

\((2,0)\)

\((0,1)\)

\((2,1)\)

\((1,0)\)

\((3,0)\)

\((1,1)\)

\((3,1)\)

\(x=0\)

\(\mathbb {1}\)

\(X\)

\(Z\)

\(Y\)

\(X\)

\(\mathbb {1}\)

\(Y\)

\(Z\)

\(x=1\)

\(\mathbb {1}\)

\(X\)

\(Z\)

\(Y\)

\(\mathbb {1}\)

\(X\)

\(Z\)

\(Y\)

Every \(V_{g,x}\) is Hermitian and squares to the identity. For every physical index \(i\), the blocks satisfy

\begin{align} \sum _j (U_g)_{i,j} A_x^j & =V_{g,x}A_{g\cdot x}^iV_{g,x}^{\dagger }. \label{eq:mpug_ghz_cluster_block_covariance} \end{align}

On the subgroup \(H=\{ (2a,b):a,b\in \{ 0,1\} \} \), the comparison with the cluster virtual representatives \(W_{(b,a)}=Z^bX^a\) is \(V_{(2a,b),x}=(-i)^{ab}W_{(b,a)}\). These are the physical representation and matrix action identities of [ 197 , lines 4481–4489 ] . No claim is made about defect normalization, \(L\)-symbols, cocycle nonextension, block independence, or gauging.

Proof ▶

On basis vectors the generators send \((p,s,r)\) to \((p+1,s+p+1,r)\) and \((p,s,r+1)\), with coordinates added modulo two. Their permutations have orders four and two and commute. The corresponding permutation matrices are unitary and preserve multiplication. Substitute \(A_x^{(p,q)}=\delta _{p,x}C^q\) into (541). For each of the eight group elements and two block labels, matrix multiplication gives the displayed table. Hermiticity and \(V_{g,x}^2=\mathbb {1}\) turn forward transport of the physical index into the stated conjugation identity. Finally, \(ZX=iY\), so the only phase needed to compare the restriction with \(Z^bX^a\) is \(-i\) when \(a=b=1\).

19.7 The gauge-invariant subspace of the CZX circuit tuple

The CZX model of [ 197 , lines 4503–5183 ] is the anomalous \(\mathbb {Z}_2=\{ e,g\} \) matrix product unitary acting on the GHZ state. After blocking, one site carries two matter qubits, and the fusion operators on two neighboring blocked sites are \(\lambda ^R_{e,e}=\lambda ^R_{e,g}=\mathbb {1}\), \(\lambda ^R_{g,e}=w_R\), together with the modified fusion operator \(\tilde\lambda ^R_{g,g}=\lambda ^R_{g,g}Z_1\) introduced at the end of that passage. For the displayed circuit tuple \((\mathbb {1},\mathbb {1},w,\tilde\lambda )\), the common \(+1\) eigenspace of the resulting Gauss projectors has dimension \(2^N\) on \(N\geq 3\) blocked sites, answering the scaling question of [ 197 , lines 5198–5204 ] for this tuple only. The displayed tuple is not identified with a member of the full physical completion class of the CZX defect data; that identification requires the three defect domains and maps, which the displayed matrices do not supply.

19.7.1 Monomial operators and their common fixed space

Definition 19.7.1.1 Monomial matrix
✓

Let \(\sigma \) be a permutation of a finite index set \(S\) and let \(\varphi \colon S\to \mathbb {C}\). The monomial matrix \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )\) is the operator on \(\mathbb {C}^S\) with

\begin{align} M(\sigma ,\varphi )|s\rangle & =\varphi (s)|\sigma (s)\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_monomial_matrix} \end{align}

Its entry in row \(\sigma (s)\) and column \(s\) is \(\varphi (s)\), and every other entry vanishes.

A vector \(v\in \mathbb {C}^S\) is fixed by \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )\) if and only if \(v_{\sigma (s)}=\varphi (s)v_s\) for every \(s\in S\). Products, adjoints, scalar multiples, negatives, and simultaneous relabellings of monomial matrices are monomial:

\begin{align} M(\sigma ,\varphi )M(\tau ,\psi ) & =M\bigl(\sigma \tau ,\ s\mapsto \varphi (\tau (s))\psi (s)\bigr), \label{eq:mpug_monomial_mul} \\ M(\sigma ,\varphi )^\dagger & =M\bigl(\sigma ^{-1},\ t\mapsto \overline{\varphi (\sigma ^{-1}(t))}\bigr). \label{eq:mpug_monomial_adjoint} \end{align}

The identity is \(M(\operatorname{id},1)\), and \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )\) is unitary when \(|\varphi (s)|=1\) for every \(s\). The trace is \(\operatorname{tr}M(\sigma ,\varphi )=\sum _{s:\, \sigma (s)=s}\varphi (s)\), which vanishes when \(\sigma \) has no fixed point.

Proof ▶

The action of \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )\) on a vector is \((M(\sigma ,\varphi )v)_t=\varphi (\sigma ^{-1}(t))v_{\sigma ^{-1}(t)}\), which gives the fixed-vector criterion after the substitution \(t=\sigma (s)\). The remaining identities are entrywise: in a product only the column \(\tau (s)\) of the first factor meets the row \(\tau (s)\) of the second, the adjoint transposes the single nonzero entry of each column, and a relabelling conjugates the permutation. For unitarity, (543) and (544) give \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )^\dagger M(\sigma ,\varphi )=M(\operatorname{id},|\varphi |^2)=\mathbb {1}\). The diagonal entry at \(s\) is \(\varphi (s)\) if \(\sigma (s)=s\) and zero otherwise, which gives the trace.

Theorem 19.7.1.3 Flat phases on the hypercube have a potential
✓

Let \(M\) be a commutative group and let \(\varphi _j\colon \mathbb F_2^r\to M\) for \(0\leq j{\lt}r\) be phases attached to the edges \((\gamma ,\gamma +e_j)\) of the hypercube. Assume that

\begin{align} \varphi _j(\gamma )\varphi _j(\gamma +e_j) & =1, \label{eq:mpug_hypercube_involutive} \\ \varphi _j(\gamma )\varphi _k(\gamma +e_j) & =\varphi _k(\gamma )\varphi _j(\gamma +e_k) \label{eq:mpug_hypercube_flat} \end{align}

for all \(j,k\) and \(\gamma \). Then there is \(\Phi \colon \mathbb F_2^r\to M\) with \(\Phi (0)=1\) and \(\Phi (\gamma +e_j)=\varphi _j(\gamma )\Phi (\gamma )\) for every \(j\) and \(\gamma \). In addition, a property of vectors of \(\mathbb F_2^r\) that holds at \(0\) and is preserved by every coordinate flip holds everywhere.

Proof ▶

Connectivity: every \(\gamma \) is the sum of the \(e_j\) over its support, so induction on the support carries the property from \(0\) to \(\gamma \).

The potential is constructed by induction on \(r\). Write \(\gamma =(a,\gamma ')\) with \(a\in \mathbb F_2\) and \(\gamma '\in \mathbb F_2^{r-1}\). The phases \(\gamma '\mapsto \varphi _{j+1}(0,\gamma ')\) for \(0\leq j{\lt}r-1\) satisfy (545) and (546) on \(\mathbb F_2^{r-1}\), so the induction hypothesis gives a potential \(\Phi '\) for them. Define

\begin{align} \Phi (0,\gamma ’) & =\Phi ’(\gamma ’), \qquad \Phi (1,\gamma ’)=\varphi _0(0,\gamma ’)\Phi ’(\gamma ’). \label{eq:mpug_hypercube_potential_step} \end{align}

The edge relation in direction \(0\) at \((0,\gamma ')\) is the definition, and at \((1,\gamma ')\) it follows from (545). The edge relation in a direction \(j+1\) at \((0,\gamma ')\) is the relation for \(\Phi '\), and at \((1,\gamma ')\) it is the relation for \(\Phi '\) combined with (546) for the square spanned by the directions \(0\) and \(j+1\) at \((0,\gamma ')\).

Definition 19.7.1.4 Trivial holonomy on a fiber
✓

Let \(X\) be a finite set and consider the basis \(X\times \mathbb F_2^r\). For \(0\leq j{\lt}r\) let \(\sigma _j\) be the coordinate flip \((x,\gamma )\mapsto (x,\gamma +e_j)\) and let \(\varphi _j\colon X\times \mathbb F_2^r\to \mathbb {C}\). The phases have trivial holonomy on the fiber over \(x\in X\) when

\begin{align} \varphi _j(x,\gamma )\varphi _k(x,\gamma +e_j) & =\varphi _k(x,\gamma )\varphi _j(x,\gamma +e_k) \label{eq:mpug_trivial_holonomy} \end{align}

for all \(j,k\) and \(\gamma \in \mathbb F_2^r\).

In the setting of Definition 19.7.1.4, let \(T_j=M(\sigma _j,\varphi _j)\) and assume that every \(T_j\) is an involution, that is, \(\varphi _j(s)\varphi _j(\sigma _j(s))=1\) for every basis element \(s\). Then

\begin{align} \dim \mathcal V(T) & =\# \{ x\in X:\text{the phases have trivial holonomy on the fiber over }x\} . \label{eq:mpug_monomial_fixed_space_count} \end{align}

The dimension of a common fixed subspace is also unchanged by a simultaneous relabelling of the basis.

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.7.1.2, a vector \(v\) lies in \(\mathcal V(T)\) exactly when \(v_{(x,\gamma +e_j)}=\varphi _j(x,\gamma )v_{(x,\gamma )}\) for all \(j\), \(x\), and \(\gamma \). Let \(X_0\) be the set of fibers with trivial holonomy and consider the linear map \(E\colon \mathcal V(T)\to \mathbb {C}^{X_0}\), \(v\mapsto (v_{(x,0)})_{x\in X_0}\).

\(E\) is injective. If \(v\in \mathcal V(T)\) vanishes at one point of a fiber, the transport relation and the connectivity statement of Theorem 19.7.1.3 make it vanish on the whole fiber. On a fiber with trivial holonomy, \(v\) therefore vanishes as soon as \(v_{(x,0)}=0\). On a fiber where (548) fails at some \((j,k,\gamma _0)\), the two paths from \((x,\gamma _0)\) to \((x,\gamma _0+e_j+e_k)\) give

\begin{align} v_{(x,\gamma _0+e_j+e_k)} & =\varphi _j(x,\gamma _0)\varphi _k(x,\gamma _0+e_j)\, v_{(x,\gamma _0)}, \\ v_{(x,\gamma _0+e_j+e_k)} & =\varphi _k(x,\gamma _0)\varphi _j(x,\gamma _0+e_k)\, v_{(x,\gamma _0)}. \end{align}

The two phase products differ, so \(v_{(x,\gamma _0)}=0\) and again \(v\) vanishes on the fiber.

\(E\) is surjective. Given \(w\in \mathbb {C}^{X_0}\), take on each fiber with trivial holonomy the potential \(\Phi _x\) of Theorem 19.7.1.3 for the invertible phases \(\gamma \mapsto \varphi _j(x,\gamma )\), and set \(v_{(x,\gamma )}=w_x\Phi _x(\gamma )\) there and \(v=0\) on the other fibers. The potential relation is the transport relation, so \(v\in \mathcal V(T)\), and \(\Phi _x(0)=1\) gives \(Ev=w\).

Hence \(\dim \mathcal V(T)=\dim \mathbb {C}^{X_0}=\# X_0\). For the relabelling statement, a relabelled matrix acts by relabelling the vector, acting, and relabelling back, so the common fixed subspace is the image of the original one under the coordinate relabelling.

Suppose that every matter unitary of the tuple \(R\) is monomial, \(R_{a,b}=M(\sigma _{a,b},\varphi _{a,b})\). Then the local Gauss operator of Definition 19.5.10.8 is the monomial operator

\begin{align} \mathcal G_g|i,(a,b)\rangle & =\overline{\varphi _{T_g(a,b)}\bigl(\sigma _{T_g(a,b)}^{-1}\sigma _{a,b}(i)\bigr)}\, \varphi _{a,b}(i)\, |\sigma _{T_g(a,b)}^{-1}\sigma _{a,b}(i),\ T_g(a,b)\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_gauss_operator_monomial} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The block of \(\mathcal G_g\) from \((a,b)\) to \(T_g(a,b)\) is \(R_{T_g(a,b)}^\dagger R_{a,b}\), which is monomial by (543) and (544); all other blocks vanish.

Let \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )\) be a monomial operator on \(L\) consecutive sites. Its placement on the periodic window beginning at site \(i\) of an \(N\)-site chain is the monomial operator whose permutation replaces the window of a configuration \(s\) by \(\sigma \) applied to that window and whose phase is \(\varphi \) evaluated on the window of \(s\). For \(L=2\) and \(N\geq 2\) the window at \(j\) is \((s_j,s_{j+1})\), and replacing it changes exactly the sites \(j\) and \(j+1\).

Proof ▶

The placed operator has entry \((t,s)\) equal to the window entry \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )_{t_W,s_W}\) when \(t\) and \(s\) agree outside the window and \(0\) otherwise. Both conditions together say that \(t\) is \(s\) with its window replaced by \(\sigma (s_W)\), and the entry is then \(\varphi (s_W)\). The two-site statements are the cyclic offset computations \((j+N-j)\bmod N=0\) and \((j+1+N-j)\bmod N=1\).

19.7.2 The exact CZX matrix product unitary

Write a physical index as \(2a+b\), with \(a,b\in \{ 0,1\} \), and let \(\overline{(a,b)}=(1-a,1-b)\). The tensor in [ 197 , lines 4503–4547 ] is the two-site block \(B^{ab,cd}=C^{a,c}C^{b,d}\) of the bond-two tensor

\begin{align} C^{u,d}_{\ell r} & =\delta _{u,1-d}\delta _{\ell ,u}(-1)^{u+\ell r}. \end{align}

Here the constituent indices \(u,d,\ell ,r\) are binary, the weight is \(W_{\ell r}=(-1)^{\ell r}=\sqrt{2}H_{\ell r}\), where \(H\) is the normalized Hadamard matrix, and the factor \((-1)^u\) is the output Pauli \(Z\). Thus, if \(P\) denotes the normalized tensor printed in [ 16 , lines 1906–1943 ] , then \(B=(Z\otimes Z)\operatorname {block}_2(\sqrt{2}P)\), not \(\operatorname {block}_2(P)\). Define the local integer exponent \(e((a,b),r)=a+b+ab+br\). For a periodic configuration \(s_j=(a_j,b_j)\) of positive length \(N\), let \(\kappa _N(s)_j=\overline{s_j}\) and set

\begin{align} E(s) & =\sum _{j=0}^{N-1}e(s_j,a_{j+1}) =\sum _{j=0}^{N-1}(a_j+b_j+a_jb_j+b_ja_{j+1}), \end{align}

where \(j+1\) is interpreted modulo \(N\) and the bit values in the sum are integers.

The tensor \(B\) has bond dimension two and coordinates

\begin{align} B^{ab,cd}_{\ell r} & =\delta _{a,1-c}\delta _{b,1-d}\delta _{\ell ,a} (-1)^{a+b+ab+br}. \end{align}

Its periodic operator is unitary for every \(N{\gt}0\), with entries and monomial form

\begin{align} O_N(B)_{s,t} & =\delta _{s,\kappa _N(t)}(-1)^{E(s)}, \\ O_N(B) & =M\bigl(\kappa _N,\ t\mapsto (-1)^{E(\kappa _N(t))}\bigr). \end{align}

In particular, \(B\) is a matrix product unitary. This assertion does not include its phase classification, GHZ action, or defect data.

Proof ▶

The two-site block is the matrix product contracted over a binary intermediate bond \(m\). The second factor vanishes unless \(m=b\), so

\begin{align} B^{ab,cd}_{\ell r} & =\sum _{m\in \{ 0,1\} }C^{a,c}_{\ell m}C^{b,d}_{mr} \\ & =C^{a,c}_{\ell b}C^{b,d}_{br} \\ & =\delta _{a,1-c}\delta _{b,1-d}\delta _{\ell ,a} (-1)^{a+\ell b+b+br} \\ & =\delta _{a,1-c}\delta _{b,1-d}\delta _{\ell ,a} (-1)^{a+b+ab+br}. \end{align}

For the periodic contraction, write \(s_j=(a_j,b_j)\) and \(t_j=(c_j,d_j)\). The cyclic trace expansion is

\begin{align} O_N(B)_{s,t} & =\sum _{g:\mathbb {Z}/N\mathbb {Z}\to \{ 0,1\} } \prod _{j=0}^{N-1}B^{s_j,t_j}_{g_j,g_{j+1}}. \end{align}

The factor at \(j\) vanishes unless \(g_j=a_j\), so only the path \(g_j=a_j\) can contribute. Substituting it gives

\begin{align} O_N(B)_{s,t} & =\prod _{j=0}^{N-1}B^{s_j,t_j}_{a_j,a_{j+1}} \\ & =\prod _{j=0}^{N-1} \delta _{a_j,1-c_j}\delta _{b_j,1-d_j} (-1)^{a_j+b_j+a_jb_j+b_ja_{j+1}} \\ & =\delta _{s,\kappa _N(t)}(-1)^{E(s)}. \end{align}

Thus the operator is the monomial matrix for complementation, with column phase \((-1)^{E(\kappa _N(t))}\). Each phase has absolute value one, so Theorem 19.7.1.2 proves unitarity.

Theorem 19.7.2.3 Injectivity of the once-blocked CZX tensor
✓

The once-blocked CZX tensor \(B\) of Definition 19.7.2.1, with the unnormalized Hadamard weights and both output \(Z\) gates, is injective:

\begin{align} \operatorname {span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ B^{i,j}:0\leq i,j{\lt}4\} & =\operatorname {Mat}_2(\mathbb {C}). \end{align}

Here \(B^{2a+b,2c+d}=B^{ab,cd}\) for binary \(a,b,c,d\). This corresponds to the injectivity assertion in [ 197 , lines 4505–4547 ] .

Proof ▶

Let \(E_{ab}\) be the bond matrix units, with \(a,b\in \{ 0,1\} \). The coordinate formula in Theorem 19.7.2.2 gives

\begin{align} E_{00} & =\tfrac 12(B^{0,3}-B^{1,2}), \\ E_{01} & =\tfrac 12(B^{0,3}+B^{1,2}), \\ E_{10} & =-\tfrac 12(B^{2,1}+B^{3,0}), \\ E_{11} & =\tfrac 12(B^{3,0}-B^{2,1}). \end{align}

Thus every bond matrix unit lies in the span of the physical letters. Since every \(2\times 2\) matrix is a linear combination of these units, the letters span the full bond matrix algebra.

19.7.3 The explicit CZX adjoint gauge

Definition 19.7.3.1 The Pauli adjoint gauge
✓
# Discussion

On the bond space \(\mathbb {C}^2\), with basis indexed by \(0,1\), define the Pauli matrix

\begin{align} Y & =\begin{pmatrix} 0 & -\mathrm{i} \\ \mathrm{i} & 0 \end{pmatrix}. \end{align}

This is the matrix on both virtual legs in the adjoint diagram of [ 197 , lines 4547–4559 ] .

The matrix \(Y\) of Definition 19.7.3.1 satisfies

\begin{align} Y^\dagger & =Y, \\ Y^2 & =I_2. \end{align}

In particular, \(Y\in \mathrm{U}(2)\). These identities give the unitary gauge used in [ 197 , lines 4547–4559 ] .

Proof ▶

Conjugate-transpose the displayed matrix and use the Pauli multiplication rule \(Y^2=I_2\). Thus \(YY^\dagger =I_2\).

Let \(B\) be the exact once-blocked CZX tensor of Definition 19.7.2.1. For \(0\leq u,v{\lt}4\),

\begin{align} (B^\dagger )^{u,v} & =YB^{u,v}Y. \end{align}

Here \((B^\dagger )^{u,v}_{\ell r}=\overline{B^{v,u}_{\ell r}}\); the virtual indices are not transposed. This is the adjoint diagram in [ 197 , lines 4547–4559 ] , with no scalar prefactor.

Proof ▶

Insert the coordinate formula from Theorem 19.7.2.2 on both sides and expand the two matrix products over the binary bond indices. Substituting the four physical values and the two bond values verifies each entry.

For the exact once-blocked CZX tensor \(B\), the matrix \(T=Y\), regarded as an element of \(\mathrm{U}(2)\), satisfies, for \(0\leq u,v{\lt}4\),

\begin{align} (B^\dagger )^{u,v} & =T^\dagger B^{u,v}T. \end{align}

This is the unitary gauge convention of [ 197 , lines 1552–1557 and 4547–4559 ] .

Proof ▶

Theorem 19.7.3.2 gives \(Y\in \mathrm{U}(2)\) and \(Y^\dagger =Y\). Substitute into Theorem 19.7.3.3.

For the Pauli adjoint gauge \(Y\), entrywise complex conjugation gives

\begin{align} \overline{Y} & =-Y, \\ Y\overline{Y} & =-I_2. \end{align}

Hence the sign in \(Y\overline{Y}=\sigma _g I_2\) is \(\sigma _g=-1\), as stated in [ 197 , lines 4547–4559 ] .

Proof ▶

Conjugating each entry of the displayed Pauli matrix gives \(\overline{Y}=-Y\). Then \(Y\overline{Y}=-Y^2=-I_2\) by Theorem 19.7.3.2.

19.7.4 The displayed CZX source factors

Definition 19.7.4.1 Four explicit CZX source factors
✓

For \(0\leq i{\lt}4\), write \(i=2a(i)+b(i)\) with \(a(i),b(i)\in \{ 0,1\} \), and put \(\overline i=3-i\). Let \(Y\) be the Pauli matrix of Definition 19.7.3.1. Define matrices \(X_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_{(2\times 4)\times 4}(\mathbb {C})\) and \(Y_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_{4\times (4\times 2)}(\mathbb {C})\) by

\begin{align} (X_2)_{(\alpha ,i),k} & =\delta _{i,k}\delta _{\alpha ,a(i)}(-1)^{a(i)+b(i)}, \\ (Y_2)_{k,(j,\beta )} & =\delta _{k,\overline j}(-1)^{a(k)b(k)+b(k)\beta }, \end{align}

where \(0\leq i,j,k{\lt}4\) and \(\alpha ,\beta \in \{ 0,1\} \). Define \(X_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_{(4\times 2)\times 4}(\mathbb {C})\) and \(Y_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_{4\times (2\times 4)}(\mathbb {C})\) by

\begin{align} (X_1)_{(i,\beta ),k} & =\sum _{t=0}^1Y_{\beta t}\overline{(Y_2)_{k,(i,t)}}, \\ (Y_1)_{k,(\alpha ,j)} & =\sum _{t=0}^1\overline{(X_2)_{(t,j),k}}Y_{t\alpha }. \end{align}

Product indices in these matrix spaces retain their displayed order. These are the filled and empty factors in [ 197 , lines 4559–4659 ] . The weights \((-1)^{ab}\) are unnormalized Hadamard weights, and \((-1)^{a(i)+b(i)}\) includes both output \(Z\) gates. In the formula for \(X_1\), the Pauli entry is \(Y_{\beta t}\), not \(Y_{t\beta }\).

For the exact once-blocked CZX tensor \(B\), the factors of Definition 19.7.4.1 satisfy

\begin{align} X_1Y_1 & =M_1(B), \\ X_2Y_2 & =M_2(B). \end{align}

Here \((M_1(B))_{(i,\beta ),(\alpha ,j)}=B^{i,j}_{\alpha \beta }\) and \((M_2(B))_{(\alpha ,i),(j,\beta )}=B^{i,j}_{\alpha \beta }\). These are the two decompositions in [ 197 , lines 4559–4659 ] .

Proof ▶

Expand each matrix product over its four-dimensional factor index. Substitute the displayed formulas and the coordinate formula from Theorem 19.7.2.2. Evaluating the binary bond indices and the four physical values proves both entry identities.

Theorem 19.7.4.3 Four Gram matrices of the displayed CZX factors
✓

The four explicit factors of Definition 19.7.4.1 satisfy

\begin{align} X_1^\dagger X_1 & =2I_4, \label{eq:mpug_czx_displayed_gram_x1} \\ X_2^\dagger X_2 & =I_4, \label{eq:mpug_czx_displayed_gram_x2} \\ Y_1Y_1^\dagger & =I_4, \\ Y_2Y_2^\dagger & =2I_4. \end{align}

The factors of two retain the unnormalized Hadamard weights of [ 197 , lines 4559–4659 ] .

Proof ▶

The empty factors are Pauli-gauge contractions of the filled factors, \(X_1=(I_4\otimes Y)Y_2^\dagger \) and \(Y_1=X_2^\dagger (Y\otimes I_4)\). By Theorem 19.7.3.2, \(Y\) is unitary, hence so are \(I_4\otimes Y\) and \(Y\otimes I_4\); composing a unitary matrix with \(Y_2^\dagger \), respectively with \(X_2^\dagger \), leaves the Gram matrix unchanged, so \(X_1^\dagger X_1=Y_2Y_2^\dagger \) and \(Y_1Y_1^\dagger =X_2^\dagger X_2\). It remains to expand the two filled Gram matrices \(X_2^\dagger X_2\) and \(Y_2Y_2^\dagger \) over their product-index spaces and substitute the factor coordinates; evaluation at each pair of factor indices gives the two displayed scalar identities.

Definition 19.7.4.4 Right inverses of the displayed CZX factors
✓

For the factors of Definition 19.7.4.1, set

\begin{align} Z_1 & =Y_1^\dagger , \\ Z_2 & =\tfrac 12Y_2^\dagger . \end{align}

These are the right inverses associated with the explicit decompositions in [ 197 , lines 4559–4659 ] .

Set \(\rho =I_2/2\). The displayed factors and right inverses satisfy

\begin{align} Y_1Z_1 & =I_4, \label{eq:mpug_czx_displayed_right_inverse_y1} \\ Y_2Z_2 & =I_4, \label{eq:mpug_czx_displayed_right_inverse_y2} \\ X_1^\dagger (I_4\otimes \rho )X_1 & =I_4. \end{align}
Proof ▶

The two inverse identities follow directly from Theorem 19.7.4.3. Since \(I_4\otimes \rho =I_8/2\), the weighted identity is \(\tfrac 12X_1^\dagger X_1=I_4\).

For the exact once-blocked CZX tensor \(B\),

\begin{align} d_r=\operatorname {rank}M_1(B) & =4, \\ d_l=\operatorname {rank}M_2(B) & =4. \end{align}

Thus the four-dimensional legs in [ 197 , lines 4559–4659 ] have the actual source-cut dimensions.

Proof ▶

Each cut factors through a four-dimensional space, so its rank is at most four. For the first cut take \(L_1=X_1^\dagger /2\), and for the second take \(L_2=X_2^\dagger \). By (584) and (585), \(L_iX_i=I_4\); by (590) and (591), \(Y_iZ_i=I_4\), hence \(L_i(X_iY_i)Z_i=I_4\). Multiplication cannot increase rank, so each cut has rank at least four.

Let \(d_r,d_l\) be the two source-cut ranks of the exact CZX tensor \(B\). By Theorem 19.7.4.6, both are four. Let

\begin{align} e_r & :\{ 0,\ldots ,d_r-1\} \longrightarrow \{ 0,1,2,3\} , \\ e_l & :\{ 0,\ldots ,d_l-1\} \longrightarrow \{ 0,1,2,3\} \end{align}

be the bijections that preserve each integer index. Pull back the four-dimensional factor index of \(X_1,Y_1,Z_1\) along \(e_r\), and that of \(X_2,Y_2,Z_2\) along \(e_l\). Denote the resulting matrices by \(\widehat X_i,\widehat Y_i,\widehat Z_i\). Together with \(\rho =I_2/2\), these give source factors for \(B\) in the sense of Definition 18.4.50, satisfying both cut factorizations, the two left-factor normalizations, and both right-inverse identities.

Explicitly, for \(0\leq k,i{\lt}4\) and \(\alpha ,\beta \in \{ 0,1\} \), evaluating the pullbacks gives

\begin{align} (\widehat X_1)_{(i,\alpha ),e_r^{-1}(k)} & =(X_1)_{(i,\alpha ),k}, \\ (\widehat Y_1)_{e_r^{-1}(k),(\alpha ,i)} & =(Y_1)_{k,(\alpha ,i)}, \\ (\widehat Z_1)_{(\alpha ,i),e_r^{-1}(k)} & =(Z_1)_{(\alpha ,i),k}, \\ (\widehat X_2)_{(\alpha ,i),e_l^{-1}(k)} & =(X_2)_{(\alpha ,i),k}, \\ (\widehat Y_2)_{e_l^{-1}(k),(i,\alpha )} & =(Y_2)_{k,(i,\alpha )}, \\ (\widehat Z_2)_{(i,\alpha ),e_l^{-1}(k)} & =(Z_2)_{(i,\alpha ),k}, \end{align}

and substituting the definitions of \(X_1,Y_1,Z_1,Z_2\) gives the Pauli and inverse coordinates

\begin{align} (\widehat X_1)_{(i,\beta ),e_r^{-1}(k)} & =\sum _{t=0}^1Y_{\beta t} \overline{(\widehat Y_2)_{e_l^{-1}(k),(i,t)}}, \\ (\widehat Y_1)_{e_r^{-1}(k),(\beta ,i)} & =\sum _{t=0}^1\overline{(\widehat X_2)_{(t,i),e_l^{-1}(k)}}Y_{t\beta }, \\ (\widehat Z_1)_{(\beta ,i),e_r^{-1}(k)} & =\overline{(\widehat Y_1)_{e_r^{-1}(k),(\beta ,i)}}, \\ (\widehat Z_2)_{(i,\beta ),e_l^{-1}(k)} & =\tfrac 12\overline{(\widehat Y_2)_{e_l^{-1}(k),(i,\beta )}}. \end{align}

In particular, transport preserves the Pauli orientation \(Y_{\beta t}\) in the first factor of [ 197 , lines 4611–4659 ] .

Proof ▶

Transport the cut factorizations and inverse identities along the two index bijections. Products, conjugate transposes, and identities are preserved. The weighted first normalization and the ordinary second normalization therefore hold in the source-rank coordinates. Evaluating the pullbacks, using \(e_r(e_r^{-1}(k))=k\) and \(e_l(e_l^{-1}(k))=k\), gives the coordinate identities; substituting the definitions of \(X_1,Y_1,Z_1,Z_2\) and cancelling the inverse bijections gives the Pauli and inverse coordinates.

19.7.5 Normalization of the displayed CZX comparison

Let \(Y\) be the Pauli adjoint gauge of Definition 19.7.3.1 and let \(X_1,Y_1,X_2,Y_2\) be the displayed factors of Definition 19.7.4.1, with \(d=4\) and \(D=2\). Put \(A=I_4\otimes \overline Y\) and \(B=Y^{\mathsf T}\otimes I_4\), and define the reflected candidates

\begin{align} \widehat X_1 & =AY_2^\dagger , \\ \widehat Y_1 & =X_2^\dagger B. \end{align}

With \(\rho =I_2/2\), define the raw and the density-weighted comparisons

\begin{align} K_{\mathrm{raw}} & =X_1^\dagger \widehat X_1, \\ K_\rho & =X_1^\dagger (I_4\otimes \rho )\widehat X_1. \end{align}

These are the candidates and the comparison of [ 197 , lines 5432–5441 ] evaluated on the explicit factors of lines 4559–4659.

For the maintained Pauli gauge,

\begin{align} \widehat X_1 & =-X_1, \\ \widehat Y_1 & =-Y_1. \end{align}
Proof ▶

Theorem 19.7.3.5 gives \(\overline Y=-Y\), and \(Y^{\mathsf T}=\overline{Y^\dagger }=\overline Y=-Y\) by Theorem 19.7.3.2. Expanding both entries of the displayed factors against these two gauges gives the sign.

On the displayed factors,

\begin{align} K_{\mathrm{raw}} & =-2I_4, \label{eq:mpug_czx_raw_comparison} \\ K_\rho & =-I_4, \label{eq:mpug_czx_weighted_comparison} \\ Y_1\widehat Y_1^\dagger & =-I_4. \label{eq:mpug_czx_right_overlap} \end{align}

Consequently \(K_{\mathrm{raw}}^\dagger K_{\mathrm{raw}}=4I_4\), so \(K_{\mathrm{raw}}\) is not unitary, and \(K_{\mathrm{raw}}\neq Y_1\widehat Y_1^\dagger \): the unweighted left overlap and the right overlap of [ 197 , lines 5438–5441 ] disagree on these factors.

Proof ▶

Substituting Theorem 19.7.5.2 turns each overlap into the negative of a Gram matrix of the displayed factors. The unweighted Gram \(X_1^\dagger X_1=2I_4\) of Theorem 19.7.4.3 gives (613); the weighted normalization \(X_1^\dagger (I_4\otimes \rho )X_1=I_4\) of Theorem 19.7.4.5 gives (614); and \(Y_1Y_1^\dagger =I_4\) gives (615). Squaring (613) gives the Gram matrix \(4I_4\), whose diagonal entry \(4\) differs from \(1\), and comparing the diagonal entries of (613) and (615) separates the two overlaps.

Theorem 19.7.5.4 The weighted comparison is unitary and recovers both factors
✓

The weighted comparison \(K_\rho \) is unitary, and

\begin{align} X_1 & =\widehat X_1K_\rho ^\dagger , \\ Y_1 & =K_\rho \widehat Y_1. \end{align}

The weight is the one carried by the normalization of the first left factor. This calculation concerns the explicit displayed witness of Definition 19.7.4.1, not choice-selected factors, so the unequal overlaps of Theorem 19.7.5.3 diagnose the intermediate formula of [ 197 , lines 5438–5441 ] on these factors rather than contradicting the proposition being proved there. The weighted comparison is the one retained in [ 137 ] ; no gauge phase is changed.

Proof ▶

By (614), \(K_\rho =-I_4\), which is unitary. Theorem 19.7.5.2 then gives \(\widehat X_1K_\rho ^\dagger =(-X_1)(-I_4)=X_1\) and \(K_\rho \widehat Y_1=(-I_4)(-Y_1)=Y_1\).

19.7.6 The blocked GHZ state and its CZX invariance

Definition 19.7.6.1 The GHZ tensor in the blocked CZX alphabet
✓

Let \(A^0=|0\rangle \! \langle 0|\) and \(A^1=|1\rangle \! \langle 1|\) be the GHZ tensor. Identify the blocked physical alphabet with \(\{ 0,1,2,3\} \) by \(\varphi (2a+b)=(a,b)\), for \(a,b\in \{ 0,1\} \). Define

\begin{align} \widehat A^{2a+b} & =A^aA^b=(A^{[2]})^{\varphi (2a+b)}. \end{align}

This is the once-blocked GHZ tensor used in [ 197 , lines 4660–4670 ] , with the same physical-index order as the CZX tensor \(B\).

Theorem 19.7.6.2 The two blocked GHZ sectors
✓

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), let \(A_x^a=\delta _{a,x}\) be the bond-one GHZ sector. Under \(\varphi (2a+b)=(a,b)\) its two-site block is

\begin{align} (A_x^{[2]})^{\varphi (i)} & =\delta _{i,3x}, \qquad i\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} . \end{align}

Thus the blocked sector vectors are \(|00\rangle \) and \(|11\rangle \), as in [ 197 , lines 4660–4670 ] .

Proof ▶

For \(i=2a+b\), the block coefficient is \(A_x^aA_x^b=\delta _{a,x}\delta _{b,x}\), which equals one exactly when \(a=b=x\), or equivalently \(i=3x\).

Theorem 19.7.6.3 The matrix product vector of the blocked GHZ tensor
✓

For every \(N\geq 0\), the periodic matrix product vector of \(\widehat A\) is

\begin{align} |\psi _N\rangle & =|0\rangle ^{\otimes N}+|3\rangle ^{\otimes N}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_blocked_ghz_mpv} \end{align}

In the original two-qubit alphabet the two summands are \(|00\rangle ^{\otimes N}\) and \(|11\rangle ^{\otimes N}\). At \(N=0\) they are the same empty configuration, with total coefficient two.

Proof ▶

The blocked letters are diagonal, with \(\widehat A^i=\operatorname {diag}(\delta _{i,0},\delta _{i,3})\). Hence, for \(s\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} ^N\),

\begin{align} \operatorname {tr}\bigl(\widehat A^{s_1}\cdots \widehat A^{s_N}\bigr) & =\prod _{j=1}^N\delta _{s_j,0} +\prod _{j=1}^N\delta _{s_j,3}. \end{align}

These are the coefficients of the two constant configurations.

Let \(B\) be the once-blocked CZX tensor, with both output \(Z\) gates and the unnormalized Hadamard weights, and let \(N{\gt}0\). Transport the matrix product vector of the two-site-blocked GHZ tensor \(A^{[2]}\) by the alphabet bijection \(\varphi (2a+b)=(a,b)\):

\begin{align} \psi _N(s) & =V^{(N)}(A^{[2]})_{(\varphi (s_1),\ldots ,\varphi (s_N))}, \qquad s\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} ^N. \end{align}

Then the periodic CZX operator satisfies

\begin{align} O_N(B)|\psi _N\rangle & =|\psi _N\rangle . \end{align}

This is the GHZ-invariance assertion in [ 197 , lines 4660–4670 ] .

Proof ▶

Reindexing the alphabet gives the vector in (620). The CZX operator complements every matter bit. Its phase on either constant configuration is one: the cyclic exponent is zero on \(0^N\) and \(4N\) on \(3^N\). Consequently

\begin{align} O_N(B)|0\rangle ^{\otimes N} & =|3\rangle ^{\otimes N}, & O_N(B)|3\rangle ^{\otimes N} & =|0\rangle ^{\otimes N}. \end{align}

Their sum is invariant.

19.7.7 The printed CZX action pair and its empty-word boundary

The action tensors displayed in [ 197 , lines 4690–4694 ] satisfy the interior identity for nonempty words and the exterior identity with nonempty buffers. Their empty contraction is one half, whereas the general interior identity in [ 197 , lines 1841–1870 ] includes length zero. The distinction and a local replacement are recorded in [ 123 ] . The replacement below is a different pair, not a scalar gauge of the printed pair or a substitution in the unbuffered defect formulas.

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), let \(A_x\) be the actual two-site block of the bond-one GHZ sector, with physical indices identified by \(\varphi (2a+b)=(a,b)\). Thus \(A_x^i=\delta _{i,3x}\). Write \(B^{i,j}\) for the CZX tensor and define

\begin{align} B_x^i & =\sum _{j=0}^3 B^{i,j}A_x^j, \\ k_x & =3(1-x), \\ C_x & =B^{k_x,3x}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_acted_sectors} \end{align}

The target sector is \(A_{1-x}\). These are the physical contraction and exchanged GHZ blocks of [ 197 , lines 4660–4694 ] .

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \) and \(i\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} \),

\begin{align} B_x^i & =\delta _{i,k_x}C_x, \\ A_{1-x}^i & =\delta _{i,k_x}, \\ C_0 & =\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 \\ -1 & 1 \end{pmatrix}, \\ C_1 & =\begin{pmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_action_matrices} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Since \(A_x^j=\delta _{j,3x}\), the defining sum of Definition 19.7.7.1 collapses to \(B_x^i=\sum _{j=0}^3 B^{i,j}A_x^j=B^{i,3x}\). The exact CZX tensor of Definition 19.7.2.1 vanishes off its support, giving

\begin{align} B^{i,3x} & =\delta _{i,3(1-x)}B^{3(1-x),3x}=\delta _{i,k_x}C_x, \end{align}

so \(B_x^i=\delta _{i,k_x}C_x\); likewise \(A_x^j=\delta _{j,3x}\) at \(x\mapsto 1-x\) gives \(A_{1-x}^i=\delta _{i,k_x}\). Expanding the defining CZX matrices at \(B^{k_x,3x}\) evaluates the two displayed matrices \(C_0,C_1\).

Definition 19.7.7.3 The printed action pair
✓

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), denote the printed left and right action tensors by \(p_x\) and \(q_x\). With \(|\pm \rangle =(|0\rangle \pm |1\rangle )/\sqrt2\), the formulas of [ 197 , lines 4690–4694 ] read

\begin{align} p_0 & =(0,-i), \\ p_1 & =(1,0), \\ q_0 & =\tfrac 12\begin{pmatrix} -i \\ i \end{pmatrix}, \\ q_1 & =\tfrac 12\begin{pmatrix} 1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_printed_action_pair} \end{align}

The normalization of the kets is not specified explicitly in that passage. These coordinates agree with the later defect evaluations; see [ 123 ] .

Theorem 19.7.7.4 Finite contractions of the printed action pair
✓

For each \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \),

\begin{align} C_x^2 & =C_x, \\ p_xq_x & =\tfrac 12, \\ p_xC_xq_x & =1, \\ C_xq_xp_xC_x & =C_x. \label{eq:mpug_czx_printed_action_contractions} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Multiply the two-by-two matrices and the printed rows and columns.

For a word \(\mathbf a\) in \(\{ 0,1,2,3\} \), write \(B_x^{\mathbf a}\) and \(A_{1-x}^{\mathbf a}\) for ordered products of letters. If \(|\mathbf a|{\gt}0\), then

\begin{align} B_x^{\mathbf a} & = \begin{cases} C_x& \text{if every letter is }k_x,\\ 0& \text{otherwise},\end{cases}\\ A_{1-x}^{\mathbf a} & = \begin{cases} 1& \text{if every letter is }k_x,\\ 0& \text{otherwise}.\end{cases} \label{eq:mpug_czx_action_words} \end{align}
Proof ▶

An unsupported letter makes the product zero. Otherwise every acted letter is \(C_x\), whose positive powers equal \(C_x\) by idempotency.

Let \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \). For every nonempty word \(\mathbf c\),

\begin{align} p_xB_x^{\mathbf c}q_x & =A_{1-x}^{\mathbf c}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_printed_interior} \end{align}

If \(\mathbf a,\mathbf b\) are also nonempty, then

\begin{align} B_x^{\mathbf a}q_xA_{1-x}^{\mathbf c}p_xB_x^{\mathbf b} & =B_x^{\mathbf a\mathbf c\mathbf b}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_printed_exterior} \end{align}

No equality of buffer lengths is needed. The equal-length case is the exterior diagram of [ 197 , lines 1788–1838 ] . The interior equation covers only the nonempty part of that source assertion; see [ 123 ] .

Proof ▶

If an unsupported letter occurs, both sides vanish. Otherwise the interior is \(p_xC_xq_x=1\) and the exterior is \(C_xq_xp_xC_x=C_x\).

For each \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), the printed pair \((p_x,q_x)\) is not a reduction from \(B_x\) to \(A_{1-x}\). Indeed, if \(\varepsilon \) is the empty word, then

\begin{align} p_xB_x^{\varepsilon }q_x & =\tfrac 12\ne 1=A_{1-x}^{\varepsilon }. \label{eq:mpug_czx_printed_action_empty} \end{align}

This is the empty-word obstruction of [ 123 ] .

Proof ▶

Empty products are identities, whereas \(p_xq_x=1/2\).

Definition 19.7.7.8 A separately dressed left action tensor
✓

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), define \(V_x=p_xC_x\) and retain \(W_x=q_x\). This is the local replacement of [ 123 ] , not the literal printed pair. In coordinates \(V_0=(i,-i)\) and \(V_1=(1,1)\), so neither is a scalar multiple of the corresponding printed row. No replacement in an unbuffered defect formula is asserted.

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \) and every nonempty word \(\mathbf b\),

\begin{align} V_xB_x^{\mathbf b} & =p_xB_x^{\mathbf b}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_dressed_action_absorption} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The word is either zero or \(C_x\); use \(C_x^2=C_x\) in the latter case.

For each \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), \((V_x,W_x)\) is a reduction from \(B_x\) to \(A_{1-x}\) with exterior buffer length one. The reduction identity holds for every word \(\mathbf c\), including the empty word; the exterior identity holds for nonempty words \(\mathbf a\), \(\mathbf b\), and \(\mathbf c\). Thus

\begin{align} V_xW_x & =1, \\ V_xB_x^{\mathbf c}W_x & =A_{1-x}^{\mathbf c}, \\ B_x^{\mathbf a}W_xA_{1-x}^{\mathbf c}V_xB_x^{\mathbf b} & =B_x^{\mathbf a\mathbf c\mathbf b}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_dressed_action_reduction} \end{align}

This proves the all-word relation for the separately dressed pair, not the empty-word claim for the printed pair.

Proof ▶

The empty contraction is \(V_xW_x=p_xC_xq_x=1\). For a nonempty interior word, absorb \(C_x\) and apply the printed interior identity. In the exterior identity, absorb \(C_x\) into the right buffer and apply (648).

19.7.8 The CZX \(g,g\) fusion caps

Definition 19.7.8.1 The CZX \(g,g\) fusion caps
✓
#

In the ordered bond coordinates \(0,1,2,3\), define the row vector \(F^{\lt}_{g,g}\colon \mathbb {C}^4\to \mathbb {C}\) and the column vector \(F^{\gt}_{g,g}\colon \mathbb {C}\to \mathbb {C}^4\) by

\begin{align} F^{\lt}_{g,g} & =(0,-i,i,0), \\ F^{\gt}_{g,g} & =\tfrac 12(0,i,-i,0)^{\mathsf T}. \end{align}

These are the concrete caps in [ 197 , lines 4671–4689 ] , the \(g=h=g^{-1}\) specialization of the general fusion-tensor display [ 197 , lines 2000–2037 ] .

Theorem 19.7.8.2 Product coordinates of the CZX fusion caps
✓

Let \(F^{\lt}_{g,g},F^{\gt}_{g,g}\) be the caps of Definition 19.7.8.1, and let \(Y\) be the Pauli matrix of Definition 19.7.3.1. Identify the product-bond coordinate \((a,b)\) with \(2a+b\). For all bond bits \(a,b\in \{ 0,1\} \),

\begin{align} F^{\lt}_{g,g}(a,b) & =Y_{a,b}, \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_caps_apply} \\ F^{\gt}_{g,g}(a,b) & =\tfrac 12Y_{b,a}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_caps_apply_right} \end{align}

Thus both caps vanish at the diagonal bond coordinates and carry \(Y\) in opposite orientations, as in the printed diagram of [ 197 , lines 4671–4689 ] .

Proof ▶

Evaluate both caps at \(2a+b\) for the four pairs \((a,b)\) and compare with the entries of \(Y\) to obtain (656) and (657).

Let \(B\) be the doubled-index tensor of the actual product \(\mathcal U_g\cdot \mathcal U_g\) (Definition 21.3.5 applied to Definition 19.7.2.1 with itself, viewed through Definition 16.1.2), and let \(I\) be the doubled-index bond-one identity tensor of Definition 18.9.3.13. Then \((F^{\lt}_{g,g},F^{\gt}_{g,g})\) is a reduction from \(B\) to \(I\) with exterior buffer length one. For every word \(\mathbf c\), including the empty word,

\begin{align} F^{\lt}_{g,g}F^{\gt}_{g,g} & =1, \\ F^{\lt}_{g,g}B^{\mathbf c}F^{\gt}_{g,g} & =I^{\mathbf c}. \end{align}

For nonempty words \(\mathbf p,\mathbf q,\mathbf c\),

\begin{align} B^{\mathbf p}F^{\gt}_{g,g}I^{\mathbf c}F^{\lt}_{g,g}B^{\mathbf q} & =B^{\mathbf p\mathbf c\mathbf q}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_reduction} \end{align}

This is the concrete \(g,g\) instance of the fusion reduction [ 197 , lines 1405–1498 ] , with the fusion tensors of [ 197 , lines 2000–2037 ] , specialized to the CZX display [ 197 , lines 4671–4689 ] .

Proof ▶

Put \(V=F^{\lt}_{g,g}\) and \(W=F^{\gt}_{g,g}\). Substituting the cap and tensor coordinates gives the three local identities

\begin{align} VW & =1, \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_cap_product} \\ VB^iW & =I^i, \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_letter} \\ B^iWVB^j & =B^iB^j. \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_letter_insertion} \end{align}

The all-word identity \(VB^{\mathbf c}W=I^{\mathbf c}\) follows by induction on \(\mathbf c\), removing its first letter. The empty word is (661) and a single letter is (662). For \(\mathbf c=ij\mathbf c'\), insert \(WV\) after the first letter by (663), split the caps off both factors, and apply (662) together with the induction hypothesis for \(j\mathbf c'\):

\begin{align} VB^{ij\mathbf c'}W & =(VB^iW)(VB^{j\mathbf c'}W) =I^iI^{j\mathbf c'}=I^{ij\mathbf c'}. \end{align}

For nonempty words \(\mathbf p,\mathbf q\) a second induction gives

\begin{align} B^{\mathbf p}WVB^{\mathbf q} & =B^{\mathbf p\mathbf q}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_word_insertion} \end{align}

Induct on the left word \(\mathbf p\), again removing its first letter. For the singleton case \(\mathbf p=i\) and \(\mathbf q=j\mathbf q'\), (663) gives

\begin{align} B^iWVB^{j\mathbf q'} & =(B^iWVB^j)B^{\mathbf q'} =B^iB^jB^{\mathbf q'}=B^{i j\mathbf q'}. \end{align}

If \(\mathbf p=i\mathbf p'\) with \(\mathbf p'\) nonempty, apply the induction hypothesis to the tail:

\begin{align} B^{i\mathbf p'}WVB^{\mathbf q} & =B^i(B^{\mathbf p'}WVB^{\mathbf q}) =B^iB^{\mathbf p'\mathbf q}=B^{i\mathbf p'\mathbf q}. \end{align}

For nonempty buffers and middle word, substitute \(I^{\mathbf c}=VB^{\mathbf c}W\) and apply (665) twice:

\begin{align} B^{\mathbf p}WI^{\mathbf c}VB^{\mathbf q} & =B^{\mathbf p}WVB^{\mathbf c}WVB^{\mathbf q} =B^{\mathbf p\mathbf c\mathbf q}. \end{align}

19.7.9 Literal fusion–action coordinate contractions

The contractions below evaluate the printed action pair and right fusion cap of [ 197 , lines 4671–4694 ] in fixed product-bond order. They are compared with the fusion–action relation of [ 197 , lines 1875–1913 ] , but do not identify its \(L\)-symbol or its retained physical scalar. Compatibility of the oriented legs, density insertion, and fusion gauge remains open [ 42 ] . No cap, action tensor, block label, or physical gate is changed.

Definition 19.7.9.1 Sequential action covector
✓
#

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), let \(p_x\) be the printed action row of Definition 19.7.7.3. Define the row \(P_x\colon \mathbb {C}^4\to \mathbb {C}\) by the following coordinates, for \(\alpha ,\gamma \in \{ 0,1\} \):

\begin{align} P_x & =p_{1-x}\otimes p_x, & (P_x)_{2\alpha +\gamma } & =p_{1-x}(\alpha )p_x(\gamma ). \end{align}

The first action factor occupies the first product-bond coordinate.

Definition 19.7.9.2 Sequential action vector
✓
#

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), let \(q_x\) be the printed action column of Definition 19.7.7.3. Define the column \(Q_x\colon \mathbb {C}\to \mathbb {C}^4\) by the following coordinates, for \(\alpha ,\gamma \in \{ 0,1\} \):

\begin{align} Q_x & =q_{1-x}\otimes q_x, & (Q_x)_{2\alpha +\gamma } & =q_{1-x}(\alpha )q_x(\gamma ). \end{align}

Rows contract with columns by ordinary matrix multiplication, with no additional complex conjugation.

Definition 19.7.9.3 Supported product letter
✓

Let \(T\) be the exact blocked CZX tensor of Definition 19.7.2.1. For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), define \(B_x\in \operatorname {Mat}_4(\mathbb {C})\) to be the physical \((3x,3x)\) letter of \(T\mathbin {\cdot }T\). Explicitly, for \(\alpha ,\gamma ,\beta ,\delta \in \{ 0,1\} \),

\begin{align} (B_x)_{2\alpha +\gamma ,2\beta +\delta } & =\sum _{j=0}^3 T^{3x,j}_{\alpha \beta }T^{j,3x}_{\gamma \delta }. \end{align}

The physical index \(3x\) encodes the two bits \((x,x)\).

Theorem 19.7.9.4 Coordinates of the supported product letters
✓

The two supported product letters have coordinates

\begin{align} B_0 & =\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ -1 & 1 & -1 & 1 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}, \\ B_1 & =\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ -1 & -1 & 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_supported_letters} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The letter of \(T\mathbin {\cdot }T\) at a physical pair \((i,i')\) vanishes unless \(i=i'\), because the blocked tensor complements the physical index it carries. At \(i=i'=3x\) the summation index of Definition 19.7.9.3 retains the single term \(j=3(1-x)\), whose two factors force the left virtual pair \((\alpha ,\gamma )=(x,1-x)\), the row of index \(x+1\). On that row the surviving sign is \((-1)^{1+(1-x)\delta +x\beta }\), which is the row displayed above.

Definition 19.7.9.5 Literal fusion–action coefficient
✓

For \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), let \(P_x\) and \(B_x\) be the sequential action row and supported product letter, and put \(W=F^{\gt}_{g,g}=\tfrac 12(0,i,-i,0)^{\mathsf T}\), in the product-bond order of Definition 19.7.8.1. Define

\begin{align} c_x & =P_xB_xW\in \mathbb {C}. \end{align}

The one-by-one matrix on the right is identified with its sole entry.

The literal coefficients satisfy \(c_0=1\) and \(c_1=-1\).

Proof ▶

The printed rows are \(P_0=(0,-i,0,0)\) and \(P_1=(0,0,-i,0)\), and the column is \(W=\tfrac 12(0,i,-i,0)^{\mathsf T}\). With \(e_0,\dots ,e_3\) the standard basis of the product bond, the single nonzero row of each supported letter of (673) contracts with \(W\) as

\begin{align} B_0W & =\tfrac 12(i+i)e_1=ie_1, \\ B_1W & =\tfrac 12(-i-i)e_2=-ie_2, \end{align}

so the two finite matrix products are

\begin{align} c_0 & =P_0B_0W=(0,-i,0,0)\, ie_1=1, \\ c_1 & =P_1B_1W=(0,0,-i,0)\, (-ie_2)=-1. \end{align}

For each \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \), the literal rows, columns, and supported product letter satisfy

\begin{align} P_xB_xQ_x & =1, & B_xW & =c_xB_xQ_x, & B_x^2 & =B_x. \end{align}
Proof ▶

Substituting the printed action columns gives \(Q_0=\tfrac 14(-i,i,-i,i)^{\mathsf T}\) and \(Q_1=\tfrac 14(-i,-i,i,i)^{\mathsf T}\). With \(e_0,\dots ,e_3\) the standard basis of the product bond, the two supported letters of (673) contract with these columns and with the cap \(W\) as

\begin{align} B_0Q_0 & =ie_1, \\ B_0W & =ie_1, \\ B_1Q_1 & =ie_2, \\ B_1W & =-ie_2. \label{eq:mpug_czx_fusion_action_contractions} \end{align}

The printed rows are \(P_0=(0,-i,0,0)\) and \(P_1=(0,0,-i,0)\), so applying \(P_x\) to (683) gives \(P_xB_xQ_x=1\) and \(P_xB_xW=c_x\), with \(c_0=1\) and \(c_1=-1\). Comparing the two right-hand sides for each \(x\) gives \(B_xW=c_xB_xQ_x\). Each matrix of (673) has a single nonzero row, whose entry in the supporting column is \(1\), so \(B_x^2=B_x\).

For every \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \) and every integer \(n\geq 0\),

\begin{align} B_x^{n+1} & =B_x, & P_xB_x^{n+1}W & =c_x, \\ P_xB_x^{n+1}Q_x & =1, & B_x^{n+1}W & =c_xB_x^{n+1}Q_x. \end{align}

These statements concern repetitions of this single supported letter, not arbitrary words or an identification with the source \(L\)-symbol.

Proof ▶

Induct on \(n\). The first power is \(B_x\); multiplication by \(B_x\) and idempotence prove the successor step. Substitute \(B_x^{n+1}=B_x\) into the remaining three identities, and use the definition of \(c_x\) and the normalization and proportionality of Theorem 19.7.9.7.

19.7.10 The displayed CZX circuit tuple

Number the four matter qubits of two neighboring blocked sites by \(0,1,2,3\), so that \((x_0,x_1)\) are the qubits of the first site and \((x_2,x_3)\) those of the second, and write \(|x\rangle =|x_0\rangle \otimes |x_1\rangle \otimes |x_2\rangle \otimes |x_3\rangle \) for \(x\in \mathbb F_2^4\). The elementary gates act by

\begin{align} X_r|x\rangle & =|x+e_r\rangle , \\ Z_r|x\rangle & =(-1)^{x_r}|x\rangle , \\ \mathrm{CZ}_{rs}|x\rangle & =(-1)^{x_rx_s}|x\rangle , \end{align}

and operator products act from right to left. Define

\begin{align} w & =(X_0X_1)\, \mathrm{CZ}_{01}\mathrm{CZ}_{12}\, (Z_2Z_3), \label{eq:mpug_czx_w} \\ \lambda & =-i\, (X_0X_1X_2Z_3)\, \mathrm{CZ}_{01}\mathrm{CZ}_{12}\, X_2, \label{eq:mpug_czx_lambda} \\ \tilde\lambda & =\lambda Z_0. \label{eq:mpug_czx_tilde_lambda} \end{align}

These are the fusion operators \(\lambda ^R_{g,e}=w_R\) and \(\lambda ^R_{g,g}\) and the modified fusion operator \(\tilde\lambda ^R_{g,g}=\lambda ^R_{g,g}Z_1\) of [ 197 , lines 4503–5183 ] in this qubit numbering. The displayed circuit tuple, indexed by the ordered pair of gauge labels in \(\mathbb {Z}_2\) with \(e\leftrightarrow 0\) and \(g\leftrightarrow 1\), is

\begin{align} R^{\mathrm{CZX}} & =\bigl(U_{0,0},U_{0,1},U_{1,0},U_{1,1}\bigr) =\bigl(\mathbb {1},\mathbb {1},w,\tilde\lambda \bigr). \label{eq:mpug_czx_tuple} \end{align}

Each site index in \(\{ 0,1,2,3\} \) is read as the pair of matter bits \((m^{(1)},m^{(2)})\) with \(m^{(1)}\) the leading binary digit, and the four-qubit operators are transported to the two-site matter space by this identification.

Write \(\overline x=(x_0+1,x_1+1,x_2,x_3)\) and

\begin{align} e(x) & =x_0x_1+x_1x_2+x_2+x_3, \\ h(x) & =x_0x_1+x_1x_2+x_1+x_3, \\ f(x) & =x_0x_1+x_1x_2+x_0+x_1+x_3. \end{align}

Then

\begin{align} w|x\rangle & =(-1)^{e(x)}|\overline x\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_w_action} \\ \lambda |x\rangle & =-i(-1)^{h(x)}|\overline x\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_lambda_action} \\ \tilde\lambda |x\rangle & =-i(-1)^{f(x)}|\overline x\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_tilde_lambda_action} \end{align}

the exponents satisfy \(f(\overline x)=e(x)+1\) and \(e(\overline x)=f(x)+1\). After transport to the two-site matter coordinates, \(w\) and \(\tilde\lambda \) are unitary.

Proof ▶

Each gate is monomial, so (543) expresses each product as a monomial operator. Reading (689) from right to left, the diagonal gates contribute the phase \((-1)^{x_0x_1+x_1x_2+x_2+x_3}\) and the two bit flips send \(x\) to \(\overline x\). In (690) the first \(X_2\) replaces \(x_2\) by \(x_2+1\) in the phase of \(\mathrm{CZ}_{12}\), giving \(x_1(x_2+1)=x_1x_2+x_1\), and the second \(X_2\) restores \(x_2\), so the permutation is again \(\overline{\, \cdot \, }\). The factor \(Z_0\) in (691) adds \(x_0\) to the exponent. The identities between \(e\) and \(f\) are checked on the sixteen bit strings. After relabelling the computational basis as two four-level matter sites, unitarity follows from Theorem 19.7.1.2 because all phases are unimodular.

Let \(w_R\) be the crossed contraction of the displayed source factors of the exact CZX tensor \(B\), and let \(e_r\) be their right-rank identification with \(\{ 0,1,2,3\} \). Let \(W\) denote the matrix of \(w=(X_0X_1)\mathrm{CZ}_{01}\mathrm{CZ}_{12}(Z_2Z_3)\) on two four-level matter sites, with each site read in leading-bit-first binary order. For every \(i,r,a,j\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} \),

\begin{align} (w_R)_{(i,e_r^{-1}(r)),(e_r^{-1}(a),j)} & =W_{(i,r),(a,j)}. \end{align}

This identifies the right movement contraction in [ 197 , lines 811–869, 4559–4659, 4860–4888 ] without additional hypotheses.

Proof ▶

Pull back the rank indices and expand the crossed contraction as \(\sum _{\beta =0}^1(X_1)_{(i,\beta ),a}(Y_1)_{r,(\beta ,j)}\). The sparse action (696) gives

\begin{align} W_{(i,r),(a,j)} & =\begin{cases} (-1)^{e(x)}, & i=3-a\text{ and }r=j, \\ 0, & \text{otherwise}, \end{cases}\end{align}

where \(x=(x_0,x_1,x_2,x_3)\in \{ 0,1\} ^4\) satisfies \(a=2x_0+x_1\) and \(j=2x_2+x_3\). Substitute the displayed factors, first discarding the zero entries of the empty factor \(X_1\) by comparing \(i\) and \(a\). Only then compare \(r\) and \(j\); on the surviving support the phases agree.

Let \(w_L\) be the crossed contraction of the displayed source factors of the exact CZX tensor \(B\), and let \(e_l\) be their left-rank identification with \(\{ 0,1,2,3\} \). Let \(W\) denote the matrix of \(w=(X_0X_1)\mathrm{CZ}_{01}\mathrm{CZ}_{12}(Z_2Z_3)\) on two four-level matter sites, with each site read in leading-bit-first binary order. For every \(l,i,j,k\in \{ 0,1,2,3\} \),

\begin{align} (w_L)_{(e_l^{-1}(l),i),(j,e_l^{-1}(k))} & =(W^\dagger )_{(l,i),(j,k)}. \end{align}

This is the left movement identification in [ 197 , lines 811–869, 4559–4659, 4860–4888 ] in the same matter coordinates, without additional hypotheses.

Proof ▶

Pull back the rank indices and expand the crossed contraction as \(\sum _{\beta =0}^1(Y_2)_{l,(j,\beta )}(X_2)_{(\beta ,i),k}\). Use the conjugated reversed entry \((W^\dagger )_{(l,i),(j,k)}=\overline{W_{(j,k),(l,i)}}\). By (696), it vanishes unless \(j=3-l\) and \(k=i\); on this support it is \(\overline{(-1)^{e(x)}}\), where \(x=(x_0,x_1,x_2,x_3)\in \{ 0,1\} ^4\) satisfies \(l=2x_0+x_1\) and \(i=2x_2+x_3\). Substitute the displayed factors, first discarding the zero entries of the filled factor \(Y_2\) by comparing \(l\) and \(j\). Only then compare \(i\) and \(k\) and verify the remaining phases.

Let \(a,a'\in \mathbb F_2\) be the two gauge bits and write \(s=(x_0,x_1,a,x_2,x_3,a')\) and \(\sigma (s)=(x_0+1,x_1+1,a+1,x_2,x_3,a'+1)\). The nontrivial local Gauss operator obtained from (692) and (346) is the monomial operator

\begin{align} G|s\rangle & =i^{q(s)}|\sigma (s)\rangle \label{eq:mpug_czx_monomial_action} \end{align}

with, for \(u(x)=2(x_0x_1+x_1x_2+x_3)\bmod 4\), the phase table

\begin{align} q(x_0,x_1,0,x_2,x_3,0) & =3+u(x)+2x_2, \\ q(x_0,x_1,0,x_2,x_3,1) & =2+u(x)+2x_0+2x_1, \\ q(x_0,x_1,1,x_2,x_3,0) & =u(x)+2x_2, \\ q(x_0,x_1,1,x_2,x_3,1) & =3+u(x)+2x_0+2x_1 \label{eq:mpug_czx_phase_table} \end{align}

modulo \(4\).

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.7.1.6 applied to the monomial unitaries of Theorem 19.7.10.2, the operator \(\mathcal G_g\) is monomial. The permutation part is \(\overline{\, \cdot \, }\) on the matter bits in all four gauge sectors, since \(\overline{\, \cdot \, }\) is an involution, and \(T_g\) flips both gauge bits. The phases are read off (696)–(698) and the adjoint formula (544) together with \(f(\overline x)=e(x)+1\) and \(e(\overline x)=f(x)+1\): for example the first row is \(-i(-1)^{e(x)}=i^{3+2e(x)}=i^{3+u(x)+2x_2}\), and the other three rows follow in the same way. The four identities between the phase table and \(e\), \(f\) are checked on the sixteen bit strings.

19.7.11 Orbits, holonomy, and the exact dimension

A computational-basis configuration of the periodic chain of \(N\) blocked sites is

\begin{align} s & =\bigl(m^{(1)}_k,m^{(2)}_k,g_k\bigr)_{k\in \mathbb {Z}/N\mathbb {Z}}\in S_N:=(\mathbb F_2^3)^N, \label{eq:mpug_czx_configuration} \end{align}

read from the enumerated site indices of the placed Gauss projector. The bond-\(j\) flip \(\sigma _j\) adds \(1\) to \(m^{(1)}_j\), \(m^{(2)}_j\), \(g_j\), and \(g_{j+1}\). The bond-\(j\) phase exponent \(q_j(s)\) is the table (708) evaluated at \(x=(m^{(1)}_j,m^{(2)}_j,m^{(1)}_{j+1},m^{(2)}_{j+1})\) and \((a,a')=(g_j,g_{j+1})\). The affine labels are

\begin{align} p_k(s) & =m^{(1)}_k+m^{(2)}_k, \label{eq:mpug_czx_p_label} \\ b_k(s) & =g_k+m^{(1)}_k+m^{(1)}_{k-1}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_b_label} \end{align}

For \(N\geq 2\), the map

\begin{align} \bigl((p,b),\gamma \bigr) & \longmapsto \bigl(m^{(1)}_k,m^{(2)}_k,g_k\bigr)_k =\bigl(\gamma _k,\ p_k+\gamma _k,\ b_k+\gamma _k+\gamma _{k-1}\bigr)_k \label{eq:mpug_czx_fiber_coordinates} \end{align}

is a bijection \(\mathbb F_2^N\times \mathbb F_2^N\times \mathbb F_2^N\to S_N\) whose inverse reads off \(p(s)\), \(b(s)\), and \(\gamma =m^{(1)}\). In these coordinates \(\sigma _j\) is \(\gamma \mapsto \gamma +e_j\) and leaves \((p,b)\) unchanged.

Proof ▶

Both compositions of (712) with the label map are the identity, by the identity \(a+a=0\) in \(\mathbb F_2\). The flip \(\sigma _j\) adds \(((1,1),1)\) at site \(j\) and \(((0,0),1)\) at site \(j+1\); in fiber coordinates this is \(\gamma _j\mapsto \gamma _j+1\) because \(k-1=j\) exactly when \(k=j+1\).

For every \(N\geq 3\), every bond \(j\), and every configuration \(s\),

\begin{align} q_j(s)+q_j(\sigma _js) & =0, \label{eq:mpug_czx_involution} \\ q_j(s)+q_{j+1}(\sigma _js) & =q_{j+1}(s)+q_j(\sigma _{j+1}s)+2b_{j+1}(s) \label{eq:mpug_czx_holonomy} \end{align}

modulo \(4\), and \(q_j(\sigma _ks)=q_j(s)\) whenever \(k\notin \{ j-1,j,j+1\} \). For the phases \(\varphi _j(s)=i^{q_j(s)}\), (713) gives \(\varphi _j(s)\varphi _j(\sigma _js)=1\), while (714) gives the neighboring square relation with factor \((-1)^{b_{j+1}(s)}\).

Proof ▶

The exponent \(q_j\) depends only on the six bits at the sites \(j\) and \(j+1\), and \(\sigma _k\) changes only the sites \(k\) and \(k+1\); this gives the disjoint-bond statement. For (713) the flip \(\sigma _j\) changes \(x_0\), \(x_1\), \(a\), and \(a'\), and the identity is verified on the \(64\) values of the six bits. For (714) the sites \(j\), \(j+1\), \(j+2\) are distinct because \(N\geq 3\); \(\sigma _j\) changes the left gauge bit seen by the bond \((j+1,j+2)\), and \(\sigma _{j+1}\) changes \(x_2\), \(x_3\), and \(a'\) seen by the bond \((j,j+1)\), so the identity is verified on the \(512\) values of the nine bits at the three sites.

Let \(N\geq 3\). In the fiber coordinates (712), the phases \(i^{q_j}\) have trivial holonomy on the fiber over \((p,b)\) if and only if \(b=0\).

Proof ▶

If \(b=0\), then for \(k=j+1\) or \(j=k+1\) the square identity is (714) with \(b_{j+1}=0\), for \(k=j\) it is trivial, and otherwise the bonds are disjoint and both sides agree. Conversely, trivial holonomy at the square spanned by the bonds \(k-1\) and \(k\) at \(\gamma =0\) gives \((-1)^{b_k}=1\) by (714), since the phases are nonzero, hence \(b_k=0\) for every \(k\).

Let \(N\geq 2\) and let \(G_j\) be the local Gauss operator (704) placed on the bond \((j,j+1)\). For \(\mathbb {Z}_2\) the placed Gauss projector of Definition 19.5.10.12 is

\begin{align} \widetilde P_j & =\tfrac 12\bigl(\mathbb {1}+G_j\bigr), \label{eq:mpug_czx_placed_projector} \end{align}

so the common fixed subspace \(\mathcal V_N(R^{\mathrm{CZX}})\) of the \(\widetilde P_j\) is the common fixed subspace of the \(G_j\). In the coordinates (709), \(G_j\) is the monomial operator \(G_j|s\rangle =i^{q_j(s)}|\sigma _js\rangle \), and in the fiber coordinates (712) it is the monomial operator with permutation \(\gamma \mapsto \gamma +e_j\) and phase \(i^{q_j}\).

Proof ▶

The average over \(\mathbb {Z}_2=\{ e,g\} \) is \(\frac12(\mathcal G_e+\mathcal G_g)\) with \(\mathcal G_e=\mathbb {1}\), and relabelling and placement are linear and unital, which gives (715). A vector \(v\) satisfies \(\frac12(v+G_jv)=v\) exactly when \(G_jv=v\). Theorem 19.7.10.5 and Theorem 19.7.1.7 express \(G_j\) as a monomial operator; decoding the two-site window at \(j\) into the bits of the sites \(j\) and \(j+1\) identifies its permutation with \(\sigma _j\) and its phase with \(i^{q_j(s)}\). Finally Theorem 19.7.11.2 transports both to the fiber coordinates.

On a periodic chain of \(N\geq 3\) blocked sites,

\begin{align} \dim \mathcal V_N(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}) & =2^N. \label{eq:mpug_czx_dimension} \end{align}

This answers the growth question of [ 197 , lines 5198–5204 ] for the displayed circuit tuple.

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.7.11.5, \(\mathcal V_N(R^{\mathrm{CZX}})\) is the common fixed subspace of monomial operators which, in fiber coordinates, have permutations \(\gamma \mapsto \gamma +e_j\) on the fibers over \((p,b)\in \mathbb F_2^N\times \mathbb F_2^N\), and by (713) these operators are involutions. The monomial fixed-space criterion (549) counts the fibers with trivial holonomy, which by Theorem 19.7.11.4 are exactly the fibers with \(b=0\). There is one such \(b\) and there are \(2^N\) values of \(p\), so

\begin{align} \dim \mathcal V_N(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}) & =\sum _{p\in \mathbb F_2^N}1=2^N. \end{align}
Theorem 19.7.11.7 The CZX dimension in the gauge-invariant subspace of the displayed tuple
✓

For the gauge-invariant subspace (388) at \(R=R^{\mathrm{CZX}}\) and \(N\geq 3\), \(\dim _{\mathbb {C}}\mathcal V_N(R^{\mathrm{CZX}})\allowbreak =2^N\). The value is thereby recorded for the subspace that Definition 19.5.10.28 attaches to an arbitrary tuple, so exhibiting \(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}\) as a completion of prescribed defect maps with matter defect states satisfying local defect support, exact defect covariance, and nonvanishing of the gauged vector would put the exact value beside the lower bound \(\dim _{\mathbb {C}}\mathcal V_N(R)\geq 1\) of Theorem 19.5.10.29. None of those hypotheses is established here. The statement is about the displayed circuit tuple and asserts no membership in the full physical completion class of the CZX defect data.

Proof ▶

Both subspaces are the common fixed subspace of the placed Gauss projectors \(\widetilde P_j(R^{\mathrm{CZX}})\) of Definition 19.5.10.12 acting on the configuration space of the chain, so Theorem 19.7.11.6 gives the value.

19.7.12 A second displayed circuit tuple at three and four sites

Constraining the block \(U_{1,1}\) of (692) on the defect subspace \(\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ |0011\rangle ,|1100\rangle \} \) leaves gauge freedom in \(\tilde\lambda \). Replacing \(\tilde\lambda \) by another unitary with identical action on this subspace yields an alternate circuit tuple whose common \(+1\) eigenspace dimension differs at three and four blocked sites.

In the qubit numbering of Definition 19.7.10.1, set

\begin{align} r_\star (x) & =x_1+x_3+x_0x_1+x_0x_3+x_1x_2+x_2x_3, \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_phase} \\ R_\star & =Z_1Z_3\, \mathrm{CZ}_{01}\mathrm{CZ}_{03}\mathrm{CZ}_{12} \mathrm{CZ}_{23}. \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_gate} \end{align}

Then \(R_\star |x\rangle =(-1)^{r_\star (x)}|x\rangle \), and \(r_\star (0011)=r_\star (1100)=0\), so \(R_\star \) fixes the prescribed defect subspace \(\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ |0011\rangle ,|1100\rangle \} \) pointwise. The second displayed circuit tuple is

\begin{align} R^\star & =\bigl(U^\star _{0,0},U^\star _{0,1},U^\star _{1,0},U^\star _{1,1}\bigr) =\bigl(\mathbb {1},\mathbb {1},w,\tilde\lambda R_\star \bigr), \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_tuple} \end{align}

with \(\tilde\lambda R_\star |x\rangle =-i(-1)^{f(x)+r_\star (x)}|\overline x\rangle \); after transport to the two-site matter coordinates it is unitary. It has the same action as \(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}\) on that defect subspace. The four defect domains and prescribed maps of Definition 19.8.10 determine a four-sector completion class, and both tuples extend all four prescribed maps: the first by Theorem 19.9.1 and the second by Theorem 19.9.3, because \(R_\star \) fixes the defect domain of the pair \((g,g)\) pointwise and the other three operators are those of \(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}\).

The nontrivial local Gauss operator obtained from (720) and (346) is the monomial operator \(G^\star |s\rangle =i^{q^\star (s)}|\sigma (s)\rangle \) with the same permutation part \(\sigma \) as in (704) and with

\begin{align} q^\star (x_0,x_1,a,x_2,x_3,a’) & =q(x_0,x_1,a,x_2,x_3,a’) +2\delta _\star (x,a,a’) \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_phase_table} \end{align}

modulo \(4\), where \(\delta _\star (x,0,0)=r_\star (\overline x)\), \(\delta _\star (x,1,1)=r_\star (x)\), and \(\delta _\star \) vanishes in the two remaining gauge sectors. The phase polynomial satisfies

\begin{align} r_\star (\overline x) & =r_\star (x)+x_0+x_1+x_2+x_3. \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_bar} \end{align}
Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.7.1.6 the operator is monomial, and the two blocks \(U^\star _{0,1}=\mathbb {1}\) and \(U^\star _{1,0}=w\) agree with those of (692), so the \((0,1)\) and \((1,0)\) rows of the phase table are unchanged. In the \((1,1)\) sector the phase acquires the factor \((-1)^{r_\star (x)}\) from \(\tilde\lambda R_\star |x\rangle =-i(-1)^{f(x)+r_\star (x)}|\overline x\rangle \); in the \((0,0)\) sector the adjoint formula (544) evaluates that phase at \(\overline x\) and conjugates it, which contributes \((-1)^{r_\star (\overline x)}\). Since \(R_\star \) is diagonal, the permutation part is that of (704). Identity (722) and the four rows of (721) are checked on the sixteen bit strings.

Let \(q^\star _j(s)\) be the table (721) evaluated on the bond \((j,j+1)\) as in Definition 19.7.11.1, and set

\begin{align} c_j(s) & =b_{j+1}(s)\bigl(1+p_j(s)+p_{j+1}(s)\bigr) +b_{j+2}(s)\bigl(p_{j+1}(s)+p_{j+2}(s)\bigr). \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_holonomy_label} \end{align}

For every \(N\geq 3\), every bond \(j\), and every configuration \(s\),

\begin{align} q^\star _j(s)+q^\star _j(\sigma _js) & =0, \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_involution} \\ q^\star _j(s)+q^\star _{j+1}(\sigma _js) & =q^\star _{j+1}(s)+q^\star _j(\sigma _{j+1}s)+2c_j(s) \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_holonomy} \end{align}

modulo \(4\), and \(q^\star _j(\sigma _ks)=q^\star _j(s)\) whenever \(k\notin \{ j-1,j,j+1\} \). In the fiber coordinates (712) the label \(c_j\) depends only on the orbit labels, \(c_j(p,b)=b_{j+1}(1+p_j+p_{j+1})+b_{j+2}(p_{j+1}+p_{j+2})\), and the phases \(\varphi ^\star _j=i^{q^\star _j}\) are involutive and satisfy the neighboring square relation with factor \((-1)^{c_j(p,b)}\).

Proof ▶

The exponent \(q^\star _j\) depends only on the six bits at the sites \(j\) and \(j+1\), which gives the disjoint-bond statement. For (724) the flip \(\sigma _j\) changes \(x_0\), \(x_1\), \(a\), and \(a'\), and the identity is verified on the \(64\) values of those six bits. For (725) the sites \(j\), \(j+1\), \(j+2\) are distinct because \(N\geq 3\), and the identity is verified on the \(512\) values of the nine bits at those three sites. In fiber coordinates \(p\) and \(b\) are read off by Theorem 19.7.11.2, which turns \(c_j\) into the displayed polynomial in the orbit labels alone.

Theorem 19.7.12.4 Fixed spaces on the orbit fibers for the second tuple
✓

Let \(N\geq 3\). In the fiber coordinates (712), the phases \(i^{q^\star _j}\) have trivial holonomy on the fiber over \((p,b)\) if and only if \(c_j(p,b)=0\) for every \(j\in \mathbb {Z}/N\mathbb {Z}\).

Proof ▶

If all \(c_j(p,b)\) vanish, then for \(k=j+1\) or \(j=k+1\) the square identity is (725) with vanishing correction, for \(k=j\) it is trivial, and otherwise the bonds are disjoint and both sides agree. Conversely, trivial holonomy at the square spanned by the bonds \(j\) and \(j+1\) at \(\gamma =0\) gives \((-1)^{c_j(p,b)}=1\) by (725), since the phases are nonzero, hence \(c_j(p,b)=0\).

Let \(N\geq 2\) and let \(G^\star _j\) be the local Gauss operator of Theorem 19.7.12.2 placed on the bond \((j,j+1)\). The placed Gauss projector of Definition 19.5.10.12 is \(\widetilde P^\star _j=\tfrac 12(\mathbb {1}+G^\star _j)\), so the common fixed subspace \(\mathcal V_N(R^\star )\) of the \(\widetilde P^\star _j\) is the common fixed subspace of the \(G^\star _j\). In the coordinates (709), \(G^\star _j\) is the monomial operator \(G^\star _j|s\rangle =i^{q^\star _j(s)}|\sigma _js\rangle \), and in the fiber coordinates (712) it is the monomial operator with permutation \(\gamma \mapsto \gamma +e_j\) and phase \(i^{q^\star _j}\).

Proof ▶

The average over \(\mathbb {Z}_2=\{ e,g\} \) is \(\frac12(\mathcal G_e+\mathcal G_g)\) with \(\mathcal G_e=\mathbb {1}\), and relabelling and placement are linear and unital. A vector \(v\) satisfies \(\frac12(v+G^\star _jv)=v\) exactly when \(G^\star _jv=v\). Theorem 19.7.12.2 and Theorem 19.7.1.7 express \(G^\star _j\) as a monomial operator; the permutation part is that of Theorem 19.7.11.5, and decoding the two-site window at \(j\) identifies the phase with \(i^{q^\star _j(s)}\). Finally Theorem 19.7.11.2 transports both to the fiber coordinates.

On a periodic chain of \(N\geq 3\) blocked sites,

\begin{align} \dim \mathcal V_N(R^\star ) & =\# \bigl\{ (p,b)\in \mathbb F_2^N\times \mathbb F_2^N: c_j(p,b)=0\text{ for all }j\in \mathbb {Z}/N\mathbb {Z}\bigr\} . \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_count} \end{align}
Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.7.12.5, \(\mathcal V_N(R^\star )\) is the common fixed subspace of monomial operators which, in fiber coordinates, have permutations \(\gamma \mapsto \gamma +e_j\) on the fibers over \((p,b)\), and by (724) these operators are involutions. The monomial fixed-space criterion (549) counts the fibers with trivial holonomy, which by Theorem 19.7.12.4 are exactly the fibers whose labels satisfy the \(N\) equations \(c_j(p,b)=0\).

On periodic chains of three and four blocked sites,

\begin{align} \dim \mathcal V_3(R^\star ) & =14, \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_dim_three} \\ \dim \mathcal V_4(R^\star ) & =36. \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_dim_four} \end{align}

These two values are certificates at two system sizes. They carry no asymptotic content, and no growth law for \(\dim \mathcal V_N(R^\star )\) follows from them. Since \(R^\star \) extends the four prescribed maps of Definition 19.8.10 by Theorem 19.9.3, these are two values of the dimension on that completion class, recorded as lower bounds on its supremum in Theorem 19.9.4; they give no value for the minimum or the maximum of the dimension over completions. Compared with (716), which gives \(8\) and \(16\) at the same two sizes, they exhibit dependence of the dimension on the displayed circuit data at those two sizes.

Proof ▶

Evaluate the right-hand side of (726) by exhaustive enumeration: at \(N=3\) the \(64\) pairs \((p,b)\) yield \(14\) solutions of the three equations \(c_j(p,b)=0\), and at \(N=4\) the \(256\) pairs yield \(36\) solutions of the four equations.

19.8 The CZX defect domains and prescribed defect maps

The modified-fusion lemma of [ 197 , lines 4215–4254 ] attaches to each pair \((a,b)\) of gauge labels and each injective block \(x\) a two-site defect vector \(v(a,b,x)\) mapped unitarily to \(v(e,ab,x)\). For the CZX model, the defect subspaces and prescribed maps are evaluated by finite contraction in [ 36 ] .

One blocked site of the CZX model carries two matter qubits, and the two injective blocks of the once-blocked GHZ state are the product vectors \(|\circ \rangle =|00\rangle \) and \(|\bullet \rangle =|11\rangle \) [ 197 , lines 4660–4670 ] , both of bond dimension one. Writing \(e\leftrightarrow 0\) and \(g\leftrightarrow 1\) for the labels of \(\mathbb {Z}_2=\{ e,g\} \), the identity defect and the domain-wall defect of [ 197 , lines 2831–2845 ] at the block \(x\in \mathbb F_2\) are

\begin{align} e[x] & =|xx\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_identity_defect} \\ g[0] & =|00\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_flip_defect_zero} \\ g[1] & =-i|11\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_czx_flip_defect_one} \end{align}

Contracting the action tensors \(A^{\Gamma }_{g,0}=-i\langle 1|\) and \(A^{\Gamma }_{g,1}=\langle 0|\) of [ 197 , lines 4690–4694 ] against the defect diagram gives (730) and (731), which are the evaluations displayed in [ 197 , lines 4800–4859 ] ; the derivation is carried out in  [ 36 ] .

The two-site defect vector of the label pair \((a,b)\) and the block \(x\) is the left defect \(a[bx]\) tensored with the right defect \(b[x]\), in that order [ 197 , lines 4234–4245 ] ,

\begin{align} v(a,b,x) & =a[bx]\otimes b[x]. \label{eq:mpug_czx_defect_vector} \end{align}

The four qubits of two neighboring blocked sites are numbered \(0,1\) on the left site and \(2,3\) on the right, and the computational basis of the sixteen-dimensional two-site matter space is written \(|x_0x_1x_2x_3\rangle \).

The eight two-site defect vectors of the CZX model are

\begin{align} v(e,e,0) & =|0000\rangle , & v(e,e,1) & =|1111\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_v_ee} \\ v(e,g,0) & =|1100\rangle , & v(e,g,1) & =-i|0011\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_v_eg} \\ v(g,e,0) & =|0000\rangle , & v(g,e,1) & =-i|1111\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_v_ge} \\ v(g,g,0) & =-i|1100\rangle , & v(g,g,1) & =-i|0011\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_czx_v_gg} \end{align}

For every label pair the two vectors \(v(a,b,0)\) and \(v(a,b,1)\) are orthonormal.

Proof ▶

Substituting (729), (730), and (731) into (732), with \(bx=x+b\) in \(\mathbb F_2\), gives the eight values. The two vectors of a label pair differ in the last two bits, hence are orthogonal, and each carries a scalar of modulus one, hence is a unit vector.

Write \(|x\rangle \) for the computational basis vector of the two-site matter space attached to \(x\in \mathbb F_2^4\) by the qubit numbering of Definition 19.8.2. After transport to that space a monomial four-qubit operator still acts on the computational basis by its phase and its permutation, so that for every \(x\in \mathbb F_2^4\)

\begin{align} M(\sigma ,\varphi )|x\rangle & =\varphi (x)|\sigma (x)\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_czx_matter_monomial_action} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Transport is the simultaneous relabelling of rows and columns along the qubit numbering. It carries \(M(\sigma ,\varphi )\) to the monomial matrix of the relabelled permutation and phase, and carries the basis vector of \(x\) to \(|x\rangle \), so reading (542) in the new labels gives (737).

Let \(\mathbb {Z}_2=\{ e,g\} \), and let \(v(a,b,x)\) be the two-site defect vectors of Definition 19.8.2, where \(x\in \{ 0,1\} \). On the four matter qubits, numbered \(0,1,2,3\), the unmodified operator

\begin{align} \lambda & =\lambda ^R_{g,g} =-i\, (X_0X_1X_2Z_3) \mathrm{CZ}_{01}\mathrm{CZ}_{12}\, X_2 \end{align}

satisfies

\begin{align} \lambda \, v(g,g,0) & =-v(e,e,0), \\ \lambda \, v(g,g,1) & =v(e,e,1). \end{align}

These are the two contractions displayed in [ 197 , lines 4989–5067 ] . Here \(\lambda \) is the unmodified operator, not \(\tilde\lambda =\lambda Z_0\) used in the displayed circuit tuple.

Proof ▶

The phase formula (697), read on the two-site matter space through (737), gives

\begin{align} \lambda |1100\rangle & =-i|0000\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_lambda_ket_even} \\ \lambda |0011\rangle & =i|1111\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_lambda_ket_odd} \end{align}

since \(h(1100)=0\) and \(h(0011)=1\). By Theorem 19.8.3, the input defect vectors are \(-i|1100\rangle \) and \(-i|0011\rangle \), while the target vectors are \(|0000\rangle \) and \(|1111\rangle \). Multiplying (741) and (742) by \(-i\) gives the claimed signs.

Definition 19.8.6 CZX defect domains
✓

The defect domain of the label pair \((a,b)\) and the two target planes are

\begin{align} \mathcal K_{a,b} & =\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ v(a,b,x):x\in \mathbb F_2\} , \label{eq:mpug_czx_domain} \\ \mathcal L_0 & =\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ |0000\rangle ,|1111\rangle \} , \label{eq:mpug_czx_even_target} \\ \mathcal L_1 & =\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ |1100\rangle ,|0011\rangle \} . \label{eq:mpug_czx_odd_target} \end{align}

The four CZX defect domains are

\begin{align} \mathcal K_{e,e}=\mathcal K_{g,e} & =\mathcal L_0, \label{eq:mpug_czx_even_domains} \\ \mathcal K_{e,g}=\mathcal K_{g,g} & =\mathcal L_1, \label{eq:mpug_czx_odd_domains} \end{align}

so the domain depends only on the right label. The two planes are orthogonal, \(\mathcal L_0\perp \mathcal L_1\), and each has dimension two.

Proof ▶

By (733)–(736) the two spanning vectors of \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) are the two spanning vectors of \(\mathcal L_b\) up to nonzero scalars, and rescaling a spanning vector by a nonzero scalar leaves the span unchanged, which gives (746) and (747). The four basis vectors occurring in (744) and (745) are pairwise distinct members of the computational basis, so expanding a vector of \(\mathcal L_0\) and a vector of \(\mathcal L_1\) in that basis makes every one of the four cross terms of their inner product vanish, and the two spanning vectors of each plane are linearly independent.

Definition 19.8.8 The prescribed CZX defect maps
✓

The prescribed defect map of the label pair \((a,b)\) is the partial isometry

\begin{align} D_{a,b} & =\sum _{x\in \mathbb F_2}|v(e,ab,x)\rangle \! \langle v(a,b,x)| \label{eq:mpug_czx_prescribed_map} \end{align}

of the two-site matter space. It is assembled from the defect vectors (733)–(736) and not from the circuits \(w\) and \(\tilde\lambda \) of Definition 19.7.10.1.

For every label pair and every block,

\begin{align} D_{a,b}v(a,b,x) & =v(e,ab,x), \label{eq:mpug_czx_prescription} \end{align}

the map \(D_{a,b}\) carries \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) into \(\mathcal K_{e,ab}\), and it is an isometry on \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\), that is, \(D_{a,b}^{\dagger }D_{a,b}|\xi \rangle =|\xi \rangle \) for every \(|\xi \rangle \in \mathcal K_{a,b}\). In the computational basis,

\begin{align} D_{e,e} & =\mathbb {1}_{\mathcal L_0}, \label{eq:mpug_czx_map_ee} \\ D_{e,g} & =\mathbb {1}_{\mathcal L_1}, \label{eq:mpug_czx_map_eg} \\ D_{g,e}|0000\rangle =|1100\rangle , & \quad D_{g,e}|1111\rangle =|0011\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_map_ge} \\ D_{g,g}|1100\rangle =i|0000\rangle , & \quad D_{g,g}|0011\rangle =i|1111\rangle . \label{eq:mpug_czx_map_gg} \end{align}
Proof ▶

Applying (748) to \(v(a,b,x)\) and using the orthonormality of \(v(a,b,0)\) and \(v(a,b,1)\) of Theorem 19.8.3 leaves the single term \(v(e,ab,x)\), which is (749). The same computation for the adjoint gives \(D_{a,b}^{\dagger }v(e,ab,x)=v(a,b,x)\), and composing the two identities on a linear combination of \(v(a,b,0)\) and \(v(a,b,1)\) gives the isometry property and the inclusion of the images. Substituting (733)–(736) into (749) and cancelling the scalars of modulus one gives (750)–(753).

The four domains (746) and (747) together with the four maps (748) are prescribed defect maps in the sense of Definition 19.5.10.17 for the group \(\mathbb {Z}_2\) and the two-site matter space of the CZX model, the isometry condition (367) being Theorem 19.8.9. That the circuit tuple \(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}\) lies in the resulting completion class (368) is proved unconditionally in Theorem 19.9.1 below.

19.9 The displayed CZX tuple as a completion

The four defect domains and four prescribed maps of Section 19.8 constrain each fusion operator on one plane of the two-site matter space. The operators \((\mathbb {1},\mathbb {1},w,\tilde\lambda )\) of Definition 19.7.10.1 satisfy these constraints, so the displayed tuple belongs to the completion class of the CZX prescribed defect maps \(D^{\mathrm{CZX}}\), and (716) lower-bounds the supremum of the gauge-invariant dimension over the full class.

For every ordered pair \((a,b)\) of labels of \(\mathbb {Z}_2\) and every injective block \(x\), the displayed operator of the pair carries the defect vector of the pair to the defect vector of the product label,

\begin{align} U^{\mathrm{CZX}}_{a,b}v(a,b,x) & =v(e,ab,x), \label{eq:mpug_czx_tuple_fusion} \end{align}

that is,

\begin{align} \mathbb {1}\, v(e,b,x) & =v(e,b,x), \label{eq:mpug_czx_tuple_fusion_trivial} \\ w\, v(g,e,x) & =v(e,g,x), \label{eq:mpug_czx_tuple_fusion_movement} \\ \tilde\lambda \, v(g,g,x) & =v(e,e,x). \label{eq:mpug_czx_tuple_fusion_modified} \end{align}

Consequently the displayed operator of every pair agrees on \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) with the prescribed map \(D_{a,b}\), and the displayed tuple lies in the full completion class,

\begin{align} R^{\mathrm{CZX}} & \in \mathfrak C(D^{\mathrm{CZX}}). \label{eq:mpug_czx_tuple_completion} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The phase tables (696) and (698), evaluated at the four computational basis states carrying the defect vectors of Theorem 19.8.3, give

\begin{align} w|0000\rangle & =|1100\rangle , & w|1111\rangle & =|0011\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_w_basis_action} \\ \tilde\lambda |1100\rangle & =i|0000\rangle , & \tilde\lambda |0011\rangle & =i|1111\rangle , \label{eq:mpug_czx_tilde_lambda_basis_action} \end{align}

because \(e(0000)=e(1111)=0\) and \(f(1100)=f(0011)=1\). Substituting (733)–(736) and cancelling the factors \(-i\) gives (756) and (757); the pairs with left label \(e\) carry the identity operator, so (755) is immediate. The two defect vectors of a pair span \(\mathcal K_{a,b}\) by (743), and the prescribed map obeys the same identity (749), so the displayed operator and the prescribed map agree on the whole plane, which is (758).

On a periodic chain of \(N\geq 3\) blocked sites the gauge-invariant dimensions of the members of the CZX completion class are bounded above by the dimension of the chain space, so their supremum is finite, and

\begin{align} \sup _{R\in \mathfrak C(D^{\mathrm{CZX}})}\dim \mathcal V_N(R) & \geq 2^N. \label{eq:mpug_czx_class_maximum} \end{align}

Nothing is asserted about the minimum of \(\dim \mathcal V_N(R)\) over the class, about the exact value of the supremum, or about which completion attains it. Those extrema are questions about this completion class, not questions the source raises; [ 197 , lines 5198–5204 ] asks only whether the gauge-invariant subspace of the state-level gauging stays bounded or grows with the system size, and nothing is asserted about that growth either. The domains and the maps entering the class are derived in  [ 36 ] .

Proof ▶

Every gauge-invariant subspace (388) is a subspace of the chain space, so the dimensions of the members of the class are bounded above by the dimension of that space and their supremum is finite. By Theorem 19.9.1 the displayed tuple lies in the class, and by Theorem 19.7.11.7 its gauge-invariant subspace has dimension \(2^N\), which is therefore at most the supremum.

The second displayed tuple obeys the same prescription (754) as the first,

\begin{align} U^\star _{a,b}v(a,b,x) & =v(e,ab,x), \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_tuple_fusion} \end{align}

and therefore lies in the full completion class,

\begin{align} R^\star & \in \mathfrak C(D^{\mathrm{CZX}}). \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_tuple_completion} \end{align}
Proof ▶

The pairs \((e,e)\), \((e,g)\), and \((g,e)\) carry the same operators in \(R^\star \) as in \(R^{\mathrm{CZX}}\), so Theorem 19.9.1 gives (762) there. For the pair \((g,g)\) the operator is \(\tilde\lambda R_\star \), and the defect domain is \(\mathcal K_{g,g}=\mathcal L_1=\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ |1100\rangle ,|0011\rangle \} \) by (747). Since \(r_\star (1100)=r_\star (0011)=0\), the factor \(R_\star \) fixes both spanning vectors, so \(\tilde\lambda R_\star \) has the same values there as \(\tilde\lambda \), namely \(i|0000\rangle \) and \(i|1111\rangle \). The two defect vectors of the pair span its domain, which gives (763).

The dimensions \(14\) at three sites and \(36\) at four sites are values of the gauge-invariant dimension on the CZX completion class, so

\begin{align} \sup _{R\in \mathfrak C(D^{\mathrm{CZX}})}\dim \mathcal V_3(R) & \geq 14, \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_class_three} \\ \sup _{R\in \mathfrak C(D^{\mathrm{CZX}})}\dim \mathcal V_4(R) & \geq 36. \label{eq:mpug_czx_star_class_four} \end{align}

Beside the values \(8\) and \(16\) of the first displayed tuple at the same two chain lengths, these exhibit two different values of the dimension on the class at each of those lengths. Nothing follows about the minimum, the exact supremum, which completion attains it, or the behaviour of any of these as \(N\) grows.

Proof ▶

By Theorem 19.9.3 the second displayed tuple lies in the class, and by Theorem 19.7.12.7 its gauge-invariant subspace has dimensions \(14\) and \(36\) at three and four sites. Each value is therefore at most the supremum over the class at that chain length, by the same boundedness argument as in Theorem 19.9.2.